DO

>

■XI

co ± co ± co

IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLfUllSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3IHVH8H L,B
CO 2 t co 2 co . z \

2 ^*^> - XT^oX - ,^#> -

>

2

Z
CO

CO

X

_NVIN0SH1IWS</>S3 I «VH8 II LI BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

<o - co = co

CO

Z _i z _j 2

IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIlfllllSNI NVIN0SH1IWS SBIMVUfln LIB

z
o

CO

h-
x>

m ^* CO \^nm^y m

co t: to X E co

SNI NVIN0SH1IINS S3IUVH8n LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOI.

Z .... CO z CO

CO

X

CO

o

/.

1^

CO Z CO * Z CO v 2

IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IHVH8n LIB

<" z" . . °° „ - co -

SNI^NVINOSHIIWS S3IHVH8H LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION ^NOU

2 «~ z

O

x>

CO — CO E CO

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IIMS S3ldVd8ll LIB
2 co 2 co . z

s

51% o -
z , ^r /•// t Vv^ifp'

SNI NVINOSHllWS^SSIMVMan LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION N0I1

co — CO ^ CO

co

co

Z _J z — _j z

IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IMVM8n LIB

N ?

00

DO

.«S

D3

co ± co ± c

fHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3iavaail LIBRARIES

CO Z CO 2 -_ <

o

CO

— v-:

siosHiiws^SBiMvaan libraries^smithsonian institution Nouni

w ^ CO — CO

thsonian institution NoiinniSNi nvinoshiiws S3i«vaan LIBRARIES

4

>

—
m

CO ± CO \ CO

^joshiiws S3iavaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinniSNi

CO Z CO z CO

f ,/

1 4ll

2 CO Z CO k Z <

FHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3iaVHail LIBRARIES
^ co — co — i

o

z

^josHims S3iavuan libraries Smithsonian institution NouniusNi

z i— ^ r- ^ i

V^f^/ <° xjr^r-

> |p~

f v

- co — ± CO ± <

THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3iMvaan libraries
Z - co z co z „ (

to

X<P (

SJ0SH1IIMS</)S3 I HVH a n^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI
f — co — CO

THSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHlltNS S3IMVa8M LIBRARIES

CO

<£££.'«.■

US ISSN 0013-872X

VOL. 100

JANUARY & FEBRUARY, 1989

NO. 1

ENTOM

NEWS

OUR CENTENNIAL YEAR

A new Janus (Hymenoptera: Cephidae) from Quercus, and

Key to North American Species D.R. Smith, J.D. Solomon 1

A new species of Trichacis (Hymenoptera: Platygastridae)

from Texas, assoc iated with Sphaeralcea Matthew W. MacGown 6

Records of owlflies (Neuroptera: Ascalaphidae) from
Mississippi, with a key to species

P. K. Logo, S. Testa, III \\

A new Neotropical species of the genus Hyadina (Diptera:

Ephydridae) Philip J. Clausen \$

New records for Tortopus incertus (Ephemeroptera) in
Mississippi and notes on microhabitat

S.S. Knight, CM. Cooper 21

New records of Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae) from

Arkansas and Oklahoma David E. Bowles 27

Brazilian parasitoids of gall-forming insects: two new
chalcidoid species and host records

L. De Santis, G. W. Fernandes 29

Northern caddisfly (Trichoptera) fauna in a remnant

boreal wetlands of West Virginia B.M. Stout, III, J.S. Stout 37

Pseudopalingenia kerrieae, junior synonym of P. feist-

manteli (Palaeodictyoptera) Michael D. Hubbard 41

Interactions between predators Phidippus audax (Araneae:
Salticidae) and Hippodamia convergens (Coleoptera:
Coccinellidae) in cotton and laboratory Orrey P. Young 43

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 19, 1988
SOCIETY MEETING OF NOVEMBER 16, 1988

47
48

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1989-1990: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Vincent Ventre; Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr. and D. Otte.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
( 1 87 1 -1 96 1 ); 1 945- 1 967 R.G. Schmieder ( 1 898- 1 967); 1 968- 1 972 R.H. Amett, Jr.; 1 973-
4/1974 RW. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Societv, 1900RaceSt, Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8172 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp. , Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. LOO, No. 1, January & February, 1989

A NEW JANUS (HYMENOPTERA: CEPHIDAE)
FROM QUERCUS, AND KEY TO
NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES1

David R. Smith2, J.D. Solomon3

ABSTRACT: Janus quercusae. new species, from Mississippi. Maryland, and Virginia is
described and illustrated. The larvae bore and feed in young shoots of Quercus nuttallii.
Biological notes are presented, and a key to the five North American species of Janus is
given to separate the species.

Larvae of species of Janus bore and feed in young stems of trees and
shrubs. Janus abbreviatus (Say) is associated with Populus and Salix, J.
bimaculatus with Viburnum, J. integer with Ribes (Smith. 1978). and J.
rufiventris with Quercus (Hanson, 1986). Janus abbreviatus is a pest in nur-
series (Solomon and Randall, 1978). In 1983 the junior author dis-
covered larvae of a species of Janus in young stems of Quercus in
Mississippi. A single adult emerged from the infested shoots in 1984, and
a second adult was reared from infested Quercus stems in 1987. Although
only four adult specimens are known, the two reared specimens and
additional ones from Maryland and Virginia, significant features dis-
tinguish them from other North American Janus and this species is des-
cribed here.

Janus quercusae Smith, new species

Figs. 5. 1 1

Female. — Length. 6.5-7.0 mm. Antenna black. Head black; mandible and palpi
yellow. Thorax black with narrow posterior margin of pronotum. tegula. and short stripe-
on lower posterior margin of mesepistemum yellow. Abdomen with basal plates and
anterior half of 2nd segment black, posterior half of 2nd segment, segments 3-6 and
laterally on 7 red. dorsal and ventral portion of 7th segment and segments 8 to apex and
shea th black; cercus yellow. Fore- and midlegs yellow; most of anterior surface of hindcoxa
black, posterior surface and apex yellow; hindtrochanter yellow; hindfemur orange, basal
1/4-1/3 hindtibia yellow with apical 3/4-2/3 orange: hindtarsus brownish. Wings hyaline,
costaand most of stigma ochre, apex of costa and veins brownish. Hindtibia with 2 preapi-
cal spurs. Hindbasitarsus shorter than remaining tarsal segments combined (as 2.2:3.0).
Forewing with radial vein complete. Lancet as in Fig. 5.serrulaeconca\c al apex, with two
rounded teeth and indentation on each side of serrulae about same depth

'Received July 8. 1988. Accepted July 9. 19SS.

-Systematic Entomology Laboratory. PSI. Agricultural Research Service. U.S. Depart-
ment of Agriculture, c/o National Museum of Natural History. Washington. D.C. 20560.

-^Southern Hardwoods Laboratory. U.S. Forest Service. U.S. Department of Agriculture.
P.O. Box 227. Stoneville. Mississippi 38776.

ENT. NEWS 100(1): 1-5. January & February. 19S9

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Male — Unknown.

Holotype — 9, Leland, Washington Co., Mississippi. Nuttall oak (Quercus mtttallii
Palmer), stems collected 6-27-83, adult April 1984. J.D. Solomon, No. 27.

Paratypes — MARYLAND: Patuxent Wildlife Refuge. Prince Georges Co.. V-II-86.
Malaise trap, D. Wahl (1 9). MISSISSIPPI. Same locality and host as holotype, stems
collected April 7, 1987, adult emerged April 16, 1987 ( 1 9). VIRGINIA: Louisa Co., 4 mi. S.
Cuckoo, V- 19-26- 1988. Malaise trap. J. Kloke& D.R Smith. (1 9) Holotype and paratypes from

Figs. 1-6. 1. Antero-central portion of forewing of Janus abbreviatus. 2-6. Lancets.
2, J. abbreviatus. 3, J. bimaculatus. 4, J. integer. 5. J. quercusae. 6. J. rufiventris.

Vol. 100. No. 1. January & February. 1989

Maryland and Virginia in the National Museum of Natural History. Washington. D.C.
Other paratype in the Southern Hardwoods Laboratory collection. Stoneville. Mississippi.

Host. — Injured stems have been observed on about two dozen trees in Mississippi, all
Nuttall oak. Quercus nuttallii. They were not found on other Quercus species growing in the

Figs. 7-1 [, Janus quercusae. 7. Flagging shoot on Q nuttallii. N. Flagging shoot laterals, shoot
tip already girdled and hroken away. 9. Points of shoot girdling ru larvae. 10, Adult exil
holes in shoots. 1 1. Female (Photographs b\ J.D. Solomon)

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

same area. Other oak species possibly of the red oak lineage may serve as hosts since the
species is known from Maryland and Virginia which is well beyond the range of Q
nuttallii.

Biological notes — Flagging shoots of Nuttall oak (Fig. 7) were first
observed in June, 1983, in Leland, Mississippi. A sample of infested
stems was collected on June 27, and a single stem-boring sawfly larva was
discovered in a gallery in each shoot. On this date, all the sample larvae
had completed their feeding and were inside transparent cellophane-
like cocoons within the galleries. Infested stems held in the laboratory
failed to produce adults in 1983, but a single dead adult was found in the
container in April, 1984. Infestations have been scarce since 1983. A
small sample of injured branch ends collected on April 7, 1987, produced
one adult on April 16, 1987. Mid- to late April appears to be the time of
natural adult emergence in Mississippi since the earliest evidence of
wilting and drooping oak stems was observed on April 19. Stem dieback
begins in early May. Flagged shoots, although uncommon, have been
most noticeable from about mid-May to mid-June. Soon afterward, the
outer portions of flagged shoots break away (Fig. 8), leaving little
evidence of infestation. Points of shoot girdling by larvae and adult exit
holes are shown in Figs. 9, 10. Sawfly-injured stems have been observed
only on young trees 2-12 m in height. There appears to be one generation
a year.

DISCUSSION

Janus quercusae is probably most closely related to J. rufiventris. Both
species attack oaks and both have structurally similar female lancets.
The host of/, rufiventris, however, is Quercus garryana Douglas, a member
of the white oak lineage (Hanson, 1986). The North American species of
Janus are distinguished in the following key:

1. Forewing with two round black spots, one in cell 3Rs and one in cell 3M (base of vein
R atrophied in o* (Fig. 1), complete in 9; hindtibia with 2 preapical spurs) (Que.. Ont.

south to Va. west to Minn., 111.) (lancet as in Fig. 3) bimaculatus (Norton)

Forewing hyaline or with one blackish spot below stigma 2

2. Forewing with one black spot below stigma (base of vein R complete; hindtibia with
2 preapical spurs) (Newf.. Que. south to Va. west to B.C., Wash., Oreg.. Iowa) (lancet as

in Fig. 4) integer (Norton)

Forewing hyaline, without fuscous spots or only somewhat infuscated toward apex or
along veins 3

3. Hindtibia with one preapical spur: forewing may be lightly infuscated near apex and
along veins; abdomen entirely red (vein R of forewing complete) (Calif. Oreg.) (lancet

as in Fig. 6) rufiventris (Cresson)

Hindtibia with 2 preacpical spurs; wings hyaline; abdomen with red band at center or
near base, black at base and apex 4

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989

4. Base of vein R of forewing atrophied near stigma (Fig. 1); abdomen of female with
red band near base, only segments 2-3 and part of 4 red; hindcoxa orange: apical
2/3-3/4 hindtibia and entire hindtarsus black in female: hindbasitarsus only slightly
shorter than remaining tarsal segments combined, as 3.0:3.3 (N.S., Que., Ont. south to

Va., Miss, west to Alta., Oreg.) (lancet as in Fig. 2) abbreviates (Say)

Vein R of forewing complete, joined to stigma; at least segments 3-6 of abdomen red:
hindcoxa mostly black on anterior surface; apical 2/3-3/4 hindtibia orange; hindtarsus
brownish; hindbasitarsus about 2/3 length of remaining tarsal segments combined, as
2.2:3.0 (Md., Miss., Va.) (lancet as in Fig. 5) (male unknown).. .quercusae, new species.

The hyaline wings and coloration of the body of./, quercusae are most
similar to J. abbreviatus, thus it is most likely to be confused with that
species. The features in the above key will separate the two, especially the
complete vein R of the forewing in J. quercusae. The hindbasitarsus of./.
rufiventris and./ quercusae are only about 2/3 the length of the remaining
tarsal segments combined, whereas that of other species are only
slightly shorter.

Two species from the Palearctic Region are known to feed on Quercus,
J. femoratus (Curtis) of Europe and J. kashivorus Yano and Sato from
Japan. Both differ in color from J. quercusae, especially in having an
entirely black abdomen, and./ kashivorus has only one preapical spur on
the hindtibia.

The lancets of all five North American species are illustrated here for
the first time (Figs. 2-6). That of./ bimaculatus differs from the other four
by the single-toothed serrulae; all others have double-toothed serrulae.
The serrulae of/, abbreviatus are more truncate at their apices and do not
appear distinctly double-toothed. The indentation posterior to the serrulae
is deeper than the anterior indentation in J. integer, whereas each inden-
tation is approximately the same depth in J. rufiventris and J. quercusae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We extend our appreciation to the following for reviewing the manuscript: H. Goulet.
Biosystematics Research Centre. Agriculture Canada. Ottawa; W.W. Middlekauff,
University of California. Berkeley; and J. Kingsolver and E.E. Grissell, Systematic
Entomology Laboratory. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C.

LITERATURE CITED

Hanson, P.E. 1986. Biology oUanus rufiventris (Hymenoptera: Cephidae). Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 79: 488-490.

Smith, D.R. 1978. Symphyta, pp. 3-1 37. //; Krombein.K.V. etui, eds.. Catalog of Hymenop-
tera in America North r><" Mexico. Vol. 1. Smithsonian Institution Press. Washington
DC.

Solomon, J. D. and W.K.. Randall. 1978. Biology and damage of the willow shoot sawfly
in willow and cottonwood. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 71: 654-657.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW SPECIES OF TR1CHACIS

(HYMENOPTERA: PLATYGASTRIDAE)

FROM TEXAS, ASSOCIATED WITH SPHAERALCEA

(MALVACEAE)1

Matthew W. MacGown^

ABSTRACT: Trichacis crossi n. sp., associated with Sphaeralcea (Malvaceae) is described
from Texas. This is only the fifth species of Trichacis to be associated with a definite host
plant; it is related to T. huberi and T. rufipes.

Trichacis crossi n. sp. was reared from Sphaeralcea anqustifolia (Cav.)
in Texas. The hosts for most of the fifteen nearctic species of Trichacis are
unknown; T alticola Masner is associated with Populus, T arizonensis
Ashmead with Ephedra, T celticola Masner with Celtis, and T cornicola
Ashmead with Cornus. Trichacis arizonensis and T cornicola were reared
from galls of Ephedra and Cornus, respectively (Masner, 1983). Trichacis
crossi is presumed to be parasitic on a cecidomyiid inhabiting Sphaeralcea
anqustifolia, and was reared by Dr. William H. Cross as part of a study of
alternative hosts for the boll weevil and its parasites.

Trichacis crossi MacGown, new species

Figs. 1-14

Female. Length 2. 1 mm. Head and thorax black, the head with a reddish cast; abdomen
and coxae dark reddish brown, fore legs bright yellow, mid and hind legs reddish brown;
wings clear.

Head transverse (52:26), oval in top view; occiput smooth and shining medially, strongly
reticulate and hairy at the sides; hyperoccipital carina distinct, with several fine, irregular
striae just below; temples smoothly rounded; lateral ocellus slightly closer to eye than to
anterior ocellus (8:11); space between lateral ocelli and eye, and lateral ocelli and anterior
ocellus reticulate; area between lateral ocelli partly reticulate, the lateral ocelli bridged by
aciculation; frons smooth and shining, the inner orbits with a thin line of sparse reticula-
tion below; 4-5 fine striae curving above the antennal toruli and clypeal process; mandibles
clasped, the teeth equal; relative length: width ratios of the antennomeres ( A-I to A-X) (Fig.
5), measured from a paratype:

I

90

18

VI

14:16

II

25

11

VII

15:18

III

20

10

VIII

14:19

IV

16

11

IX

14:19

v

15

13

X

28:16

deceived February 20, 1988. Accepted August 8, 1988.

-Magnolia Scientific Research Group and Research Associate Mississippi Entomology
Museum Mississippi State University Starkville, Miss.

ENT NEWS 100(1): 6-10, January & February, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February, 1989

Figs. 1-6. Trichacis crossi n. sp. 1. Female, habitus. 2. back of head. 3. Basal foveolus. 4. Male
abdomen. 5. Female antenna. 6. Male antenna.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Thorax narrower than head (45:50), somewhat elongate (65:45); notaulices abbreviated
slightly before the anterior margin of the mesoscutum; median lobe of mesoscutum den-
sely reticulate on the anterior third, smooth and shiny beyond; lateral lobes with only a thin
line of dense reticulation in front, the rest smooth and shiny; prescutellar pit covered by
long silvery pubescence; scutellum weakly convex, covered with long silvery pubescence;
the specialized medial area heart shaped, with a dense brush of gray setae; forewings not
reaching tip of abdomen.

Abdomen elongate and pointed, slightly more than twice as long as wide (118:50);
abdominal tergite I (T-I) transverse (15:20), with a central keel in the median plate, the
triangular sides broad and very hairy; tergite II elongate (55:48), basal foveoli deep and
filled with fine silvery pubescence; middle plate narrow, smooth, ridged at the sides; tergite
II apically with a band of fine punctures; tergites III to VI combined nearly as long as the
width of tergite II (45:48), tergite III with a punctate band only at the apex, tergites IV to V
punctate basally and apically, tergite VI punctate only basally; tergites-III to VI each with
long silvery pubescence especially at the sides.

Male. Similar to the female, differing in the following characteristics: forelegs reddish
brown, not yellow as in the female; relative length: width ratios of the antennomeres (Fig.
6), measured from a paratype:

I

85:16

VI

15:15

II

20:11

VII

15:15

III

15:12

VIII

15:17

IV

22:12

IX

16:17

V

14:12

X

32:15

Center of occiput depressed, not perfectly smooth, with faint concentric aciculation
around the depression, sides of the occiput densely reticulate; hyperoccipital carina sharp;
ocellar triangle almost thoroughly reticulated but still weakly aciculate between the pos-
terior ocelli; curved striae above clypeal process and antennal toruli more numerous than
in the female, the lower face not mirror-like but with vague transverse sculpture; thorax as
in female; abdomen also as in female except shorter, not as pointed, abdominal tergite VII
very small; tergites I and II essentially as in the female, middle plate of tergite II slightly
more channeled at the edges.

Types. Holotype: female, "Texas, Presidio Co., 35 mi. upriver from Presidio. 14 July 67,
W.H.Cross, #101.7; emerged from Sphaeralcea anqustipennis [lapsus for anqustifolia] 7/25-
8/10/67" Deposited in the Mississippi Entomology Museum.

Paratypes: 26 females, 8 males with same data as holotype except with the numbers
101.1 to 101.7. Deposited in the Mississippi Entomology Museum. The U.S. National
Museum, and the Canadian National Collection.

Other Specimens. Two other specimens, male and female, possibly the same species: "Texas,
Presidio, Slack Bridge, 8-29-65, T.L. Chesnut"; condition of specimens too poor for
certain identification.

Distribution. Known only from the types, Texas.

Biology. Presumably parasitic on a cecidomyiid inhabiting Sphaeralcea anqustifolia
(Cavl.) (Malvaceae).

Variability. Some specimens are predominantly reddish brown

Vol. 100. No. 1, January & February, 1989

Figs. 7-14. Trichacis crossi n.sp. 7. Wings. 8. Foreleg. 9. Fore basitarsus. 10. Midlcg. 1 1 . Tip of
midtibia. 12. Hindleg. 13. Tip of hind tibia. 14. Female, side view.

10

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(possibly still somewhat teneral) except for the thorax, which remains
black; striae above the antennal toruli are faint in some specimens; sur-
prisingly, the occiput is not smooth medially in all specimens but some
times has faint to moderately strong concentric aciculation, particularly
in the males. In one male with aciculate occiput the middle lobe of
abdominal tergite II is also faintly aciculate. This variation is compar-
able to that in other species of Platygastridae, in which the males are fre-
quently more strongly sculptured than the females.

DISCUSSION

Trichacis crossi has characters intermediate to T. huberi Masner and T.
rufipes Ashmead, and may be diagnosed by the following characters:

crossi

huberi

rufipes

Legs:

yellow to light
reddish brown

brown

yellow

A-VIII-IX:

transverse

quadrate

elongate

Punctation.
T-III-VI:

weakly
punctate

weakly
punctate

densely
punctate

Length,
T-III-VI:

equal to
width ofll

shorter than
width of II

shorter than
width of II

Masner ( 1983) described T. huberi on the basis of a single female from
California, noting that it had "considerably dark antennae and legs",
and that it is a "remarkably melanic species", hence not fitting crossi at all
in this respect, which has brightly colored legs and basal parts of the
antennae and an overall reddish cast except for the thorax. Tergites III-
VI of T. rufipes are thoroughly and densely punctate, whereas in T. crossi
these tergites are at most crossed by basal and apical bands of fine
punctures, leaving the middle smooth.

Etymology. This species is named after Dr. William H. Cross, founder
and developer of the Mississippi Entomology Museum, and contributor
of many hundreds of parasitic Hymenoptera, among thousands of other
insects.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Paul Marsh, USDA Systematic Entomology Laboratory, for send-
ing Trichacis rufipes Ashmead for comparison; also R.L. Brown. T.E. Nebeker for reviewing
the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Masner, L. 1983. Revision of the Nearctic species of Trichacis Foerster(Hymenoptera: Pro-
ctotrupoidea: Platygastridae). Can. Entomol. 115:1071-1093.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989 1 1

RECORDS OF OWLFLIES (NEUROPTERA:

ASCALAPHIDAE) FROM MISSISSIPPI,

WITH A KEY TO SPECIES1

Paul K. Lago, Samuel Testa, III^

ABSTRACT: Mississippi records are presented for three species of owlfiies (Neuroptera:
Ascalaphidae); Neuroptynx appendiculatus. Ululodes macleayanus, and Ululodes quad-
rimaculatus. Comments on collecting and distribution within the state are provided along
with a key for separation of the species.

Owlfiies (Neuroptera: Ascalaphidae) are relatively large neurop-
terans that superficially resemble dragonflies. The long, clubbed anten-
nae and densely pubescent head and thorax separate adults from the
odonates, as well as from other North American Neuroptera. The Nearctic
species are normally crepuscular and individuals are most often collec-
ted at various types of light traps. As a group, they cannot be considered
common in Mississippi. We are aware of only one published record from
this state, Ululodes macleayanus (Guilding) (as Ululodes hageni Weele)
from Horn Island, Jackson County, by Richmond (1968).

Two genera of Ascalaphidae occur in America north of Mexico
(Penny, 1981 ), and both are represented in the Mississippi fauna; however,
for a variety of reasons, the species of Ascalaphidae have long been in a
state of taxonomic confusion. Recently, Shetlar ( 1977) studied the Nearctic
species and attempted to stabilize their nomenclature. Unfortunately,
his work has not been published. The following key, adapted from
Shetlar (1977), will separate the three species of owlfiies occurring in
Mississippi.

Specimens examined during this study are primarily housed in the
Mississippi Entomological Museum (MEM) at Mississippi State
University, and in the insect collection at the University of Mississippi
(UM). Additional specimens were provided by Bill Stark (BS), Mis-
sissippi College. Bryant Mather (BM), Clinton, kindly provided owlfly
records from hiscollection (O.S. Flint, Jr. determinations). Shetlar( 1977)
examined a few Mississippi specimens from the collections at Cornell
University (CU), Purdue University (PU), University of Kentucky (UK),
and the U.S. National Museum (USNM). These records are included
herein and are indicated by the appropriate collection abbreviations
given above.

•Received July 5, 1988. Accepted August 5, 1988.

-^Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677.

ENT. NEWS 100(1): 1 1-17. January & February, 1989

12

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Key to the Mississippi Species of Ascalaphidae

1. Eyes entire, not divided by a transverse sulcus (Fig. 1); wings petiolate, forewing with
appendiculate projection on posterior margin near base (Fig. 2); hind wing never

incised in anal area; forewing length 32-44mm

Neuroptynx appendiculatus (Fabricius)

1' Eyes divided by a transverse sulcus (Fig. 3); wings not appendiculate;
forewing length 25-33mm 2

2. Both pairs of wings with the pterostigmas, or at least the veinlets of the stigmas, dark
brown to black; hind wings never notched in posterior basal region (Fig. 4), forewing
length 25-28mm Ululodes macleayanus (Guilding)

2' Pterostigmas white or cream colored; hind wings of males with a wide notch at the
posterior basal region (Fig. 5). hind wings of female not notched, but often maculate
(fig. 6); forewing length 28-33mm Ululodes quadrimaculatus (Say)

Neuroptynx appendiculatus (Fabricius, 1793: 96)

(Figs. 1,2)

The generic name used for this species has been subject to some con-
fusion (Shetlar, 1977), both Ascaloptynx Banks (1915) and Neuroptynx
McClendon (1906) appearing in recent literature. Shetlar (1977) dis-
cussed the problem in some detail and concluded that Neuroptynx was
the oldest available name, and considered it the valid name for the
genus.

This is the largest species of owlfly in Mississippi. Though collection
sites are scattered throughout the state, records are lacking from several
large areas. We have no records from the Yazoo Delta, the east-central
region, or the southwestern counties, and this is probably due to the lack
of specific collecting activity. Specimens are apparently not attracted to
light. The only collecting notes we have for this species are for specimens
flushed from resting places during daylight hours and caught with a
standard insect net. Resting places were typically bare stems of tall weeds
and shrubs in wooded areas.

Mississippi Records

FORREST CO., 2 mi S McLaurin, 28 May 1987, P.K Lago, (UM). GREENE CO., 10.5 mi
WSW Leakesville, 27 May 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM); 7.5 mi S State Line, 16 Jun 1987, P.K.
Lago, (UM). HARRISON CO., 7 mi E Saucier, 18 Jun 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM); Biloxi, 1 Aug
1964, Taylor. (BM) HINDS CO., Clinton, 7 June 1982, B.P. Stark, (BS); Forestry Station, 9
Jun 1987, B.P. Stark, (BS). JACKSON CO., 1 1 mi N Van Cleave, 5 Jun 1984, R Brown et ai,
(MEM). LAFAYETTE CO., Oxford, 1 Jul 1979, P.K. Lago, (UM) OKTIBBEHA CO.,
Sturgis, 3 Jun 1974, C. Bryson, (MEM). PERRY CO., 4 mi SW New Augusta, 22 May 1987.
P.K Lago, (UM); 4.5 mi WSW New Augusta, 24 May 1987, P.K Lago, (UM); 5 mi WSW
New Augusta, 24 May 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM ). PONTOTOC CO., Camp Yocona, 8 Jun 1972,
Bryson, (BM); Randolph, 5 Jul 1979, J. Goddard, (UM), T9S-R2E-SEC. 19, 1 2 Jun 1978. P.K
Lago, (UM). RANKIN CO., Cleary, 1 Jun 1987, W.C. Northern. (UM). WEBSTER CO., 2 mi
S Cumberland, 31 May 1971, C. Bryson, (MEM); Cumberland, 25 May 1972, C. Bryson.
(MEM). SPECIMENS EXAMINED: 27.

Vol. 100. No. 1, January & February, 1989

13

Figs. 1 and 2. Neuroptynx appendiculatus. 1. lateral aspect of head. 2. dorsal aspect of
wings.

14 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Ululodes macleayanus (Guilding, 1825: 140)

(Figs. 3. 4)

Ululodes macleayanus is widely distributed in Mississippi, but collection
records are lacking for the central Yazoo Delta, the extreme north-east,
and most southwestern counties. "Black light traps" and "artificial light"
are the only specific collection notes we have for this species.

Mississippi Records

ADAMS CO., Natchez, 1 1 Aug 1982, A.E. Zuccaro, Jr., (UM). BOLIVAR CO., Great River
Road State Park, 19 Jun 1986, S. Testa (UM); 2 mi W Rosedale, 23 Aug 1980, 19 Jun 1981,
P.K Lago, (UM). CLAIBORNE CO., Sand Creek, 4 Jun 1981. A Kirk, (BS). FORREST
CO., 6 mi WSW McLaurin, 23 Jun 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM); HANCOCK CO., Pt. Clear
Island, 24 Jun 1986, 12 Aug 1986, P.K. Lago, (UM). HARRISON CO., Pass Christian, 10 Jul
1982, B. Stark, (BS) Biloxi, 30 May 1964, B. Mather, (USNM). HINDS CO., Jackson, 28 Jul
1978, B.P. Stark, (BS);Ridgeland, 12 Jul 1984, G. Burrows, (MEM). JACKSON CO., Orange
Grove, 10 Jul 1934, M. Griffith, (UK). LAFAYETTE CO., Oxford, 20 Jun 1977, AE. Zuc-
caro. Jr., (UM), Oxford, 13 Jul 1977, 29 Jun 1980, 9 Jun 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM); Oxford, 1 Jun
1986, M.C. Beiser, (UM); Oxford. 21 Jun 1976. G. Lee. (UM), LAMAR CO. Lumberton.
5 Jul 1927, G.F. Arnold. (MEM). MARSHALL CO.. T3S-R3W-SEC. 13, 20 Jul 1978, S.
Hurdle. (UM). NEWTON CO., Roberts, 20 Jul 1969, 10 Aug 1969, W.I. Luke, (MEM)
OKTIBBEHA CO., Starkville, 6 Jun 1982, 9 Jun 1982, W.H. Cross, black light (MEM);
Starkville. 9 Jul 1979, P. Ramey, artificial light (MEM); Agr. College. 2 Jun 192(?), (no
collector given), (MEM); Agr. College, 12 Jun 1921, 1. F. Hyde, (MEM); Agr. College, 22 Jun

1921, G.D. Ratliff, (MEM); Agr. College, 1 1 Jul 1921, J.A Welch, (MEM); Agr. College, Jun

1922, J.L. Murff, (MEM); Agr. College, (no date), (no collector given), (MEM); (No locality
given), 1 Jul 1969, 1 Jun 1964, 13 Jun 1964,4May 1967.20Jun 1964,4Jun 1965.J.R. McCoy.
(MEM). PANOLA CO., 4 mi ENE Como, Jul 1979. W.P. Scott. It. (MEM); Sardis Lake
Reservoir,2Augl972,J.Spain,(UM).SIMPSONCO,MillCreek@Hwy472,2Junl986,B.
Stark. (BS). WARREN CO.. Bovina. 2 Jun 1976, B. Mather, (BS); Vicksburg, 13 Jul 1987, 16
Jul 1972. 2 Jul 1987. 21 Aug 1984. (BM); 21 Jun 1977. (BS); 9 Jul 1987, B. Mather, (BM)
WASHINGTON CO., Wayside. 20 Jul 1966, B. Mather, (USNM). (County not determined).
Stoney. 20 Sep 1954, (no collector given), (PU). SPECIMENS examined: 66.

Ululodes quadrimaculatus (Say, 1824: 305)

(Figs. 5, 6)

The distribution of Mississippi records for this species is very similar
to that of U. macleayanus. Individuals of U. quadrimaculatus are com-
monly attracted to black light. We have also collected them during
daylight hours from resting places. The resting position is head-down,
abdomen protruded at about a 45 degree angle, on barren twigs. The
insects may be mistaken for short twigs by the casual observer. In this
position, the wings are held against the substrate.

Vol. 100, No. 1. January & February. 1989

15

Figs. 3 and 4. Ululodes macleayanus. 3. lateral aspect of head showing transverse ocular sul-
cus. 4. dorsal aspect of wings.

16

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

¥?£?

sfc.

Figs. 5 and 6. Wings of Ululodes quadrimaculatus. 5, male. 6. female.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February, 1989 17

Mississippi Records

FORREST CO., Hattiesburg, 11 Jun 1917, J.W. Champlin, (MEM); P.B. Johnson State
Park, 23 Jun 1986, P.K Lago, (UM). HARRISON CO., Biloxi, 1 Aug 1964, Taylor, (BM);
Biloxi, 4 Jul 1964, Taylor, (BM); Gulfport, 1 Jul 1926, K Harmon, (MEM). HOLMES CO.,
Holmes Co. State Park, 1 Jul 1986, S. Testa, (UM). JACKSON CO., Gulf. Isl. Natl. Sea., 3-6
Jun 1984, R. Brown etal. (MEM). LAFAYETTE CO., 5 mi E Oxford, 27 Jul 1977. 6 Aug 1977.
D.F. Stanford, (UM); 11 mi NW Oxford, 25 Jul 1978, H.L. Schuster, (UM); 6 mi ENE
Oxford, 15 Jul 1986, S. Testa, (UM); 7 mi S Oxford, 13 Jul 1987, P.K. Lago, (UM); Oxford, 15
Jun 1976, G. Lee, (UM); Oxford, 13 Jul 1977, D.F. Stanford, (UM); Oxford, 27 Aug 1986, S.
Testa, (UM); Oxford, 27 Jul 1984, 30 Aug 1976, 10 Jun 1977, 11 Jul 1978, 15 Aug 1978, 17 Aug
1978,2Jul 1980,24Jul 1981, 25 Jul 1978, 29 Jul 1979,30Jul 1978,4 Aug 1980.4Jul 1978.7 Aug
1981, P.K Lago, (UM); U.M. Campus, 3 Aug 1978, 3. Hurdle, (UM): T7S-R4W-SEC. 24, 17
Jul 1978, D.F. Stanford, (UM),(no locality given ),Jun-Jul, 1967. S.R.Foster. (UM). LAMAR
CO., 3.5 mi NNE Baxterville, 27 Jun 1986, S. Testa, (UM). MARION CO., Lake Columbia,
27 Jun 1986, S. Testa, (UM). NEWTON CO., Roberts, 20 Jul 1969, W.I. Luke, (MEM).
OKTIBBEHACO, 10 mi WStarkville, 1 Jul 1986,4 Jul 1985,9 Jul 1986, G. Head, (MEM); 6
mi SW Starkville, 12 Sep 1984, R.L. & B.B. Brown, (MEM); Additon, 26 Aug 1968. Mrs.
Crumpton, (MEM); Dorman Lake, 29 Aug 1981, W.H. Cross, (MEM); Starkville, 2 Jun
1985, R.L. Brown, (MEM); Starkville, 20 Jun 1985, G. Head, (MEM); Starkville, 24 Jul 198 1 ,
25 Jul 1 98 1 , 8 Aug 198 1 , W.H. Cross, black light, (MEM); Starkville, Oct-Sep 1 985, R. Altig.
(MEM). STONE CO., Perkinston, 26 Jun 1986, P.K Lago, (UM); UM Forestlands. 12 Jun
1987, P.K Lago, (UM);UMForestlands,26June 1986, S.Testa,(UM). WARREN CO., Vick-
sburg, 10 Aug 1983, B. Mather, (BM). WASHINGTON CO., Stoneville, 7 Jul 1986, P.O.
Leary, (MEM); Stoneville Exp. Sta., 1-7 Aug 1986, RE. Furr, JR., (MEM). YALOBUSHA
CO., 5 mi SW Coffeeville, 17 Jul 1986, P.K. Lago, (UM). SPECIMENS EXAMINED: 68.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank the following individuals who allowed us to examine specimens in
their care, or provided records of Mississippi owlflies: R.L. Brown (Mississippi State
University); B.P. Stark (Mississippi College); B. Mather (Clinton, MS). P.A Adams and
N.D. Penny reviewed this manuscript and offered valuable criticisms and suggestions. Bill
Martin produced the wing photographs.

LITERATURE CITED

Banks, N. 1915. Two new names in the Ascalaphidae. Entomol. News 26:350.
Fabricius, J.C. 1793. Entomologica systematica emendata et aucta, etc., II Hafniae. p.

96.
McClendon, J.F. 1906. Notes on the true Neuroptera. 3. A catalogue of Texas Neuroptera.

Entomol. News 17:169-173.
Guilding, L. 1825. The natural history of Phasma cornutum and the description of a

new species of Ascalaphus. Trans. R. Soc. London. 14:139-140.
Penny, N.D. 198 1 . Review of the generic level classification of the New World Ascalaph idae

(Neuroptera). Acta Amazonica 11:391-406.
Richmond, E.A. 1968. A supplement to the fauna and flora of Horn Island. Mississippi.

Gulf Research Reports 2:213-254.
Say, T. 1823 (1824). Keating's narrative of an expedition to the source of St. Peters River.

Lake Winnepeg. Lake of the Woods under the command of Major Long. Philadelphia

II. p. 305.
Shetlar, D.J. 1977. The biosystematics of the nearctic Ascalaphidae (Insecta; Neuro-

pteroidea, Plannipennia), with notes on biology and morphology. Doctoral Thesis.

The Pennsylvania State University. 247 pp.

18 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A NEW NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE GENUS
HYAD1NA (DIPTERA: EPHYDRIDAE)1 2

Philip J. Clausen^
ABSTRACT: A new species oi Hyadina from the Neotropical Region is described.

I prefer to publish single species descriptions only when a new
species is discovered subsequent to a revision of the genus in which it is
to be placed. However, during the course of my current revision of the
genus Hyadina for the Neotropical Region, Dr. Wayne N. Mathis of the
National Museum of Natural History (USNM) collected a long series of
specimens of a new species from Wee Wee Cay in Belize, and for his
work, has requested a name for this species as soon as possible. Conse-
quently, I am offering the following description without a key. A com-
plete key to this and numerous other new species, as well as the existing
species, will be presented later, when the generic revision is completed.

Hyadina bulbosa n. sp.

MALE. Total body length 1.84 to 2.01 mm; shiing black with greyish, silvery, golden
and coppery pruninosity.

Head shining black with sparse golden to coppery pruinosity except as noted; length
0.37 to 0.41 mm; 3 very small orbital setae; 1 large pair of convergent inner vertical setae;
outer vertical setae absent; vertex shining black with sparse golden to coppery pruinosity
above and below: gena black with dense grayish to silvery pruinosity. Face shining brown-
ish to black with sparse golden to coppery and grayish pruinosity; parafacial setae in 2
rows, 4 or 5 upward and outward curved outers, 4 convergent and decumbent inners.
Clypeus brown with golden to grayish pruinosity, palpi yellowish. Antenna variable,
yellowish to brownish to black except ventral half of segment 3 yellowish, arista brownish
to black, all with golden to coppery pruinosity.

Thorax shining black with sparse golden to coppery pruinosity, faint grayish stripes
between acrostichal and dorsocentral setal rows; scutum length 0.54 to 0.58 mm; humerus
with sparse coppery pruinosity; 1 large and 0 to 3 small mesopleural setae. Scutellum shin-
ing black with sparse golden to coppery pruinosity; apical scutellar setae very large, lateral
scutellar setae small; length 0.20 mm.

Legs reddish to yellowish, except base of coxae and 2 apical tarsal segments brown to
black, all with grayish pruinosity; apex of mesothoracic tibiae with a large black spur and 2
to 4 small black anterior setae.

Wing clear to very slightly clouded with brown, not darkened at crossveins, without
whitish spots; veins and all crossveins brown; length from humeral crossvein 1.43 to 1.60
mm; width 0.61 to 0.71 mm; distance from h to R\ 0.31 to 0.34; R\ to R2+ 3 0.42 to 0.58 mm;

iReceived July 26, 1988. Accepted August 18, 1988.

^Paper No. 16,142, Scientific Journal Series, Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station,
St. Paul, Minnesota 55108.

^Department of Entomology, University of Minnesota St. Paul, Minnesota 55108.
ENT. NEWS 100(1): 18-20, January & February. 1989

Vol. 100. No. 1, January & February. 1989

19

TERGITE 1-
SPIRACLE 1
STERNITE 1
STERNITE 5
STERNITE 4
SPIRACLE 6
STERNITE 8
TERGITE 8
CERCUS —

TERGITE 9 ♦ SURSTYLI

0.50 mm

AEDEAGAL APODEME

TERGITE 9 + SURSTYLI
CERCUS

0.25 mm

0.167 mm

•, v-

• H. BULBOSA

Fig. l.Hyadina bulbosa Clausen. Male abdomen. Fig. 2. Female abdomen. 3. Male genitalia.
4. Ventral receptacle. Fig. 5. Distribution map.

20 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

R2+3 to R4+5 °-68 to °-71 mm- R4+5 to Mj + 2 0.17 to 0.20 mm; length 1*4+5 102 to !-12
mm; length M 1 + 2 0.75 to 0.85 mm; costal section from Rj to R2 + 3 0.57 to 0.85 times dis-
tance from R2+3 to R4+5; halteres light yellow to whitish, sometimes slightly darker
apically.

Abdomen as in Fig. 1; shining black with sparse golden to coppery pruinosity, scat-
tered long yeliow setae dorsally. without dorsal wrinkles; tergite 4 with extended, angular
anterior and posterior margins; tergite 5 with extended and rolled anterior projection lying
beneath extended posterior angle of tergite 4; stenite 4 consisting of 2 large lateral fragments,
each bearing a long, slender, curved, pointed posterior projection; and large, pouch-like,
sternite 5 into which fit the tips of the gonites.

Genitalia (Fig. 3). Note tergite 9 + surstyli with short, small, apically rounded surstyli
without significant setae; gonites large, long, curved, pointed, with bulbose median area;
gonal arch incomplete; aedeagus short, curved, and pointed apically.

FEMALE: Total body length 1 .90 to 2.24mm. Head, thorax, legs, and wings as in males
except as follows:

Head length 0.41 to 0.48 mm; parafacial setae in 2 rows, 3 to 5 outers, 3 or 4 inners.

Thorax with scutum length 0.58 to 0.68 mm; scutellum length 0.20 to 0.24 mm. Wing
length from humeral crossvein 1.67 to 1.77 mm; width 0.68 to 0.78 mm; distance from h to
Rl 0.37 to 0.41 mm; Rj to R2 + 3 0.54 to 0.61 mm; R2 + 3 to R4+5OJI to 0.75 mm; R4+ 5 to
M 1+2 0.17 mm; length R4+5 1.16 to 1.26 mm; length M 1 + 2 0.88 to 0.95 mm; costal section
from Rj to R2 + 3 0.72 to 0.86 times distance from R2 + 3 to R4+5.

Abdomen as in Fig. 2. Ventral receptacle as in Figl. 4.

Distribution: Central America from Mexico to Panama and the
West Indies (Fig. 5).

Specimens Examined: 122 specimens (58 o*d" and 64 99), including
the types, from Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Mexico, Panama, and
West Indies (Grenada). Collected most months of the year except January,
February, July, September, and December.

Types: Holotype cf and 28 paratypes ( 1 2o"o" and 1699) from Wee Wee
Cay, Stann Creek Dist, Belize, 6-9 November 1987, W.N. and D. Mathis.
The holotype and 26 paratypes are deposited in the collection of the
National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C., and the
remaining 2 paratypes (1 cf and 1 9) are deposited in the collection of the
University of Minnesota.

Diagnosis: Wings with all crossveins brown; head with 1 large pair
of vertical setae (inners large and convergent, outers absent), legs reddish
to yellowish, except base of coxae and 2 apical tarsal segments brown to
black; male abdomen and genitalia as in Figs. 1 and 3, note gonites with
bulbose median area;female abdomen and ventral receptacle as in Figs.
2 and 4.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February, 1989 21

NEW RECORDS FOR TORTOPUS INCERTUS

(EPHEMEROPTERA) IN MISSISSIPPI AND

NOTES ON MICROHABITAT REQUIREMENTS1 2

S.S. Knight, CM. Cooper3

ABSTRACT: Specimens of the burrowing mayfly Tortopus incertus, typically considered an
inhabitant of clay banks in large rivers, were collected in Otoucalofa Creek, a small bluff
line stream in Calhoun, Lafayette, and Yalobusha Counties, Mississippi. Intensive recon-
naissance of major stream reaches revealed three T. incertus colonization sites which repre-
sent a major habitat extension and suggest that the size of the stream is less important than
the hard clay substrate needed for the construction of burrows. Greater instability of physi-
cal characteristics of small streams compared to rivers also indicates tolerance of T. incertus
to larger environmental fluctuations than previously documented.

During routine sampling of macroinvertebrates on Otoucalofa Creek,
two burrowing mayflies of the family Polymitarcidae were discovered in
a kick sample taken near Water Valley, Mississippi. These mayflies,
identified as Tortopus incertus (Traver), have been described by several
authors as restricted to hard clay banks of large rivers (Scott et al. 1959,
McCafferty 1975, Edmunds et al. 1976, Unzicker and Carlson 1982, and
Edmunds 1984). Otoucalofa Creek is a highly erosive second order
stream in the bluff line hills of northern Mississippi and is currently
undergoing bank stabilization modifications as a part of a Demonstra-
tion Erosion Control Project (DEC) in the Yazoo Basin. Preliminary
ecological surveys described Otoucalofa Creek as a small sandy bot-
tomed stream 27 km long. With a width ranging from 0.5 to 8 m and a
base flow water depth of 0. 1 to 1 m, the creek is distinctly different from
the habitat previously described for T. incertus. In Mississippi, T. incertus
has been collected in the Tombigbee River (Monroe County), Bull
Mountain Creek at its confluence with the Tombigbee River (Itawamba
County), the Leaf River (Lawrence County), the Pearl River, and Bogue
Chitto (Pike County) by CD. Hynes (Scott et al. 1959). This mayfly has
also been commonly found in clay banks of the Mississippi River (Bec-
kett et al. 1983). T. incertus has never been reported from small shallow
streams. Since discovery of T. incertus in Otoucalofa Creek suggested
possible new microhabitat criteria, a closer investigation of Otoucalofa

1 Received April 13. 1987. Accepted August 6, 1988.

^Contribution of the Sedimentation Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.
Department of Agriculture, Oxford, MS

^Ecologists, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service. Sedimenta-
tion Laboratory, Oxford, Mississippi 38655.

ENT. NEWS 100(1): 21-26, January* February, 1989

22 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Creek was needed to determine the extent of T. incertus colonization and
its environmental requirements.

METHODS

Otoucalofa Creek is typical of most Mississippi bluff line streams in
that it is a shallow high gradient stream with more than 95 percent of the
bottom substrate consisting of sand or gravelly sand. Approximately 75
percent of the stream has been subjected to channelization within the
past 30 years and about 30 percent of its length is devoid of vegetative
canopy. Areas of hard clay substrate are occasionally found in the head-
waters of the stream's main channel and in tributaries where the depth is
usually 3 to 10 cm.

Macroin vertebrates were collected during spring and fall in 1 985 and
1986 on Otoucalofa Creek and its tributaries. A general benthos survey
was made to compile a list of species, population sizes and habitat pre-
ference. Sampling techniques included kick samples, grab samples,
snag samples, leaf pack collections and Surber or Hess samples so that
all major habitat types could be examined. After initially finding T. incer-
tus in a kick sample, 1 5 cm by 1 5 cm scoop samples were also included so
that hard clay areas could be sampled quantitatively. Otoucalofa Creek
and its tributaries were divided into 16 sections representing stream
reaches with similar characteristics such as substrate, channel depth,
channel width, current or water depth. Each reach was sampled with a
minimum of three techniques and at least 2 samples per technique.
Physical and chemcial parameters were measured at selected sites to
provide water quality data. Measurements of water depth, current and
substrate type were also made at each sample site.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Three areas in Otoucalofa Creek watershed supported populations
of T. incertus (Fig. 1). These areas were all in the upper half of the
watershed and had similar physical characteristics. All three habitats
were composed of hard clay substrates, with a minimum flow of 30 cm/
sec and a maximum baseline depth of 5 cm. These habitats are typically
sites of channel degradation where unconsolidated materials have been
eroded down to hard clay strata.

Water quality immediately downstream of the collection sites was
typical of northern Mississippi bluff line streams (Table 1). The yearly
mean pH for Otoucalofa collection sites was 6.4 with a range of 5.4 to 7.4.
These mean values were lower than 6.8, the established lower limit for T.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February, 1989

23

C

2

c

3

C
O

4->

u

o

c
_o

"o
'J

3

s

.c

■-^

s

I

C
eg

en

C

a

£

CO

c

CO

24 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

incertus habitat. Average ammonia concentrations of 0.147 mg/L was
over 7 times higher on Otoucalofa Creek than the published average of
0.02 mg/L ammonia (Hart and Fuller, 1974) for T. incertus. Tsui and
Peters (1975) in a study of embryonic development of T. incertus found
that most rapid morphogensis and earliest hatches occurred at tem-
peratures around 19.5°C. Otoucalofa Creek averaged 18.6°C with a
range of 1.2to26.9°C.

Densities of T. incertus were calculated to be 89 organisms per m2 on
Otoucalofa Creek based on 18 individuals recovered from 9 samples
(Table 2). This density is considerably less than 3125 organisms per m2
reported from the Savannah river by Scott et al. (1959). Scott et al. (1959)
suggested that T. incertus may move from burrow to burrow as water level
changes. Our study supports this hypothesis since there are numerous
exposed burrows above the water level. The locations on Otoucalofa
Creek where hard clay substrates are found are usually high energy areas
where dramatic erosional processes have scoured down to clay sills, thus
suggesting that T. incertus nymphs are tolerant of adverse conditions
found in small high energy streams and that they colonize hard clay
habitats as they become available.

Although it is true that rivers vary in physical and chemical charac-
teristics over an annual cycle, the magnitude of variation is not as great
as in small streams specifically in regard to small storm flow events and
low flow depths. Depths at the collection sites on Otoucalofa Creek have
varied from 5 cm to 3.5 m within a 12 hour period and total solids have
been measured that were 1439 mg/L greater than the yearly average of 48
mg/L. Vertical river banks accumulate some silt; however, some clay bot-
tomed areas of Otoucalofa creek are covered with as much as 1 m of sand
during 24 hour storms.

T. incertus nymphs have been found in large rivers at depths greater
than 2 ft (60.9 cm) and are usually associated with vertical channel banks
(Scott et al. 1959). In Otoucalofa Creek nymphs were collected pre-
dominantly on the horizontal portions of the stream bed at a maximum
depth of 5 cm.

CONCLUSIONS

T. incertus is typically considered an inhabitant of clay banks of large
rivers but the discovery of T. incertus colonies in a small highly erosive
stream suggests that the size of the stream is less important than the hard
clay substrate needed for burrow construction. Greater instability of
physical characteristics of small streams when compared to rivers also
indicates the tolerance of T. incertus to a wide range of environmental

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989 25

Table 1. Water quality parameters downstream oiTortopus incertus collection sites.

Parameter

Annual Mean

Range

Units

Temperature

18.6

(1.2-26.9)

°C

Conductivity

44

(32 - 58)

umhos/cm-

Dissolved Oxygen

9.7

(7.6- 12.1)

mg/L

pH

6.4

(5.4 - 7.4)

Total Solids

133

(54- 1886)

mg/L

Dissolved Solids

49

(38 - 63)

mg/L

Suspended Solids

85

(0- 1845)

mg/L

Filterable Ortho

Phosphorus

0.01

(0 - 0.30)

mg/L

Total Ortho

Phosphorus

0.02

(0.01 -0.41)

mg/L

Total Hydrolyzable

Phosphorus

0.06

(0.01 - 0.52)

mg/L

Total Phosphorus

0.07

(0.02 - 0.62)

mg/L

Nitrate Nitrogen

0.07

(0.01 - 0.80)

mg/L

Ammonia Nitrogen

0.15 (0.01-2.65)
lumber, numbers of individuals colk

mg/L

Table 2. Colony size, sample r

:cted and density

estimates for Tortopus

incertus

collected from Otoucalofa Creek. Mississippi

Colony*

Sample

Individuals

Density

Site Size

Number

Collected

Nos./m2

1 15 m2

1

4

177.7

1 15 m2

2

2

88.8

1 15 m2

3

1

44.4

1 15 m2

4

1

44.4

2 5 m2

1

2

88.8

2 5 m2

2

4

177.7

2 5 m2

3

1

177.7

3 1.5 m2

1

3

133.3

3 1.5 m2

2

0

0.0

Total

9

18

Mean

88.8

"Areas of colonization were determined by measuring inundated hard clay surface
with visible burrows. These areas change in size as water levels vary seasonally as
indicated by the number of "dry" burrows exposed on the bank.

26 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

conditions. As suggested by Scott et al. (1959), our study showed that T.
incertus may drift or migrate to more suitable habitat when conditions
deteriorate. Water quality parameters measured at collection sites were
found to cover a broader spectrum of physical and chemical conditions
than have been previously reported (Hart and Fuller, 1974). These con-
ditions, unlike fluctuating water levels, are inescapable via migration or
drift. T. incertus may have been missed in earlier collections from small
streams because clay substrates that are necessary for burrow construc-
tion occur infrequently in many streams and are difficult to sample.

LITERATURE CITED

Beckett, D.C., C.R. Bingham, and L.G. Sanders. 1983. Benthic macroinvertebrates of

selected habitats of the Lower Mississippi River. J. Freshw. Ecol. 2:247-261).
Edmunds, G.F., Jr. 1984. Ephemeroptera. In, An Introduction to the Aquatic Insects of

North America, 2nd Ed. R.W. Merritt and K.W. Cummins, ed. Kendall Hunt Pub. Co.

Dubuque, Iowa. 94-125 pp.
Edmunds, G.F., Jr. S.L. Jensen, and L. Berner. 1976. The Mayflies of North andCentral

America. Univ. Minnesota Press. Minneapolis, MN. 330 pp.
Hart, C.W., Jr.and S.L.H. Fuller. 1974. Pollution Ecology of Freshwater IOnvertebrates.

Academic Press. New York, NY. 389 pp.
McCafferty, W.P. 1975. The burrowing mayflies (Ephemeroptera: Ephemeroidea) of the

United States. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 101:447-504.
Scott, D.C., L. Berner, and A. Hirch. 1959. The nymph of the mayfly genus Tortopus

(Ephemeroptera: Polymitarcidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 52:205-213.
Tsui, P.T.P. and W.L. Peters. 1975. Embrionic development, early morphology, and

behavior of 7o/?o/?i«//;rt'm/.s' (Ephemeroptera: Polymitarcidae). The Florida Entomolgist.

57(4)349-356.
Unzicher, J.D. and P.H. Carlson. 1982. Ephemeroptera. In, Aquatic insects and

oligochaetes of North and South Carolina. A.R. Brigham, W.U. Brigham and A.
Gnilka, ed. Midwest Aquatic Enterprises, Mahomet, 111. 822 pp.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February, 1989 27

NEW RECORDS OF SIALIS

(MEGALOPTERA: SIALIDAE)

FROM ARKANSAS AND OKLAHOMA1 2

David E. Bowles-*

ABSTRACT: Sialis joppa is reported from Arkansas and Oklahoma and S. vagans from
Oklahoma for the first time. These records extend the range of the former to approximately
95° longitude. Distribution records for other Sialis spp. in the two states are provided.

Recent collections of Megaloptera from Arkansas and Oklahoma
have produced new state records for the genus Sialis Latrielle. Sialis
vagans Ross was previously recorded from 20 states and four Canadian
provinces (Flint 1964; Ross 1937; Stark and Lago 1 980; Tarter 1988; Tarter
etal. 1978), including Arkansas, Kansas and Mississippi. The species has
now been collected from Latimer County in eastern Oklahoma. Sialis
joppa Ross, a common species in the eastern United States (Flint 1964;
Ross 1937; Tarter and Woodrum 1973; Tarter et al. 1978), is generally not
known west of 90° longitude (Canterbury 1978). However. Tarter et al.
(1978) reported the species from southeastern Louisiana at approx-
imately 91 ° longitude. The author's collections of 5". joppa from western
Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma extends the known western distribu-
tion boundary for the species to approximately 95 ° longitude. Collection
data for S. joppa and S. vagans from Arkansas and Oklahoma and
additional alderfly distributional records for the two states are
presented below.

Specimens Examined

Sialis joppa. ARKANSAS: Crawford County. NE 1/4, Sec, 17. T 12 N. R 32 W. Ozark Natl.
For., 16 April 1988, D.E. Bowles; 1 male, 3 females. Montgomery County. Ouachita Natl.
For., near Little Missouri Falls. 9 April 1 988. D.E. Bowles; 1 female. OKLAHOMA: Latimer
County. Robbers Cave St. Pk.. Rough Canyon, 3 April 1988. D.E. Bowles; 3 males. 4
females. Sialis vagans. OKLAHOMA: Latimer County. 6 mi. SW of Red Oak, 1 1-24 April
1988, Karl Stephan; 4 males, 3 females.

'Received July 22. 1988. Accepted August 2. 1988.

-Published with the approval of the Director. Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station.
Fayetteville.AR 72701.

^Department of Entomology, University of Arkansas. Fayetteville. AR 72701.

ENT. NEWS 100( 1 ): 27-28. January & February. 1989

28 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Additional Records Of Alderflies From Arkansas And Oklahoma

Records are based on specimens in the University of Arkansas Insect
Collection as well as those in the literature (Canterbury 1978; Flint 1964;
Stark and Lago 1980; Tarter et al. 1978).

S. hasta Ross. ARKANSAS: Garland, Washington, Yell Counties; April, May, July.

S1. infumata Newman. ARKANSAS: Garland, Pike, Washington Counties; April-May.

OKLAHOMA: Pittsburg County; April.
S. itasca Ross. ARKANSAS: Craighead County; Collection data not recorded. OKLAHOMA:

Collection data not recorded.
S. mohri Ross. ARKANSAS: Montgomery, Pike, Washington Counties; March-April, May.

OKLAHOMA: Payne County; April.
5. vagans Ross. ARKANSAS: Green, Johnson Counties; March-May.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Karl Stephan for generously giving me Megaloptera material from Oklahoma.
Richard Leschen, Chris Carlton, C. Dayton Steelman and R.T Allen all of the University
of Arkansas, graciously reviewed this manuscript. Gina Blanks typed the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Canterbury, L.E. 1978. Studies of the genus Sialis (Sialidae: Megaloptera) in eastern
North America. Unpubl. Ph. D. Diss.. University of Louisville, Louisville, KY. 93 pp.

Flint, O.S., Jr. 1964. New species and state records of Sialis (Neuroptera: Sialidae).
Entomol. News 75: 9-13.

Ross, H.H. 1937. Studies of Nearctic aquatic insects. I. Nearctic alderflies of the genus
Sialis (Megaloptera, Sialidae). Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 21: 57-78.

Stark, B.P. and P.K. Lago. 1980. New records of Nearctic Sialis (Megaloptera: Sialidae),
with emphasis on Mississippi fauna. Entomol. News 91: 117-121.

Tarter, D.C. 1988. New record of the alderfly Sialis vagans for West Virginia (Megaloptera:
Sialidae). Entomol. News 99: 63-64.

Tarter, D.C. and J.E. Woodrum. 1973. First record of the alderfly, Sialis joppa Ross
(Megaloptera: Sialidae) in West Virginia. Proc. W. Va. Acad. Sci. 45: 165-167.

Tarter, D.C, W.W. Watkins, D.L. Ashley and J.T. Goodwin. 1978. New state records
and seasonal emergence patterns of alderflies east of the Rocky Mountains (Megalop-
tera: Sialidae). Entomol. News. 99: 63-64.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989 29

BRAZILIAN PARASITOIDS OF GALL-FORMING

INSECTS: TWO NEW CHALCIDOID SPECIES

AND HOST RECORDS1

Luis De Santis^, G. Wilson Fernandes-^

ABSTRACT: The geographical distribution as well as new host for Lochitoencyrtus gahani

(Encyrtidae) are recorded. Two new species of neotropical Chalcidoidea parasitoids of
Brazilian insect gall formers are described: Syrphophaguscecidium (Encyrtidae) and Eurytoma
minasensis (Eurytomidae). Brief information on the host insect and their galls is given for
each species of parasitoid.

The number of insect herbivores associated with different plant taxa
has been widely studied (e.g. Lawton & Schroder 1977. Lawton & Price
1979. Kennedy & South wood 1984, Strong etal. 1984. Fernandes & Price
1988). Hawkins & Lawton ( 1987) recently studied the variation in species
richness of British parasitoid insects and their phytophagous insect
hosts. Studies on the richness (e.g. Price 1980, Hawkins & Lawton 1987).
abundance, degree of specialization and generalization of parasitoids
on their hosts are very important to understand the diversity of fauna
and flora.

One of the hypotheses reviewed by Price et al (1986, 1987) on the
adaptive significance of insect galls stated that gall formation could be
an important adaptation for defense against insect parasitoids. The
knowledge of the composition, structure, and richness of the gall-forming
insect parasitoid fauna will help understand the ecological mechanisms
and the evolutionary processes involved in the formation and diver-
sification of insect galls.

Despite the diversity of the flora and fauna of the neotropical region,
there are few studies on the neotropical gall-forming insects (Fernandes
& Martins 1985, Fernandes 1986), and even fewer on the gall-forming
parasitoids (but see Fernandes et al. 1987, Winder 1980). This study is a
small portion of a long term study on the insect gall fauna of Brazil (see
Fernandes et al. 1988) which not only aims to survey the Brazilian insect
galling fauna but also to observe its distribution, occurrence, and
evolutionary ecology. Here, we report on the taxonomy of three neotropi-
cal chalcidoid parasitoids of gall-forming insects and their host plants.

'Received November 19. 1987. Accepted July 3. 1988.

-Professor Emeritus, Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo. Paseo del Bosque. 1900 La
Plata. Argentina.

^Department of Biological Sciences. Box 5640. Northern Arizona University. Flagstaff.
Arizona 86011, USA

ENT. NEWS 100( 1 ): 29-36, January & February. 1989

30 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

We give new data on the biology and geographical distribution of
Lochitoencyrtus gahani (Encyrtidae: Hymenoptera) a parasitoid of
Neolithus fasciatus (Psyllidae: Homoptera) which induce leaf galls on
Sapium biglandulosum (Euphorbiaceae); and describe two new species
of chalcidoidea of gall-forming insects: Syrphophagus cecidium (Encyr-
tidae: Hymenoptera) a parasitoid ofTrioza sp. (Psyllidae: Homoptera)
which form leaf galls on Myrcia itambensis (Myrtaceae). and Eurytoma
minasensis (Eurytomidae: Hymenoptera) a parasitoid of Anadiplosis sp.
(Cecidomyiidae: Diptera) which form leaf-rachis galls on Machaerium
aculeatum (Leguminosae).

MATERIAL AND METHODS

All host plants and their gall-forming insects studied here were pre-
sent on a secondary "cerrado"' vegetation at the Campus of the Univer-
sidade Federal de Minas Gerais. Belo Horizonte, Minas Gerais, Brazil
(for further details see Fernandes et al. 1988, Ferrari 1977). Fresh galls
were brought into the laboratory, where they were opened carefully by
peeling away the outer layers of gall tissue. Adult gall-forming insects
were point mounted while fresh to perserve their natural colors; para-
sitoids and all immature insect stages were preserved in 70% alcohol. As
a standard procedure (see De Santis 1964), when there was only one
specimen, all the measurements were taken from the holotype specimen.
When there were more than one specimen, the description was made
based on the holotype, and the measurements taken from a paratype. We
made a sub-section entitled "variations" to indicate those characters
with significant variation (for an example see the description of E.
minasensis). The insect parasitoid types described here are in the collec-
tion of the Museo de La Plata. Paseo del Bosque, La Plata, Argentina.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Encyrtidae

Lochitoencyrtus gahani De Santis (1964)

This species was previously described by De Santis ( 1964: 265) in his
work on the encyrtids of Argentina. Previous geographic distributional
records for this species are from Argentina and Trinidad. In addition to
the holotype and allotype, six females were deposited in the collection of
the Museo de La Plata. These six females were reared by M.R. Trujillo
from leaf galls on Sapium sp. (Euphorbiaceae) which were collected in

Vol. 100, No. 1. January & February, 1989

31

Itusaingo (Corrientes, Argentina ) on October 1 3. 1 986. Here we report on
the occurrence of L. gahani as a parasitoid of Neolithus fasciatus Scott
(Homoptera: Psyllidae), a gall former on Sapium biglandulosum.

Geographic Distribution: Trinidad; Brazil: Minas Gerais; Argentina:
Corrientes, Entre Rios, Santa Fe.

Biology and Hosts. Lochitoencyrtus gahani is a parasitoid of N. fas-
ciatus which induces galls on several organs of its host plant, S. biglan-
dulosum. Galls are frequently found on leaves, stems, inflorescences, and
fruits (Fig. la). In general, galls are spheroid, reddish, and glabrous.
When immature, galls are green in color; but during their development
the galls turn reddish. Galls were found throughout November to May
during the period of study (1980-1983). Gall size was 3.14mm (SD ±

Figure la:) Galls of Neolithus fasciatus (Homoptera: Psyllidae) on several parts of its host
plant. Sapium biglandulosm (Euphorhiaeeae). b) Neolithus fasciatus gall. Mature gall splits
open and the adult insect emerges. Parasitized galls do not split open as the unparasitized
ones, c) Leaf galls ofTrioza sp. (Homoptera: Psyllidae) on its host plant, Myrcia itambensis
(Myrtaceae) Scale is lcm. d) Leaf rachis gall of Anadiplosis sp.(Diptera:Cecidomyiidac)on
its host plant, Machaerium aculeatum (Leguminosae) with a parasitoid larvae in it Gall
diameter is 0.59mm.

32 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

3.00mm, n= 293), and only one gall former developed in the one
-chambered gall (n= 500). At the end of the development of the gall, the
walls split open and the adult insect emerges for mating (Fig. lb).
Parasitized galls are harder than unparasitized galls and do not split
open as easily. Besides L. gahani, the psyllid gall former is parasitized by
an unidentified species of eurytomid and by an unidentified pteromalid
species (Fernandes et al. 1988).

Syrphophagus cecidium sp. nov.

Figure 2a, 2b, 2c.

FEMALE: Black; face, pronorum, scutellum, and apical third of the gaster with purple
reflections; frontovertex, mesoscutum, and basal third of the gaster with greenish reflec-
tions, however stronger in the gaster. Antennae, palpi, trochanters, base and apical third of
the forefemora, half basal and apex of the mesofemora, base and apex of the hindfemora,
tibiae, tarsi and wing venation yellowish, blackish at the radicle, basal thirds of the pedicel,
flagellum, at one sub-basal annulus at the mesotibiae, and at the apical segment of the tarsi.
Wings subhyaline, yellowish

Frontovertex reticulate, shallowly punctated at its lateral and posterior regions; mesos-
cutum also reticulate-punctated; axillae and scutellum with denser reticulation, the latter
almost flat and shiny like the gaster; scrobes sub-triangular with rounded edges.

Eyes bare; mesoscutum and scutellum with numerous whitish setae. The distribution
of the wing setae is presented in figure 2a.

Head as broad as alitrunk, lenticular, weakly convex; occiput edge sharp; breadths of
head and frontovertex at eye level, as follows: 28:9; mandibles broad at their apex, triden-
tate, maxillary palpi four segmented; labial palpi three segmented; eyes large; cheeks equal
to the fourth part of the eyes longitudinal diameter; ocelli in an obtuse triangle, the pos-
terior ones distanced one diameter from the corresponding internal orbits and a little bit
less from the edge of the occiput; antennae inserted slightly below the inferior line of the
eyes (figure 2b); dimensions of each segment: R 0.052 (0.031) I 0.264 (0.047) II 0.072 (0.041)
III 0.052 (0.036) IV 0.057 (0.041 ) V 0.057 (0.041 ) VI 0.057 (0.047) VII 0.057 (0.049) VIII 0.057
(0.052) IX 0.062 (0.078) X 0.052 (0.078) XI 0.057 (0.072).

Pronotum conspicuous, mesoscutum broad, entire; axillae slightly separated; scutellum
convex; metanotum and propodeum short, spiracles circular. Length of the fore wings
1 .473; maximum width 0.572; length of the longer marginal setae 0.041 ; relative length of the
submarginal. marginal, postmarginal. and stigmal veins as follows: 42, 7.5. 5.5, 7. Length of
the hind wings 1 .029; maximum width 0.254; length of the longer marginal setae 0.057. Mid-
dle tibial spurs clearly shorter than the correspondent basitarsi.

Gaster subconic, flattened, shorter than the alitrunk (33:23); the ovipositor originates
close to the third basal part and is slightly exserted. Body length is 2mm.

MALE: Frontovertex comparatively broader. Antennae yellowish, but blackish at radicle
and at the proximal third of pedicel, as seen in figure 2c; length of each segment: R 0.031; I
0.186, II 0.062; III 0.155; IV 0.1 14; V 0.109; VI 0.109; VII 0.103; VIII 0.088; IX 0.155. Clava
entire. Body length 1.5mm.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION: Brazil: Minas Gerais.

BIOLOGY AND HOSTS: Syrphophagus cecidium is a parasitoid ofTrioza sp. (Homoptera:
Psyllidae) which induces leaf galls on Myrcia itambensis (My rtaceae) (Figure lc). The Trioza

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989

33

^-*> - 1 T --" ^'y tV- ' '.'- '..^ ,- J ,' "^^-j^X •

¥*.£ , '';X>i>jf ~-y

B

Figure 2: Syrphophagus cecidium sp. nov. a) Forewing, female, b) Antenna, female, c)
Antenna, male.

sp. leaf galls are greenish, glabrous, unilocular. The average number of galls per leaf is 1 .36
(SD ± 0.48. n= 580). and the average number of Trioza sp. nymphs per gall is 1.33 (SD ±
0.57, n= 3). Only the parasitoid S. cecidium was present in Trioza sp. leaf galls (Femandese/
al. 1988).

DIAGNOSIS: Because of forewing venation, head features, and mandible dentition, this
new species can not be placed in the genus Psyllaephagus Ashmead. 1900. As the host is a
Psylloidea (see Noyes & Hayat (1984: 338-339) our new species is included in the genus
Syrphophagus Ashmead. 1900 near to S.Jlavicomis from which it differs mainly in colora-
tion and antennae shape.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: One female holotype. one male allotype, and one female and
two male pararypes; 23.XI.1981, Brazil: Belo Horizonte. G.W. Fernandes. The types are
deposited in the collection of the Museo de La Plata. Paseo del Bosque. La Plata.
Argentina.

34

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Eurytomidae
Eurytoma minasensis sp. no v.

Figure 3.

FEMALE: Black. Eyes and ocelli reddish. Tegulae and legs, except the coxae, testaceous.
Antennae also testaceous, blackish at the radicle, on most of the dorsal face of the pedicel
and on the flagellum. Knees, tibiae apices, spurs, tarsi, and wing venations pale yellow.
Wings hyaline.

Face with convergent streaks in front of the clypeus. Intervals between the punctation
on the head and alitrunk reticulate. Prepectus weakly reticulate at superior third and
rugose on the remaining. Propodeum reticulate-rugose with a broad medial depression
and one pair of central impressions at the half dorsal part. Structures of urotergite VI
weakly impressed.

Body setae whitish; setae on urotergite VI to IX as longer as the body setae.

Antennae with triarticulated clava: dimensions of each segment: R 0.041 (0.044) 1 0.264
(0.062) II 0.077 (0.057) annelus 0.008 (0.041 ) III 0.077 (0.077)IV0.077 (0.088) V0.072 (0.077) VI
0.072 (0.083) VII 0.072 (0.093)VIII 0.067 (0.062) IX 0.077 (0.062) X 0.072 (0.062).

Length of the fore wing 1.715. maximum width 0.864; length of the longest marginal
setae 0.077; relative length of the submarginal, marginal, postmarginal, and stigmal veins
as follows: 60. 17, 13, 11; marginal vein thickened.

Petiole and urotergite IX very short. Gaster in a lateral view, oval, width almost twice its
height (70:38). Third urotergite almost as long as the fourth urotergite (16:14). Body
length 2.6mm.

MALE: Males are different from the females in the following characters; antennal clavae
and fore coxa yellowish; hind femora black except at extremities. Funicular joints short-
pedunculate and with long setae, as at the triarticulated clava; segment length as follows: R
0.041 I 0.248 II 0.062 III 0.145 IV0.139.V0.129 VI 0.1 19, VII 0.093 VIII 0.078 1X0.087. Petiole
is of same length as the hind coxae; gaster smaller but not compressed. Body length
2.0mm.

Figure 3: Eun'toma minasensis sp. nov., female genitalia.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989 35

VARIATIONS: Female paratypes with blackish hind femora.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION: Brazil: Minas Gerais.

BIOLOGY AND HOSTS: Eurytoma minasensis is one of the four undescribed chalcidoid
wasps reared from Anadiplosis sp. (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) leaf rachis galls on Machaerium
aculeatum (Leguminosae). Besides the species we describe here, LaSalle (1987) described
Tanaostigmodes femandesi (Hymenoptera: Tanaostigmatidae) which is an inquiline of the
galls. The other chalcidoids belong to the families Eurytomidae (1), and Platygasteridae
(2). The Anadiplosis sp. leaf galls are spheroid, green, unilocular, and occur preferentialy in
clusters (10.05 (SD ± 1 0.65 galls per leaf).n = 307, Femandesi al. 1987, 1988]. Galls have sec-
retory hairs which may trap and kill gall-forming parasitoids. However, only very rarely
were E. minasensis adults observed trapped by the sticky secretions of the gall's hairs. The
galls occur from March throughout December. Only one Anadiplosis sp. was found pergall
and only one E. minasensis was reared per gall (Figure Id).

DIAGNOSIS: This species runs out couplet 3 in the Bugbee's ( 1975) key for the breviura
group of Eurytoma species of Mexico and Guatemala. Our species is closely related to E.
sub fuse a Bugbee. 1944, but is different in its coloration, in the female genitalia (Figure 3).
and in the fourth urotergite which is comparatively short.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: One female holotype, one male allotype, and two female, and
one male paratypes; 24.X.1981, Brazil: Belo Horizonte, GW. Fernandes. The types are
deposited in the collection of the Museo de La Plata, Paseo del Bosque. La Plata.
Argentina.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to especially thank CD. Johnson. A.M. Aldaz, and two anonymous
reviewers for their helpful review and comments on an early draft of this manuscript. We
also thank AA. Patricio Fidalgo for identifying the parasitoid species at the family level, to
R.J. Gagne for identifying the cecidomyiid species, to I.D. Hodkinson for identifying the
psyllids. to J.M. Ferrari for the plant identifications, and to J.R. Silva and E. Mead for help-
ing with some of the photographs. In addition, we would like to thank the Departamento de
Biologia Geral, ICB/U.F.M.G. (Brazil), the Facultad de Ciencias Naturales y Museo
(Argentina), and to the Bylby Research Center, N.AU. (USA) for their facilities. The
scholarship (process n° 200.747/84-3-ZO) provided by the Brazilian National Research
Council (CNPq) to GWF is greatly acknowledged.

LITERATURE CITED

Bugbee, R.E. 1975. Eurytoma species from Mexico and Guatemala with synonyms and

keys (Hymenoptera: Eurytomidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of America

68:251-256.
De Santis, L. 1964. Encirtidos de la Republics Argentina (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea).

Anales de la Comision de Investigacion Cientifica de la Provincia de Buenos Aires

4: 7-398.
Fernandes, G.W. 1986. Ecologia evolutiva de galhas de insetos: teoria e pratica. Brazilian

Embassy, Sector of Science & Technology. Washington, D.C. 50p.
Fernandes, G.W. & R.P. Martins. 1985. Tumores de Plantas: as galhas. Ciencia Hoje 4:

58-64.

36 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fernandes, G.W., R.P. Martins & E. Tameirao Neto. 1987. Food web relationships

involving Anadiplosis sp. (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) galls on Machaerium aculeatum

(Leguminosae). Revista Brasileira de Botanica 10:117-123.
Fernandes, G.W. & P.W. Price, 1988. Biogeographical gradients in relation to galling

species richness: tests of hypotheses. Oecologia 76:161-167.
Fernandes, G.W., E. Tameirao Neto & R.P. Martins. 1988. Ocorrencia e car acterizacao

de galhas entomogenas na vegetacao do campus-Pampulha da U.F.M.G.. Belo

Horizonte. Revista Brasileira de Zoologia 5:11-29.
Ferrari, J.M. 1977. Vegetacao do Campus da UFMG. Oreades 6: 3-5.
Hawkins, B.A. & J.H. Lawton. 1987. Species richness for parasitoids of British

Phytophagous insects. Nature 326: 788-790.
Kennedy, C.E. & T.R.E. Southwood. 1984. The number of species of insects associated

with British trees: a reanalysis. Journal of Animal Ecology 53: 455-478.
LaSalle, J. 1987. New world Tanaostigmatidae (Hymenoptea: Chalcidoidea). Con

tribution to the American Entomological Institute 23 (1): 1-181.
Lawton, J.H. , & P.W. Price. 1979. Species richness of parasites on hosts: agromyzid flies

on the British Umbeliferae. Journal of Animal Ecology 48: 619-637.
Lawton, J.H. & D. Schroder. 1977. Effects of plant type, size of geographical range and

taxonomic isolation on number of insect species associated with British plants. Nature

265: 137-140.
Noyes, J.S. & Hayat, M. 1984. A review of the genera of Indo-Pacific Encyrtidae

(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea). Bulletin of the British Museum of Natural History

(Entomology) 48: 131-395.
Price, P.W. 1980. Evolutionary biology of parasits. Princeton University Press. Princeton,

New Jersey.
Price, P.W., G.W. Fernandes & G.L. Waring. 1987. Adaptive nature of insect galls.

Environmental Entomology 16: 15-24.
Price, P.W., G.L. Waring & G.W. Fernandes. 1986. Hypotheses on the adaptive nature of

galls. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington 88: 361-363.
Strong, D.R., J.H. Lawton & T.R.E. Southwood. 1984. Insects on plants. Community

patterns and mechanisms. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford.
Winder, J. A. 1980. Cecidomyiidae leaf galls on Lantana spp. (Verbenaceae) and their

associated Hymenoptera. Dusenia 12: 33-36.

Vol. 100. No. 1, January & February. 1989 37

NORTHERN CADDISFLY (TRICHOPTERA)

FAUNA IN A REMNANT BOREAL WETLANDS

OF WEST VIRGINIA1

Ben M. Stout, III2, James S. Stout3

ABSTRACT: Eight species of typically northern Trichoptera are reported from shallow
ponds and spring seeps within a red spruce (Picea rubens Sarg.) forest in West Virginia
(WV). Platxcentropus radiatus and Banksiola dossuaria were dominant species, found here in
the highest abundance ever recorded. Ptilostomis ocellifera were present in numbers typical
of the species. Limnephilus moestus adults were rarely collected. Oligostomis pardalis and
Nemotaulius hostilis were rare species in ponds, the former being a new record for WV.
Phvlocentropus lucidus. previously reported from a single specimen in WV. and Frenesia dif-
ficillis were plentiful in headwater spring seeps.

Areas of the Alleghany highlands of West Virginia having remnant
boreal vegetation currently represent the known southern distribution
limits of many plants (Strausburg & Core, 1977). Surprisingly little is
known about the aquatic insect fauna of these areas, particularly shallow
ponds and spring seeps associated with bogs. Permanent and temporary
ponds ranging from 5 to 1000m2 surface area were created by beavers
and log skidders 7 years ago near the Sinks of Gandy. Randolph County.
West Virginia (elev. 1090m, lat. 38°43', long. 79°38'W). Permanent ponds
were subject to seasonal water level increases of 15-25cm during the wet
season (October-June). Temporary ponds were dry in the summer, and
wet for 6-10 months depending on basin depth and annual rainfall.
Vegetation in seasonal wetlands was dominated by sedge (Carex spp.).
rush (Juncus spp.), and rice cutgrass (Leersia oryzoides). Permanent ponds
harbored the emergent macrophyte Sparganium americanum.

A two-year series of light trappings and larval collections throughout
the area revealed an association of eight species of typically northern
Trichoptera. One species is reported here for the first time in WV and two
species reported earlier from single specimens are now known to occur
in specific locations. The purpose of this paper is to describe the unique
association of Trichoptera in these ponds, and report the new record
forWV.

'Received July 1, 1988. Accepted August 4, 1988.

-Department of Biology. Virginia Polvtechnic Institute and State University. Blacksburg.

VA. 24061.

?Route 12. Box 260. Morgantown. WV. 26505.

ENT. NEWS KXH1): 37-40. January & February. 1989

38 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Limnephilidae

Platycentropus radiatus (Say) was the dominant caddisfly in shallow ponds
throughout the area. Densities of second instar larvae were as high as
386±101/m2 (95% CI) in the submerged vegetation of permanent and
temporary ponds, with as many as 50±23/m2 reaching the pupal stage.
Eggs were laid in September, hatched in late October, and most larvae
reached fifth instar by May. Lab reared specimens required approx-
imately 2 weeks for pupation. Emergence in nature occurred in June and
early July. Adults diapaused during the dry summer months, as reported
for the other members of the family (Wiggins, 1973). Eggs apparently
hatched following inundation during the wet season. Larvae inhabited
temporary ponds as small as 5 m2 surface area and 10-20cm depth. Lar-
val growth was rapid in a pond having a 6 month wet season, and
emergence from this pond corresponded with emergence from perma-
nent and temporary ponds that had longer wet seasons. Life cycle features
were closely parallel to those reported for Limnephilus indivisus in Ontario
(Richardson & McKay, 1984). Rainfall levels 8-10cm below normal dur-
ing the second year of this study resulted in 6 temporary ponds filling to
<10cm depth, and P. radiatus larvae were absent.

Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen) is undoubtedly at the southernmost extent
of its range in this area of WV (Hill & Tarter, 1 978), and occurs in limited
populations within specific habitats. This species is found only in per-
manent ponds having seasonally fluctuating water levels (Richardson &
McKay, 1984). Life history in this area was similar to that reported for
Alberta (Berte & Pritchard, 1986). Second instar larvae first appeared in
August, and larvae reached fifth instar by October. A fifth instar larva
collected on October 30 pupated after 2 weeks at room temperature, and
emerged November 28. No adults were collected in the field. As with pop-
ulations in Alberta, this species appears to be closely associated with the
emergent macrophyte genus Sparganium.

Limnephilus moestus (Banks) has been collected occasionally throughout
the Alleghany highlands (Hill & Tarter, 1978). Three adults (two male
and one female) and no larvae were collected at this site.

Frenesia difficilis (Walker) adults were extremely abundant in this loca-
tion during their November emergence. Larvae were confined to head-
water spring seeps and were not found in ponds. Life history was similar
to that reported for Massachusetts (Flint, 1956), with oviposition occur-
ring in early winter. It appears to be near the southern range limit at this

Vol. 100, No. 1. January & February, 1989 39

location since none were reported from November collections by Tarter
& Hill (1979) at Cranberry Glades, the southernmost extensive upland
wetlands in WV located 85 km to the southwest. Tarter & Hill (1980)
reported it from Randolph and Monongalia County. WV.

Phryganeidae

Banksiola dossuaria (Say) was the most abundant species of phryganeid
found, with densities of second instar larvae as high as 5 12±352/m2 near
oviposition sites. Adults were most abundant in early May, larvae hatched
from eggs in July in a permanent pond, and larvae overwintered mostly
as fifth instars. Larvae were most abundant in permanent ponds, and
temporary ponds with a wet season lasting more than 9 months.,

Ptilostomis ocellifera (Walker) was present in low densities in permanent
and temporary ponds having mid-winter water levels > 1 5cm. Densities
were highest in temporary pools (8.8±4.6/m2)and adults emerged in
April. Empty third instar cases were found at densities of 1 .2±0.6/m2 in a
shallow pond (<10cm deep) where larvae apparently succumbed to
low temperatures.

Oligostomis partialis (Walker) was rare in this area, and a new record for
West Virginia. No larvae were collected. A single adult male was collec-
ted from the surface of a temporary pond in early June.

Polycentropodidae

Phylocentropus lucidus ( Hagen) was relatively abundant in light traps
in May. The only other record of this species in West Virginia was a single
specimen collected by Tarter & Hill (1979) in Cranberry Glades. Larvae
are tube dwellers in sandy substrates of low gradient headwater
spring seeps.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to acknowledge financial support from The Virginia Academy of
Science. Kathy Kyle Stout, Robert T Stout, and Vicky Stout aided in field collections. Spe-
cial thanks to Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr. of the United States National Museum for iden-
tifications, kindly advice, and for accepting voucher specimens. James and Jesse Tingler
provided access to sampling sites. Dr. E.F. Benfieldand Dr. S.W.Golladay commented on
earlier versions of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Berte, S.B., and G. Pritchard. 1986. The life histories of Limnephilus externum (Hagen).
Anabolia bimaculata (Walker), and Nemotaulius hostilis (Hagen) (Trichoptera: Lime-

40 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

philidae) in a pond in southern Alberta. Canada. Can. J. Zool. 64:2348-2356.
Flint, O.S., Jr. 1956. The life history and biology of the genus Frenesia (Trichoptera:

Limnephilidae). Bull. Brooklyn. Ent. Soc. 51(4.5): 93-108.
Hill, P.L., and D.C. Tarter. 1978. A taxonomic and distributional study of adult lim-

nephilid caddisflies of West Virginia (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Ent. News.

89(9&10): 214-216
Richardson, J. S., and RJ. McKay. 1984. A comparison of the life history and growth of

Limnephilus indivius (Trichoptera: Limnephilidae) in three temporary pools. Arch.

Hydrobiol. 99(4):5 15-528.
Ross, H.H. 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera. of Illinois. Bull. III. Nat. Hist. Surv.

23(l).326pp.
Strausburg, P.D., and E.L. Core. 1 977. Flora of West Virginia. Seneca Books. Grantsville.

WV. 1079pp.
Tarter, D.C, and P.L. Hill. 1979. Caddisflies (Trichoptera) of the Cranberry Glades in

West Virginia1. Ent. News 90(4):205-206.
Tarter, D.C, and P.L. Hill. 1979. Adult limnephilid caddisfly records in West Virginia

(Trichoptera: Limnephilidae). Ent. News 91(5): 170-172.
Wiggins, G.B. 1973. A contribution to the biology of caddisflies (Trichoptera) in tem-
porary pools. Life Sci. Contr., R. Ont. Mus. 88:1-28.
Wiggins, G.B. 1977. Larvae of the North American caddisfly genera (Trichoptera). Univ.

Toronto Press. 401pp. 88:1-28.

Vol. 100, No. 1. January & February. 1989 41

PSEUDOPALINGENIA KERRIEAE, JUNIOR SYNONYM
OF PSEUDOPALINGENIA FE1STMANTELI
(INSECTA: PALAEODICTYOPTERA)1

Michael D. Hubbard2

ABSTRACT: The name Pseudopalingenia kerrieae Hubbard is shown to be a junior objec-
tive synonym of Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli Handlirsch.

In 1880 Fritsch described [as an Ephemeroptera] the palaeodictyop-
terid Palingenia feistmanteli from fossil wings. He later (Fritsch 1882)
redescribed and refigured this species, including the description and
figure of what he thought was the body as well.

Handlirsch (1906) established the new genus Pseudopalingenia for the
specimen on which Fig. 1 of Fritsch (1882) was based and clearly indicated
that the body ( Fig. 1 ) did not go with the wing figured in Fig. 2-6 and pre-
viously (Fritsch 1880) described as Palingenia feistmanteli [= Pro-
palingenia feistmanteli (Fritsch)]. He referred to the new species thus
created for Fritsch's Fig. 1 as Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli. Although it
might be argued that this specific epithet would not be available for use
for a misidentification, this is clearly an intentional use of "feistmanteli"
as a misidentification and. according to the International Code of
Zoological Nomenclature (Art. Hi and 70c), the species takes date and
authorship from this publication because Handlirsch used the name for
the type-species of a new genus.

Due to an error, the new name Pseudopalingenia kerrieae for
Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli Handlirsch with a reference to an un-
published paper was inadvertently listed in the non-mayfly section of
the Ephemeroptera volume of the Fossilium Catalogus by Hubbard
(1987). According to the International Code of Zoological Nomencla-
ture, the new name takes date and authorship from this publication [viz..
Pseudopalingenia kerrieae Hubbard, 1 987]. This new name is unnecessary
because of the reasons above and falls as a junior objective synonym of
Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli Handlirsch, 1906, which is the currently
valid name of this species. A synonymy of this species is listed below.

Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli Handlirsch. 1906.

Palingenia feistmanteli [misidentification]; Fritsch. 1882:2. pi. 1 fig. 1 |not figs. 2-6].

Palingenia feistmanteli [partim]; Scudder. 1890:119.

deceived June 17. 1988. Accepted June 25. 1988.

-Agricultural Research Programs, Florida A&M University. Tallahassee. Florida 32307.
USA and Research Associate. Florida State Collection of Arthropods

ENT. NEWS 100(1): 41-42. January & February. 1989

42 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli Handlirsch, 1906:124, pi. 13 fig. 3.
Pseudopalingenia feistmanteli; Handlirsch, 1922:57.
Pseudopalingenia kerrieae Hubbard, 1987:70.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank Drs. C. Sabrosky and R.V. Melville for their invaluable comments
and discussion concerning the availability of the specific epithet and the application of the
International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. Dr. Thomas Soldan, Ceskoslovenska
Akademie Ved, kindly made available to me Fritsch's 1880 paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Fritsch [Fric], A. 1880. Dva novi clenovci z litvaru kamenouhelneho v Cechach. Vesm'ir
9:241-242.

Fritsch, A. 1882. Fosile Arthropoden aus der Steinkohlen- and Kreideformation
Bohmens. Beitrage zur Palaontologie Osterreich-Ungarns und des Orients 2:1-7, pi. 1-
2.

Hartdlirsch, A. 1906-1908. DiefossilenlnsektenunddiePhylogeniederrezenten Formen.
Ein Handbuch fur Palaontologen und Zoologen. Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann.
Leipzig. 1430 pp.

Handlirsch, A. 1922. Insecta palaeozoica. Fossilium Catalogus I: Animalia. Pars 16:1-230.

Hubbard, M.D. 1987. Ephemeroptera. Fossilium Catalogus. I: Animalia, Pars 129:1-99.

International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature. 1985. International Code of Zoologi-
cal Nomenclature. Third Edition.

Scudder, S.H. 1 890. The Tertiary Insects of North America. United States Geological Sur-
vey of the Territories. Washington. 734p.

Vol. 100, No. 1, January & February. 1989 43

INTERACTIONS BETWEEN THE PREDATORS

PH/DIPPUS AUDAX (ARANEAE: SALTICIDAE) AND

HIPPODAMIA CONVERGENS (COLEOPTERA:

COCCINELLIDAE) IN COTTON AND

IN THE LABORATORY1

Orrey P. Young^

ABSTRACT: Visual censuses in Mississippi late-season cotton indicated that the jumping
spider Phidippus audax was not capturing the ladybird beetle Hippodamia convergens.
though both were abundant and co-occurring. Laboratory feeding trials demonstrated that
P. audax would consume a variety of prey, but not H. convergens. This suggests the posses-
sion of effective defensive mechanisms by H. convergens against predation by P. audax.

The Convergent Lady Beetle, Hippodamia convergens Guerin
(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae), is an important beneficial insect dis-
tributed throughout the United States and parts of Canada and Mexico
(Gordon 1985). This species may be quite abundant locally and is a vora-
cious consumer of aphids (Hagen 1962). In the Delta area of Mississippi.
H. convergens is abundant in early season on cotton (Dinkinsef «/. 1970)
and late season in field margins (Young, unpubl. data). The Jumping
Spider Phidippus audax (Hentz) (Araneae: Salticidae) is one of the most
frequently reported spiders in North America (Taylor and Peck 1975)
and is one of the most common spiders in agricultural crops and adja-
cent habitats (Edwards 1980). In the Delta,/3, audax is active from March
to December and has been recorded preying upon a wide size range and
taxonomic diversity of arthropods (Lockley and Young 1986. Young
1988, Young and Lockley 1988). These prey items, however, have not
included species of Hippodamia. The purpose of this report is to examine
the relationship between P. audax and H. convergens by documenting: ( 1 )
the population densities off. audax. H. convergens, and other potential
spider prey in an old-field site, (2) the frequency of capture by P. audax of
H. com'ergms and other arthropods, and (3) the results of laboratory feed-
ing trials in which P. audax was offered H. convergens and three locally
abundant crop pests, Diabrotica undecimpunctata Barber (Coleoptera:
Chrysomelidae), Nezara viridula (L.) (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae). and
Lygus Hneolaris (Palisot) (Heteroptera: Miridae).

'Received August 13. 1988. Accepted August 18. 1988.

-Mailing Address: O.P. Young. USDA-ARS-SFCIML. P.O. Box 346. Stoneville. MS 38776.

ENT. NEWS 100(1): 43-47. January & February. 1989

44 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

METHODS AND RESULTS

Field observations and censuses were conducted during the period
1 7-3 1 October 1 986 in an old-field habitat managed for wildflowers at the
Delta States Research Center, Stoneville, Washington County, Mis-
sissippi. This 0.1 ha field contained two center rows of nectaried cotton
that had not been harvested and was reflowering. Censuses of the
arthropods on cotton were conducted by slowly walking the length of a
row (25m) in approximately 10 minutes, recording all arthropods seen
on the plants. When P. audax was observed, the identity of any captured
prey was also recorded. At other times, individuals of P. audax on cotton
and adjacent plant species were observed for five-minute intervals and
their hunting success recorded.

Thirty-five censuses on 7 days were conducted during the period
17-31 October 1986, and 18 prey records for P. audax were obtained
(Table 1). The highest predation rates were on species that did not occur
frequently or in high densities, i.e. Spissistilusfestinus (Say) (Homoptera:
Membracidae) and "other" spiders. Hippodamia convergens had one of
the highest densities and frequencies of occurrence, yet records of cap-
ture by P. audax were not obtained.

Observations on other plant species at this site provided 40 additional
prey records for P. audax (Young 1988). None of these records included
H. convergens, though the species was abundant. It was concluded that P.
audax was rejecting H. convergens as a prey item or was unable to capture
the beetle. The relationship was therefore examined further under
laboratory conditions.

Fifteen adult female P. audax were captured during October in
Stoneville on Erigeron sp. (Compositae), brought into the lab, and main-
tained in individual clear plastic containers (7cm high x 10cm diameter)
in a shaded window at approximately 24°C. After 5 days without food,
each spider (body length = 13mm, n = 15) was offered one active tar-
nished plant bug, Lygus lineolaris (b.\ . = 5mm, n = 15). Within 5 days, 14
of the 15 spiders had consumed the insect. Those 14 werre then each
offered one active southern green stink bug, Nezara viridula (b.l. =
12mm, n = 14). After 6 days, 12ofthe 14 spiders had consumed their stink
bug. The 12 successful predators, all with identical feeding histories over
the previous 16 days, were then each offered one active convergent lady
beetle, Hippodamia convergens (b.l. = 6mm, n = 12). No consumption
occurred in the next 6 days. Each spider was finally offered one active
spotted cucumber beetle, Diabrotica undecimpunctata (b.l. = 6mm, n =
12). Within three days, 1 1 of the 12 spiders had consumed their insect.
This sequence of events indicates that P. audax did not consume H. con-

Vol. 100. No. 1. January & February. 1989 45

vergens, even in a contrived laboratory situation in which the spider was
starved and the beetle could not escape.

DISCUSSION

It is reasonable to hypothesize that P. audax is capable of distinguish-
ing H. convergens from other potential prey, that the spider is capable of
capturing the beetle, and that H. convergens is somehow either distasteful/
toxic to P. audax or a mimic of such an organism. Jumping spiders
(Salticidae) are visual hunters with superior image-detecting and pattern
recognition capabilities, and with some color-detecting abilities (Foelix
1982). There is little doubt that P. audax can detect the presence of//, con-
vergens and that the beetle is within the acceptable prey range for size
shape, and degree/type of movement. The color pattern of//, convergens.

Table 1 . Arthropod populations and P. audax predation rates on cotton foliage. Based on 35
censuses during the period 17-31 October 1986.

Taxon

Phidip pus audax
Diabrotica undecim.
Hippodamia convergens
Diptera spp.
Spissistilus /est in us
Lygus lineolaris
Hymenop.. Ichneumon.
Other insects^
Other spiders^

ICalculated as the number of censuses in which observed, divided by the total number of
censuses (35) times 100.

-Calculated as the number observed as prey of P. audax divided by the total number
observed.

-^Heteroptera: Pentatomidae. Miridae. Reduviidae. Lygaeidae. Homoptera: Dclphacidae.
Cicadellidae. Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae. Curculionidae. Carabidae. Lepidoptera: Tor-
tricidae, Hesperiidae.Orthoptera:Gryllidae. Hymenoptera: Halictidae. Mecoptera: Pan-
orpidae. Odonata: Coenagrionidae.

^Eris sp„ Marpissa sp.. Metacyrba sp.. Misumenops sp.. Metaphidippus sp., Neoscona sp.. Ox-
yopes sp.. Pardosa sp.. Schizocosa sp.. Thiodina sp., Zygoballus sp.

No. of
obser-
vations

Freq. of

occur

rence (%)1

Predation
rate (%)2

237

77

-

201

100

1.9

108

83

0

53

77

3.7

49

51

10.2

46

60

4.3

27

46

3.7

129

97

0

35

51

11.4

46 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

however, may be the cue that indicates to P. audax that the prey is unac-
ceptable. This pattern, red-orange with contrasting black, is characteris-
tic of a large group of organisms that are aposematically colored and
toxic to certain predators or mimics of toxic models (Ford 1975). Ladybird
beetles (Coccinellidae) such as H. convergens emit strongly alkaloid
hemolymph from their leg joints when disturbed and thus are well pro-
tected from attack by such predators as quail and ants (Harborne 1982).
It is possible that the adult female spiders used in the previously des-
cribed laboratory feeding trials had prior experience with H. convergens
and had discovered their distasteful properties. Experiments with naive
1st instar Phidippus regius C.L. Koch and noxious ants have indicated
that unfavorable encounters lead to subsequent avoidance (Edwards
1980).

However, the non-consumption of H. convergens by P. audax may
have a geographic component. Laboratory feeding trials with P. audax
from north-central Oklahoma indicated a consumption of both larval
and adult H. convergens (Bailey and Chada 1968). Phidippus audax
individuals from south-west Virginia have also been demonstrated in
the laboratory to consume adults and larvae of Hippodamia parenthesis
Say (Howell and Pienkowski 1971). The possible intraspecific variation
in production of noxious substances by H. convergens, and/or similar
variation in sensitivity to such substances by P. audax, would not be an
unusual situation (Harborne 1982). Utilizing naive lab-reared adult and
immature P. audax and larval and adult H. convergens from several
locations, additional feeding experiments are contemplated to examine
in more detail the interactions between these two predators.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The manuscript review provided by G.L. Bernon. G.B. Edwards. M.J. Gaylor, P.K..
Lago. D.B. Richman, and W.L. Sterling is greatly appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

Bailey, C.L., and H.L. Chada. 1968. Spider populations in grain sorghums. Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Amer. 61:567-572.
Dinkins, R.L., J.R. Brazzel, and C.A. Wilson. 1970. Seasonal incidence of major pre-

daceous arthropods in Mississippi cotton fields. J. Econ. Entomol. 63:814-817.
Edwards, G.B., Jr. 1980. Taxonomy, ethology, and ecology of Phidippus (Araneae: Salticidae)

in eastern North America. Ph.D. thesis. University of Florida, Gainesville.
Foelix, R. 1982. Biology of Spiders. Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge.
Ford, E.B. 1975. Ecological Genetics. 2nd ed. Oxford Univ. Press. Oxford.
Gordon, R.D. 1985. The Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) of America north of Mexico. J. New

York Entomol. Soc. 93:1-912.
Hagen, K.S. 1962. Biology and ecology of predaceous Coccinellidae. Annu. Rev. Entomol.

7:289-326.

Vol. 100. No. 1. January & February. 1989 47

Harborne, J.B. 1982. Introduction to Ecological Biochemistry. 2nd ed. Academic Press.

London.
Howell, J.O., and R.L. Pienkowski. 1971. Spider populations in alfalfa, with notes on

spider prey and effect of harvest. J. Econ. Entomol. 64:163-168.
Lockley, T.C., and O.P. Young. 1986. Phidippus audax (Araneae: Salticidae) predation

upon a cicada (Tibicen sp.) (Homoptera: Cicadidae). J. Arachnol. 14:393-394.
Taylor, B.B., and W.B. Peck. 1975. A comparison of northern and southern forms of

Phidippus audax (Hentz) (Araneida. Salticidae). J. Arachnol. 2:89-99.
Young, O.P. 1988. Predation by Phidippus audax (Araneae: Salticidae) on Lygus lineolaris

(Heteroptera: Miridae) and associated arthropods. J. Entomol. Sci. (in press).
Young, O.P., and T.C. Lockley. 1988. Spiders of Washington County. Mississippi. J.

Arachnol. (in press).

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 19, 1988

When a caterpillar molts it sheds its skin, yet this tissue contains nutrients that can be
recycled. Dr. William Cain, an instructor in the School of Life and Health Sciences at the
University of Delaware, has been studying how a caterpillar can lose its skin and in a sense
save it at the same time. His talk to the first membership meeting of the 1988-89 season was
entitled. "Processing Cuticle Proteins in the Larval-Pupal Molt in Manduca sexta."

The cuticle of the tobacco horn worm. M. sexta, contains 7% of the protein in the larva.
Conveniently, molting fluid containing proteolytic enzymes can be sampled from the lar-
val horn at various defined times through the larval-pupal molt. Contrary to the expecta-
tion that cuticular proteins would be degraded to smaller peptides, the only proteins
observed by gel electrophoresis of the molting fluid were larger and they did not show signs
of destruction during the molt. Abruptly before pupation the molting fluid is transferred in
bulk to the gut where, 3 days after molting, it begins to be digested. Eventually after 9 days
the proteins of the molting fluid disappear. It remains to be determined whether the
cuticular proteins are direct or indirect precursors of the proteins in molting tluid.

Fourteen members and 8 guests attended Dr. Cain's talk in Townsend Hall, Newark.
They appreciated his clear explanations of insect physiology and his careful observations
of subtle morphological changes that precede molting.

In notes of local entomological interest. Dr. Bill Day reported a success for the USDA
Beneficial Insects Laboratory. Peristeum digoneutis. a braconid wasp from Europe, has
become established as a parasite of the tarnished plant bug. Lygus lineolaris. in northern
New Jersey where it overwintered last year. Dr. Hal White reported the first records of the
dragonfly. Brachymesia gravida, for Delaware. A well established population of this brackish-
water species was discovered at the Woodland Beach Wildlife Area near Smyrna. DE. This
is the northernmost record of this species in the United States.

Harold B. White.
Corresponding Secretary

48 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

SOCIETY MEETING - NOVEMBER 16, 1988

The paucity of insects on federal and state threatened and endangered species lists rep-
resents a dilemma for entomologists. Certainly, due to the sheer numbers and diversity of
insects, there should be correspondingly more threatened and endangered insects than
other types of organisms. However one needs adequate documentation to justify inclusion
on such lists. The small size, local distribution, unusual habits, and population fluc-
tuations of insects combined with public apathy and the limited number of people with
relevant information on specific insects makes thorough documentation difficult. Howard
P. Boyd, editor of Entomological News and past president of the society, addressed many of
these issues in his talk, "Some Threatened and Endangered Insects of New Jersey." presen-
ted at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to 14 members and 8 guests.

Mr. Boyd described the interesting case of the post oak locust, Dendrotettix quercus. In
1907 an isolated population was discovered in the New Jersey pine barrens considerably
northeast of its normal range. Subsequently it was observed to undergo periodic popula-
tion explosions in which it would defoliate oak trees and then disappear the following year.
Oddly, no specimens have been found since 1954 despite many searches. Similarly, the
beach tiger beetle, Cicindela dorsalis dorsalis. has disappeared from New Jersey as well as
from the entire northeast Atlantic coastal region. This beetle was abundant on Atlantic-
beaches in the 19th century and was even considered common as recently as 1951 . However,
the last specimens known from the state were taken in 1976. In this case the species has been
displaced by the "dune buggy," Quadricyclejeepensis (White). Controlled surveys in Virginia
suggest that these vehicles destroy the larval habitat. Human activity has threatened
another tiger beetle in the state. The cobblestone tiger beetle. C. marginipennis, lives only on
the upstream side of islands in the Delaware River. If the once proposed plans for the Tocks
Island dam are ever carried out, this population will be destroyed according to Mr.
Boyd.

While some insects may have suffered the fate of the passenger pigeon without being
missed, other species have been mistakenly considered rare or extirpated. Before 1984 two
nocturnal or crepuscular tiger beetles, Megacephala virginica and C. unipunctata, were rep-
resented by only a few specimens from New Jersey. Since then Mr. Boyd has taken over 300
specimens of each species using barrier-pitfall traps in the pine barrens. These and other
interesting examples presented by the speaker illustrated the difficulty of appropriately
assigning insects to the threatened and endangered species lists. Nevertheless there is suffi-
cient evidence to include some insects on both federal and state lists.

In notes of local entomological interest Duke Eisner showed a photograph of a small
unidentified sawfly larva and its serpentine feeding path on a cherry leaf. Howard Boyd
and Chuck Mason speculated that this unusual pattern may mimic the feeding pattern of
certain leaf miners. Mary Berk displayed the elongated and exceptionally well-camouflaged
cocoon of the moth, Tolype velleda (Lasiocampidae). Apparently the larva excavates a twig
in order to lower the profile of its cocoon. The moth that emerged from the cocoon
resembled a bird dropping in part due to a dark patch of differentiated scales on the dor-
sum of its thorax. Chuck Mason reported that the larvae of the european corn borer.
Ostrinia nubilalis, is exceptionally abundant this year in Delaware with a statewide average
of 8 larvae per corn stalk.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secrtary

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4W x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of S7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available \

in microform from University

Microfilms International.

i ..ill lull fruu mm Ij. i 1044 Or mull inquiry li>:
llnivursily Mm rofilni* h,i. ■ui.itinn.il 300 North
Zeob Road, Ami Arlmr Ml 4B106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

MALAISE TRAPS: Design with proven superior efficiency, as described and figured by
Townes in Entomological News (83:239-247). Complete with stakes, string, extra plastic jar
and metal pole (adjustable grip lock). $198, postpaid. Order from: Golden Owl Publishers,
Inc., 182 Chestnut Rd., Lexington Park, MD 20653. Phone (301) 863-9253.

WANTED, large New World robber flies (Asilidae) esp. Proctacanthus for use in a revision.
Contact Dr. C. Riley Nelson, Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco. CA 941 18 (415) 750-7243.

FOR SALE: 75 page Y.E.S. International Entomology Resource Guide (Second Edition);
450 businesses and organizations offering entomology equipment, supplies, services, pre-
served specimens, live arthropods, books and publications, audio-visuals, educational
materials, gift and novelty items, insect zoos and butterfly houses, and entomological
organizations. Send US $7.50 to the Young Entomologists' Society, Dept. of Entomology.
Michigan State Univ., East Lansing, MI 48824-1 1 15 USA

WANTED: Livestock of North American butterflies and moths. Buy or exchange. Aljoscha
Nerm, Friedrichstr. 3, 6000 Frankfurt/M.. West Germany.

ANNOUNCEMENT: A new research station, available to scientists, students, birders, and
nature lovers, has been built and is now available in central Trinidad. For information,
write to Victoria Regia Research Station. La Gloria Road. Talparo. Mundo Nuevo. Trinidad.
W.I.

MICROVIALS: Semitransparent polyethylene vials with silicone rubber stoppers for use
in storage of insect genitalia and other small arthropod parts where association with a
pinned specimen or location of small parts in alcohol storage is desirable.

THE SOCIAL WASPS OF INDIA AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES. By Bina Pani Das &
Virendra Gupta. Oriental Insects Monograph No. 1 1. 1989. ca 250 pages due early 1989.
Price $55.00. Place orders with ORI ENTAL INSECTS. P.O. Box 1 3 1 48. Gainesville. Florida
32604-1148. U.S.A.

USISSN0013-872X

MARCH & APRIL, 1989

CAL NEWS

."T**

OUR CENTENNIAL YEAR

/%

Redescription of adults and larva of Thaumalea sub-
africana (Diptera: Thaumaleidae), and first des-
cription of pupa B.V. Peterson, M. Baez, B.J. Sinclair 49

Status of Urophora acuticornis and (J. sabroskyi (Dip-

tera: Tephritidae)

Allen L. Norrbom 59

Disonycha punctigera (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae):
first host record of a little known flea beetle

A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 67

Characterization and relationships of the subgenera of
Isonychia (Ephemeroptera: Oligoneuriidae)

W.P. McCafferty 12

New species of Stylogaster (Diptera: Conopidae) with

notes on some types. Sidney Camras 79

First record of Cryptolestes dybasi (Coleoptera:
Cucujidae) outside Florida

J.E. Throne, L.D. Cline, M.C. Thomas 81

New records of caddisflies (Trichoptera) from Ohio,
with particular reference to Stillfork Swamp

J.D. L'sis, B.A. Foote 83

New records of butterflies from North Andros,

Bahamas D.J. Harvey, J.W. Peacock

86

ANNOUNCEMENT

71

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the third
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1989-1990: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Vincent Ventre; Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 RG. Schmieder( 1898- 1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 RW. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900RaceSt., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8*4 x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April, 1989 49

A REDESCRIPTION OF THE ADULTS AND

LARVA OF THAUMALEA SUBAFRICANA

(DIPTERA: THAUMALEIDAE), AND FIRST

DESCRIPTION OF THE PUPA1

B.V. Peterson2, M. Baez^ and B.J. Sinclair4 <? /C

0 l9fo

ABSTRACT: The male, female and last instar larva of Thaumalea subafru;ana from the
Canary Islands, Spain, are redescribed and illustrated. The pupa of this spfecjes is des-
cribed and illustrated for the first time, and brief biological notes on the specSei^are
provided.

We recently had the opportunity to obtain and study a moderately
large series of larvae, pupae, and adults of Thaumalea subafricana (Bec-
ker). As part of an effort to better elucidate the fauna of the Canary
Islands and this species in particular, we redescribe and illustrate its
larva and adults, present the first description and illustrations of its
pupa, and provide additional biological information. Although Stora
(1936) figured and briefly described the larva of this species, both the des-
cription and figures are inadequate. We redescribe the larva in greater
detail and provide new illustrations to help distinguish it from the larvae
of other Palearctic species, and also because the larvae of thaumaleids
are generally not well known. We also provide illustrations of the male
and female terminalia. Although adults of this species were described by
Becker (1908), Bezzi (1913), Edwards (1929), and Lindner (1930). their
descriptions and/or illustrations are not fully satisfactory, and undoub-
tedly were based on fewer specimens than are now available. Therefore,
we present these updated descriptions and new illustrations to help
make this species better known. In the descriptions we utilize the
morphological terminology that was outlined in the Manual ofNearctic
Diptera (McAlpine 1981, Teskey 1981), and the larval setal numbering
system of Saunders (1923). All illustrations were prepared using a Leitz
tracing device on a Leitz Ortholux II compound microscope.

'Received November 23, 1988. Accepted November 28. 1988.

-Systematic Entomology Laboratory. PSI. Agricultural Research Service, USDA c/o
National Museum of Natural History. NHB-168. Washington. D.C., U.S.A.. 20560.

^Departamento de Zoologia. Universidad de La Laguna. Tenerife. Islas Canarias. Espana.

"^Department of Biology. Carleton University. Ottawa. Ontario. Canada K.1S 5B6.

ENT. NEWS 100(2): 49-58. March & April. 1989

50 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Thau ma lea subafricana (Becker)

Figs. 1-17

Orphnephila subafricana Becker, 1908: 70 (male, female) (Orphnephilidae). (Holotype
and paratypes not indicated).

Thaumalea subafricana (Becker). Bezzi. 1913: 249 (male, female, fig. 4, distribution);
Edwards. 1929: 139 (male. fig. 24, species group, distribution); Lindner, 1930: 14 (male,
female, fig. lls,P1.2fig.21, distribution); Stora(inFrey), 1936:31 (larva, P 1.6 figs. 48-49, dis-
tribution, ecology); Collart, 1945: 5 (distribution); Schmid, 1958: 4 (species group, distribu-
tion); Vaillant, 1963: 26 (male, distribution), 1969: 702 (distribution, species group).

Description

Male: Body, 2.10-3.24 (av 2.51) mm long (dried pinned, and alcohol preserved speci-
mens); wing, 2.76-3.30 (av 2.98) mm long, and 0.96-1.14 (av 1.06) mm in width.

Head: Frons, vertex, and occiput black, evenly but sparsely covered with erect, stiff,
black setae; frons small, vertex and occiput prominent; clypeus small, strongly convex,
with sparse, erect, black setae, slightly paler than frons and occiput but concolorous with
blackish brown antenna and palpus. Scape of antenna reduced; pedicel largest, with
sparse short, black setae; flagellum aristate, composed of 8 flagellomeres; first (basal)
flagellomere largest, subquadrate but tapered distally. with about 7- 10 round sensory pores
that are difficult to discern; sometimes basal two flagellomeres weakly or imperfectly
separated and appear as one continuous unit. Second flagellomere subcorneal, with about
4-6 round sensory pores; remaining flagellomeres more cylindrical. Flagellomeres 1 , 2, 4. 6,
and 8, with long, dark setae at apices, remaining flagellomeres with short setae; proportions
of flagellomeres about 1 7:9:9:9: 1 1: 1 1:9:17 (basal to apical ). Palpus with 5 palpomeres, each
bearing dark setae; proportions of palpomeres 1 1 :20:38:40:56 (basal to distal). 3rd palpomere
without a sensory vesicle.

Thorax: Mostly brown, mottled with patches of both darker and paler color, subshin-
ing but varyingly brownish gray microtomentose. generally covered with sparse, mostly
erect, short, black setae. Antepronotum visible in dorsal view, consisting of prominent lobe
on each side connected by slender, straplike median portion. Postpronotal lobe small, sub-
quadrate to subtriangular. Scutellum prominent, triangular, darker than scutum, with 8-10
black, dorsal, marginal setae; also with 2-8 shorter, finer, more ventral setae along hind rim
of scutellum, these highly variable, ranging from 1 to 4 setae on each side but not necessarily
in equal numbers on each half. Postnotum strongly convex, concolorous with scutum,
bare. Pleuron largely yellowish brown, mottled with darker areas and rather uniformly
grayish microtomentose; anepisternal membrane grayish brown, bare; anepimeron with
small, but usually distinct, shining callus. Legs slender, generally pale yellowish brown;
tarsi slightly darker. Wing distinctly brown, slightly darker in cells c. sc, and bm. Halter
long and slender; stem grayish to brownish and only slightly longer than bright yellow
knob, both covered with microtrichia. and stem with a row of setae along outer margin
which stops at base of knob, and a row of setae along inner margin that continues nearly to
tip of knob, knob also with about 4 other irregular, longitudinal rows of setae, at least some
of these setae yellow.

Abdomen: Black, shining, hind margins of segments narrowly yellowish or grayish;
segments gradually expanded posteriorly to third, fourth and fifth which are widest, then

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April. 1989

51

aed

med proc

hyp vlv

Figs. 1-5. Thaumalea subafricana. Adults. Figs. 1-2. Male. l.Terminalia. ventral view, show-
ing outline of paramere of left side only, setae omitted. 2. Paramere and aedeagus. ventral
view. Figs. 3-5, Female. 3, Terminalia. ventral view. 4. Cerci and tergite 10. terminal (end)
view, showing sclerites on inner surfaces. 5. Cercus. left lateral view, showing sclerite on
inner surface. Abbreviations: aed gd, aedeagal guide; aed. aedeagus; cere, cercus; gen fk.
genital fork (sternite 9); goncx. gonocoxite; gonst. gonostylus; H scl, "H-shaped" sclerite:
hyp vlv, hypogynial valve; in scl cere, sclerite on inner surface of cercus: in scl hyp vlv.
sclerite on inner surface of hypogynial valve; med proc. median process; pm. paramere; st.
sternite; tg, tergite.

52 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

tapered posteriorly; sparsely covered with short, stiff, black setae; tergites sclerotized.
Pleural regions of segments 3-7 each with 4 longitudinal rows of setae, next to bottom row
set in narrow, brownish sclerite at anterior end of which is situated the spiracle for that seg-
ment. Sternite 1 broadly U-shaped, its arms extend from each anterolateral corner to hind
margin, area between arms of this sclerite membranous; sternite 2 lightly sclerotized,
somewhat triangular with apex directed anteriorly and abutting hind margin of sternite 1 ;
sternites 3-7 rectangular, subequal in size, all sparsely setose; sternite 8 smaller; sternite 9
(hypandrium) slender, heavily sclerotized and thickened rimlike, connected with tergite 9
(epandrium) dorsolateral^ forming closed basal ring. Terminalia (Figs. 1-2) contrastingly
lighter brownish yellow. Epandrium only moderately enlarged, not obscuring or extending
distally much beyond hind margin of gonocoxites, bare on basal 1/3, remainder lightly
setose. Cercus small, triangular to subquadrate depending on angle of view, not projected
but lying flat in membrane. Situated between bases of gonocoxites. and arising from
hypandrium, a lightly sclerotized. distally rounded aedeagal guide extends posteriorly
about 1/2 length of paramere. Gonocoxite slender, subcylindrical, slightly tapered distally,
about 2.5X longer than gonostylus. lightly setose. Gonostylus conical, about 2X as long as
greatest width, slender, tapered distally to narrowly pointed apex bearing a single, stout
spinule; in ventral view, apex slightly but distinctly curved medially. Aedeagus simple,
membranous tube with round gonopore; closely surrounded and supported by parameres.
Paramere stout, heavily sclerotized; each half distally with curved, somewhat L-shaped,
troughlike rod obliquely expanded distally near apex of aedeagus; paramere connected to
gonocoxite by short, stout, gonocoxal apodeme. and to epandrium by another short,
stout apodeme.

Female: Body, 2.40-3.60 (av 2.97) mm long (dried pinned, and alcohol preservec
specimens); wing, 2.7-3.6 (av 3.26) mm long, and 1.02-1.32 (av 1.17) mm in width.

Body, wing and legs essentially as in male. Terminalia as in Figs. 3-5; yellowish, contras-
ted with rest of body; tergite 10 a slender, elongate, weakly sclerotized plate, surrounded by
membrane, lying between bases of cerci dorsally. Cercus large, as long as or slightly longer
than tergite 9, slightly longer than high, broadly rounded apically; arising from internal
anterolateral corner of each cercus is a heavily sclerotized, triangular plate, plates of each
side meeting medially between cerci to form bracelike or bridgelike structure. Sternite 8
slightly smaller than sternite 7, setose medially; hypogynial valves triangular with pointed
apices and broad, widely separated bases, each with ventral, brushlike row of setae exten-
ded posteriorly and set back from medial margin of valve; dorsolateral corner of each valve
with an internal sclerotized plate or barlike process that articulates with tergite 9 laterally
and extends medially toward that of other valve to articulate with a somewhat H-shaped
sclerite situated at and between bases of valves. This H-shaped sclerite has long anterior
arms and very short posterior arms; crosspiece with a weakly sclerotized, full width, bare,
posteromedian process, and bearing about 10-12 short, stout, pale, posteriorly directed
setae. Sternite 9 (genital fork) heavily sclerotized, stem slightly curved dorsally, about 3.5X
as long as body of fork; hind margin of body with slender, lightly sclerotized, median pro-
cess that is almost 1/2 as long as body of fork, and each posteriolateral corner with long,
slender, recurved arm.

Pupa: Length 3.2-4.2 (av 3.7) mm. Subcylindrical, broadest across posterior part of
mesothorax; only slightly attenuated toward broadly rounded anterior end and evenly
tapered toward posterior end; no constriction between head and thorax, or between thorax
and abdomen. Wing sheaths extend to posterior margin of abdominal sternite 2, leg
sheaths extend slightly beyond wing sheaths.

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April, 1989

53

pre s

&

ecdyl

dc2

L 1

iEV

i ■■! ■■«_■ mii ■" r

Figs. 6-1 1. Thaumalea subafricana. Pupa. 6. Habitus, dorsal view. 7. head capsule, pos-
terodorsal view. 8. Thoracic respiratory horn (gill). 9. Thorax, dorsal view. 10. Abdominal
tergitc4. 1 1. Abdominal sternite4. Abbreviations: ch. caudal hook: D. dorsal seta:dc. dor-
socentral seta: ecdyl. ecdysial line: L. lateral seta; pre s. precorneal seta: sp. spiracle; V. ven-
tral seta.

54

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Dorsum of head with Y-shaped ecdysial line dividing head into anteromedian fron-
toclypeal apotome, and posteriolateral genae; stem of this line continuous with similar
one extending posteriorly to hind margin of mesothorax (Figs. 6-7, 9). Frontoclypeal
apotome with short, fine, dorsolateral seta on each side; each gena with one long, spinelike
seta, and one short, fine, more medial seta. Respiratory horn (gill) short, truncate, with
spiracular pits arranged in rows on apex of horn (Fig. 8); with 3 precorneal setae (pre) near
base of horn. Mesothorax with 4 dorsocentral setae (dc), dc \ .3 arranged in a triangle, dc2
spinelike (Fig. 9). Metathorax with subconical, posterolateral extensions surrounding
abdominal tergite 1, and reaching tergite 2; with 3 dorsal setae, posterior seta spinelike
(Fig. 9).

Abdominal segments 2-8 angulate laterally with anterolateral and posterolateral cor-
ners of tergites acute. Spiracles situated on anterolateral corners of segments 2-7. Tergites 1-
2 with one spinelike, posteriorly directed, dorsal seta (D), and basal accessory seta. Tergites
3-7 with 2 curved, spinelike D setae situated together on a low papilla; Dj directed
anteriorly, Dt directed posteriorly (Fig. 10). Segments 2-7 with 2 long, spinelike, lateral
setae (L); L\ straight, on short papilla anterior to spiracle, Lj curved dorsally, on low
papilla at posterolateral corner, also with basal accessory seta (Fig. 1 1 ). Segment 8 with D2
weak and inconspicuous; L? spinelike, straight, located ventrolaterally proximal to median
pair of short, spinelike, ventral setae (V). Caudal segment terminating in pair of large, dor-
sally curved hooks, and a single, spinelike L seta. Sternites 3-7 with submedian pair of
short, spinelike V setae on anterior margin of segment (Fig. 1 1 ).

Larva (final instar): Body. 7.4-9.2 (av 8.3) mm long; head capsule and dorsal body
integument brown, hypostoma, mandible and postoccipital margin of head darker brown.
Head capsule (Figs. 12, 13) with 3 pairs of conelike protuberances (B, C, D), and median,
unpaired, trilobed protuberance (A) (some specimens with median protuberance reduced
or worn, others with 3 well-developed pointed lobes). Antenna with sensory ring and 3
minute, fingerlike processes situated on membranous region on tip of cylindrical, asym-
metrically pointed protuberance. Mandible with simple tip and 6 teeth (Fig. 17); hypos-
toma with 4 smoothly rounded, median teeth and 4 pairs of short, lateral teeth (Fig. 16).
Chaetotaxy: 12 pairs of setae ( 1-12), and 2 pairs of sensory pits (13, 14); setae 1-4 plumose;
seta 5 bushlike; seta 8 narrow and pale, remaining setae dark and simple (Figs. 12, 13). Body
with 3 distinct thoracic and 9 abdominal segments. Thoracic macrosetae stout and plumose
(Fig. 14); anterior spiracle semicircular, with pits on outer margin. Abdominal segments 1-
7 each bearing 4 pairs of dorsolateral, plumose setae; segment 8 with 2 pairs of plumose
setae. Abdominal segment 8 bearing transverse spiracular plate with 2 lateral, fingerlike
procerci, each bearing 5 terminal bristles (Fig. 15). Terminal segment bearing several sim-
ple setae and 3 pairs of stout, terminal setae; median pair plumose (Fig. 15).

BIOLOGICAL NOTES

The latitude and the prevailing trade-wind circulation gives the lower
elevations of the Canary Islands, especially the low eastern islands, a
mainly semi-arid character, while in the mountainous western islands a
greater variety of habitats and a forest belt occurs at the middle elevations
(Hollermann 1981). The average air temperatures of these forests vary
between 1 1 ° and 20°C, depending on the season. Thaumalea subafricana
has been found on the islands of Tenerife, Gran Canada, and LaPalma,

Vol. 100, No. 2, March & April, 1989

55

Figs. 12-16. Thaumalea subajricana. Larva. 12. Head Capsule, front view. 13. Head capsule,
lateral view. 14. Plumose macrosetae of thorax. 15. Terminal abdominal segments. 16. Hypos-
toma. 17. Mandible, outside surface. Abbreviations: A Unpaired, trilohed protuberance:
ant. antenna: B.C.D. paired, conelike protuberances: s. seta (1-12): sen pit. sensory pit
(13. 14).

56 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and is restricted to the more humid sections of the native laurel forests.
The larvae live in the thin film of water flowing over smooth, bare, rocks
along the edges of streams in these forests. Sometimes they are found in
thin films of water along the edges of small waterfalls and, occasionally,
the larvae are found on the wet walls of man-made water tanks which
provide a madicolous habitat similar to that along the edges of natural
streams. Larvae are present throughout the year, but adults are most
common in the spring and summer seasons. Although adults sometimes
are found away from madicolous habitats, they generally are found set-
tled on or near wet rocks where the larvae occur. Copulation occurs while
landed, and has been seen as early in the year as March. Swarming has
not been observed.

DISCUSSION

Comprehensive collections of species of thaumaleids are available
in only relatively few museums. Most descriptions of adult thaumaleids
are superficial and concentrate largely on characters of the male ter-
minalia that are widely used for species identification. Our descriptions
of the various life history stages are somewhat more detailed and include
a wider array of morphological features than found in previous descrip-
tions. We hope that others redescribing already named species or des-
cribing new species, will also include more detailed descriptions of more
morphological features so that a wider range of species and their poten-
tial characters can be more thoroughly compared than is now possible
without having specimens of the various species at hand.

After examining the pupae of several North American species, it
appears that pupal charcters are reliable for the identification of species,
perhaps more so, than those of the male terminalia. Furthermore,
characters of the pupa are much easier to see and use. This observation
will need confirmation, however, and other workers are encouraged to
seek and/or rear pupae for study and provide adequate descriptions
thereof. Larvae of at least some species are relatively easy to rear to pupal
and adult stages using the methods outlined by McLellan (1983), and
Sinclair and Marshall (1986).

Until now, T. subafricana remained relatively unknown, and being
restricted to the Canary Islands, indeed the only species of the family
presently known there, has made it relatively unavailable for investiga-
tion. Bezzi (1913), Edwards (1929). and Lindner( 1930) provided descrip-
tions of T. subafricana, and some other authors have mentioned this
species, in one way or another, in print. The references cited in the syn-
onymy are not intended to represent a complete bibliographic listing for
this species, but do constitute the most important references to this
species.

Vol. 100. No. 2, March & April, 1989 57

Of special note, the antennal arista of T. subafricana consists of 8
flagellomeres with the first flagellomere sometimes imperfectly or not
clearly separated from the second flagellomere making it appear that
there are 7 flagellomeres. Very few descriptions even mention the antenna;
however, Dyar and Shannon (1924) noted that for the American species,
the arista was composed of 10 distinct 'joints', and Enderlein (1936) pro-
vided an illustration showing 10 flagellomeres. Vaillant( 1959) stated that
the antenna of T. americana Bezzi was 12 segmented, and gave the pro-
portions of the antennal segments showing that there were 10 flagel-
lomeres. He also mentioned that the number of antennal segments in T.
thoniburghaeVaillanl was most variable, having from 5 to 8 flagellomeres.
Stuckenberg(1961) mentioned that an undescribed South African species
of ' Afrothaumalea had an antenna composed of at least 1 1 segments with
an aristate flagellum composed of 9 flagellomeres. It seems apparent
from his figure, that what he considered to be the pedicel is really the first
flagellomere and, if this is correct, then his species really has 10 flagel-
lomeres. Brothers ( 1972) indicated that T. santaclaraensis Brothers had a
12-segmented antenna which again indicates that the flagellum consists
of 10 flagellomeres. Whether this character is highly variable, or whether
it has specific significance remains to be determined, another reason for
more comprehensive descriptions.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank W.N. Mathis, Department of Entomology. Smithsonian Institution.
Washington. D.C.. and T. Pape. Zoological Museum. Copenhagen. Denmark, for reading
and commenting on the manuscript. We thank also J.M. Kingsolver. R.J. Gagne. and F.C.
Thompson. Systematic Entomology laboratory. Washington. D.C.. who read an early
draft of our manuscript and provided useful suggestions. We express our thanks to P.
Malikul. technician. Systematic Entomology Laboratory, who made up the final plates of
figures. This paper was partially supported by Research Project No. 1692/82 from the Com-
ision Asesora de Investigacion Cientifica y Tecnica. Ministerio de Education y Ciencia.
Espana.

LITERATURE CITED

Becker, T. 1908. Dipteren der Kanarischen Inseln. Mitteil. Zoolog. Mus. Berlin 4: 1-

180; 4 pis.
Bezzi, M. 1913. Taumaleidi (Orfnefilidi) italiani con descrizione di nuove specie. Boll

Lab. Zool. gen. agr. R. Scuola sup. d'Agr. Portici 7: 227-266.
Brothers, D.R. 1972. A new species ofThaumalea from California (Diptera: Thaumaleidae).

Pan-Pac. Entomol. 48: 121-122.
Collart, A. 1945. Les Thaumaleidae de Belgique (Diptera Nematocera). Bull. Mus. roy.

dHist. nat. Belg. 21: 1-8.
Dyar, H.G. and R.C. Shannon. 1924. The American species of Thaumalidae (Or-

phnephilidae) (Diptera). J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 14: 432-434
Edwards, F.W. 1929. 13. A revision of the Thaumaleidae (Dipt). Zool. An/. S2: 121-

142.

58 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Enderlein, G. 1936. 22. Ordnung: Zweifltigler. Diptera. Bd. 6. Insekten. 3. Teil. 2 Lief., xvi.

pages 1-259.//; P. Brohmer.P. EhrniannandG.Ulmer.eds. DieTierwelt Mitteleuropas.

Quelle and Meyer. Leipzig.
Hbllermann, P. 1981. Microenvironmental studies in the laurel forests of the Canary

Islands. Mountain Research and Development 1: 193-207.
Lindner, E. 1930. 3. Thaumaleidae (Orphnephilidae). Bd. 2(1). pages 1-16; 3 pis. //; E.

Lindner, ed. Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region. Schweizerbart. Stuttgart.
McAlpine, J.F. 1981. Morphology and terminology-adults, pages 9-63. /// J.F. McAlpine.

B.V. Peterson. G.E. Shewell. H.J.Teskey. J.R. Vockeroth. and DM. Wood. eds.. Manual

of Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 1. Res. Br.. Agr. Can. Monogr. 27.
McLellan, I.D. 1983. New diagnosis for genus Austrothaumalea, and redescription of A.

neozealandica (Diptera: Thaumaleidae). N.Z. Jour. Zool. 10: 267-270.
Saunders, L.G. 1923. On the larva, pupa, and systematic position oiOrphnephila testacea,

Macq. (Diptera Nematocera). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.. Ser. 9. 1 1: 631-640: pis 7.8.
Schmid, F. 1958. Quelques dipteres Nematoceres nouveaux ou interessants (thaumaleides

et limnobiides). Inst. roy. Sci. nat. Belg. 34: 1-23.
Sinclair, B.J. and S.A. Marshall. 1986. The madicolous fauna in southern Ontario. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Ont. 117: 9-14.
Stora, R. 1936. Fam. Thaumaleidae. page 3 1 . /// R. Frey. Die Dipterenfauna der Kanarischen

Inseln und ihre Probleme. Soc. Sci. Fennica. Commentat. Biol. 6.
Stuckenberg, B.R. 1961. Chapter VI. Diptera (Nematocera): Thaumaleidae. Pages 409-

412. ///B. Hanstrom. P. Brinck. and G. Rudbeck. eds. South African Animal Life.

Results of the Lund University Expedition in 1950-1951. Vol. 8. Almqvist and Wiksells.

Goteborg. Stockholm. Uppsala.
Teskey, H.J. 1981. Morphology and terminology-larvae, pages 65-88. //; J.F. McAlpine.

B.V. Peterson. G.E. Shewell. H.J.Teskey. J.R. Vockeroth. and DM. Wood. eds.. Manual

of Nearctic Diptera. Vol. 1. Res. Br.. Agr. Can. Monogr. 27.
Vaillant, F. 1959. The Thaumaleidae (Diptera) of the Appalachian Mountains. Jour. N.Y.

Entomol. Soc. 67: 31-37.
Vaillant, F. 1963. A new thaumaleid (Diptera) from Madeira. Bol. Mus. munic. Funchal

17:25-28.
Vaillant, F. 1969. Les dipteres Thaumaleidae des Alpes et des Carpathes. Ann. Soc.

entomol. Fr. (N.S.). 5: 687-705.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 1989 59

THE STATUS OF UROPHORA ACUTICORN1S AND
U. SABROSKY1 (DIPTERA: TEPHRITIDAE)1

Allen L. Norrbom^

ABSTRACT: Urophora acuticomis is transferred to Rhagoletis (Trypetinae). Its relationships
to other species of Rhagoletis and other related genera, here placed in the new subtribe Car-
pomyina, are discussed. Hypothesized synapomorphies for the Carpomyina and for the
tribe Myopitini (Tephritinae) are also discussed. Urophora sabroskyi is considered a junior
synonym of Aciurina bigeloviae.

Steyskal ( 1979) provided a much needed review of the genus Urophora
Robineau-Desvoidy (Tephritinae, Myopitini), including keys to the New
and Old World species and descriptions of 20 new species. While review-
ing a draft of the forthcoming Handbook of the Tephritidae of America
north of Mexico (R.H. Foote & F.L. Blanc, in prep.), I discovered that two
of these species, acuticomis Steyskal and sabroskyi Steyskal, are not true
Urophora or even members of the tribe Myopitini. Urophora acuticomis
belongs to Rhagoletis Loew (Trypetinae), whereas sabroskyi is a synonym
of Aciurina bigeloviae (Cockerell). To make these changes available for
the Foote & Blanc handbook, the relationships and proposed re-
classification of these species are discussed. Synapomorphies for the
Myopitini and the new subtribe Carpomyina (Trypetinae, Trypetini) are
also analyzed.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Specimens were examined from the following collections: California
Academy of Sciences (CAS); National Museum of Natural History,
Smithsonian Institution (USNM); and University of Arizona (UAT).
The morphological terminology follows McAlpine (1981), except as
noted in Norrbom & Kim (1988), and for the wing pattern. Foote (1981).

Rhagoletis acuticomis (Steyskal), n. comb.
Urophora acuticomis Steyskal 1979: 43 (holotype o" (USNM). Texas: El Paso).

In addition to the holotype, I examined the following specimens of
acuticomis: 1 d" 1 9 (USNM), New Mexico, Dona Ana Co., Las Cruces.
22.V.1985, C.A. Sutherland; 1 cf (CAS), New Mexico, Sierra Co., Percha

deceived August 8. 1988. Accepted August 16, 1988.

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA ARS. PSI. c/o National Museum of Natural
History. NHB 168, Washington, D.C. 20560.

ENT. NEWS 1(H)(2): 59-66. March & April, 1989

60 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Dam State Park, 16.V.1986, W.J. Pulawski; and 1 cT (UAT), Arizona,
Phoenix, Cotton Research Center, 1 1-14.V. 1979, G. Butler. I have not
examined the allotype 9 from California.

A brief redescription based on these specimens is given here because
a number of important characters were not included in the original
description.

Length 2.9-3.5 mm; all setae dark brown to black, slender.. Head: yellow, except most of
occiput and postgena blackish; face with strong carina; 3-4 pairs of frontal setael; 2 pairs of
orbital setae, posterior pair inclinate; first fiagellomere of antenna with distinct dorsoapi-
cal point. Thorax: dark brown to black except most of scutellum medially and dorsal
anepisternal stripe yellow; postpronotal lobe and all of scutum dark; scutum microtrichose
except for anterior 1/4 and posterior 1/3, microtrichose area sometimes divided by narrow
bare stripes; dorsocentral setae about even with supra-alar setae; lateral pair of scapular
setae well developed, medial pair small. Legs: yellow except hind coxa and base of hind
femur usually brown. Wing (Fig. 5): pattern dark brown, reduced, with narrow discal and
subapical bands, interrupted subbasal band, and small spot at apex of Rt+3 and broad
spot at apex of R4+5 that apparently represent the anterior apical band; accessory costal
and posterior apical bands absent; subapical band meeting costa well basal to apex of
R2+3; Cu2 straight or slightly concave. Abdomen: tergites entirely dark, without bands;
pleura transparent, membranous; male with epandrium (Fig. 2) short along longitudinal
axis; anterior lobe of interparameral sclerite (sternite 10) well developed; outer surstylus
about 2 times as long as inner surstylus, with small mesal lobe (Fig. 3) just beyond apex of
inner surstylus; distiphallus (Fig. 4) with small, simple, non-setose apical lobe; female with
3 spherical spermathecae; syntergosternite 7 with large medioapical unsclerotized area
ventrally, a smaller one dorsally; aculeus about 0.91 mm long, apex elongate, slender,
simple.

Urophora acuticornis does not belong in the tribe Myopitini, which is
defined by three synapomorphies: 1) the posterior pair of orbital setae
absent; 2) vein Cu2 convex (White & Clement 1987); and 3) the abdominal
pleura opaque, darker than the sternites (at least in all species of
Myopites Blot, Rhynencina Johnson, and New and Old World Urophora
that I have examined). The plesiomorphic states of these characters are
present in acuticornis; both pairs of orbital setae are present, vein Cu2 is
straight to slightly concave, and the abdominal pleura are light yellow
and transluscent. The female of acuticornis also has three spermathecae,
the plesiomorphic state in the Tephritidae. All Myopitini and other
Tephritinae have only two (Hancock 1986). Finally, the holotype of
acuticornis was reared from a fruit of Lycium berlandieri Dunal (Sola-
naceae), whereas the Myopitini breed in flower heads or stem galls of
Asteraceae.

As in the tribe Terelliini (Tephritinae), acuticornis has convergent
posterior orbital setae, a derived character state within the Tephritidae.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 1989

61

Figure l.Aciurina bigeloviae (holotype oft/, sabroskyi). epandrium and surstyli. lateral view.
Figure 2. Rhagoletis acutkornis. Las Cruces. N. M.. epandrium and surstyli. lateral view.
Figure 3. same, ventrolateral view. Figure 4. same, distiphallus. al - apical lobe of dis-
tiphallus, ip - interparameral sclerite. is - inner surstylus. ml - mesal lobe of outer surstylus.
os - outer surstylus, vl - ventral lobe of outer surstylus.

Figure 5. Rhagoletis acutkornis. Las Cruces. N.M.. wing.

62

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

In the Foote & Steyskal ( 1 987) key to the Nearctic genera of Tephritidae, it
runs with difficulty to Orellia Robineau-Desvoidy. This similarity with
the Terelliini is due to homoplasy, however. Other apomorphies of the
Terelliini (e.g. lyre-shaped scutal pattern, two spermathecae) are not pre-
sent, and other derived characters indicate that acuticornis belongs to the
Carpomyina, new subtribe (Trypetinae, Trypetini). This subtribe includes
at least the following genera: Carpomya Costa, Myiopardalis Bezzi,
Goniglossum Rondani, Rhagoletis Loew, Zonosemata Benjamin, Stoneola
Hering, Haywardina Aczel, Cryptoplagia Aczel, Rhagoletotrypeta Aczel,
Cryptodacus Hendel, and Lezca Foote.

The Carpomyina is defined by a single synapomorphy, although at
least one other character may be a synapomorphy with some homoplasy
due to secondary modification. In all Carpomyina, includingacuticornis,
the apex of syntergosternite 7 of the female has a weakly sclerotized
apicomedial area ventrally and usually dorsally, a clearly apomorphic
character that I have not observed in any other Tephritidae. In dried
specimens this unsclerotized area is visible only as a pair of weak folds
(e.g. see Stoffolano & Yin 1987, Fig. 7), but it is distinct in cleared pre-
parations of the terminalia (Fig. 6).

Figure 6, Rhagoletis pomonella (Walsh), New Haven, Conn., female syntergosternite 7, ven-
tral view. Figure 7. same. Oedicarena latifrons (Loew), Lagunas de Zempoala, Mexico.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April, 1989 63

Another possible synapomorphy for the Carpomyina is the type of
male terminalia found in most species, with the outer surstylus elongate,
with a mesal lobe just posterior to the apex of the inner surstylus. The
outer surstylus lacks the mesal lobe in some species of Rhagoletotrypeta
and it is short and without the lobe in Zonosemata, but this may be secon-
dary modification from the shape in the other genera. Species of
Paraterellia Foote, which may be related to the Carpomyina, also have
elongate surstyli with a mesal lobe; this similarity may be the result of
homoplasy or the shape of the surstylus may be a synapomorphy for a
larger taxon including the Carpomyina and Paraterellia (Norrbom etal,
1988).

Another character of possible phylogenetic significance is the ac-
cessory costal wing band, which is present in Oedkarena Foote and about
half of the species of Carpomyina, but is rare in other Tephritidae. It may
be a synapomorphy for a larger taxon including Oedicarena and the Car-
pomyina, with considerable secondary loss. Berlocher & Bush (1982)
suggested a close relationship between Zonosemata, some species of
Rhagoletis, and Oedicarena based on electrophoretic data, but unless
there has been considerable homoplasy in genetalic characters. Oedicarena
and Paraterellia are at most the sister group of the Carpomyina (Norrbom
et ah. 1988). Both Paraterellia and Oedicarena have the apex of female
syntergosternite 7 normally sclerotized (Fig. 7) and differ from the Car-
pomyina in a number of characters of the male terminalia.

Within the Carpomyina I am uncertain of the relationship of
acuticornis to the other taxa. The antennal first flagellomere in acuticornis
has a dorsoapical point, an apomorphic character found in Carpomya.
Myiopardalis, Cryptoplagia, Haywardina, Zonosemata, and most Rhagoletis,
but the significance of this character is unclear. It is intraspecifically
variable in some species of Rhagoletis and was probably lost in Goniglossum,
which appears closely related to Myiopardalis. I have discovered no other
obvious synapomorphies for acuticornis and any other taxa of Car-
pomyina; acuticornis lacks derived characters such as the crease or spur
vein in cell ri in Carpomya, Myiopardalis, and Goniglossum, r-m located
near dm-cu in Haywardina, the distinctively shaped distiphallus and
spermathecae of Zonosemata, the serrate aculeus of Cryptodacus and
Lezca, and the white or yellow medial sctual stripe found in Cryptodacus,
Lezca, Rhagoletotrypeta, Cryptoplagia, Haywardina, and Zonosemata.
Paraterellia have convergent posterior orbital setae like acuticornis, but
the relationship of that genus to the Carpomyina is unclear, and a close
relationship between it and acuticornis is doubtful. Except for the con-
vergent posterior orbilah, acuticornis fits the diagnosis of Bush (1966) for

64 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Rhagoletis; however, all of the characters in that diagnosis are probably
plesiomorphic for the Carpomyina, and Rhagoletis as currently com-
posed is probably paraphyletic (Bush 1966, Berlocher & Bush 1982).
Although the species of Rhagoletis, especially those from the Nearctic
Region, have been well studied and segregated into a number of species
groups (Bush 1966, Berlocher & Bush 1982, and Foote 1981), the mono-
phyly of the genus has not been demonstrated and its relationships to
other Carpomyina are poorly understood.

None of the currently recognized species groups of Rhagoletis will easily
accommodate acuticornis. The psalida group (Foote 1981), in which the
postpronotal lobe is entirely black and the anterior and posterior apical
wingbands are often incomplete, might be related. One species of the
group, metallica (Schiner), also has the abdominal tergites entirely black
like acuticornis. However, acuticornis lacks other derived characters of the
psalida group, such as the scutellum entirely black, the scutum without
microtrichia, and the subapical band ending anteriorly near the apex of
vein R2+3- In addition, the spermathecae, which are rodlike in the
psalida group, are spherical in acuticornis, and both the accessory costal
and posterior apical bands, which are at least partially present in the
psalida group, are absent. At least one of those two bands is also present
in the nova, striatella, and ferruginea groups (Foote 1981), those that also
breed in Solanaceae like acuticornis and the psalida group. The reduced
wing pattern of acuticornis is unlike any other Rhagoletis species; in those
in which the accessory costal and posterior apical bands are absent, the
other wing bands are broad and well developed. The apical lobe of the
distiphallus is simple in acuticornis, not distinctively shaped as in some
Rhagoletis species groups (see Bush 1966).

Despite its uncertain relationship to the other species of Rhagoletis,
the transfer of acuticornis to that genus is the most reasonable classifica-
tion at its time. The establishment of a new genus for acuticornis would be
premature without a better understanding of the relationships among
the species groups of Rhagoletis and the other genera of Carpomyina.

Aciurina bigeloviae (Cockerell)

Aciurina bigeloviae (Cockerell); Steyskal 1984: 592.

Urophora sabroskyi Steyskal 1979: 55 (Holotype d" (USNM), Washington: Garfield Co.,

Wawawai). n. syn.

The holotype of U. sabroskyi has one of the diagnostic characters of
the Myopitini, the posterior pair of orbital setae are absent. This specimen
is not a myopitine, however, and lacks the other synapomorphiesof the
tribe. Although the basal cubital cell does not have a strong posteroapi-

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April. 1989 65

cal extension, Cu2 is straight and meets vein Ai at an acute angle (see
Steyskal 1979, fig. 14); Cu2 is not convex as in the myopitini. The
abdominal pleura are light yellow and transluscent. not darker than the
sclerites as in the Myopitini.

The absence of the pair of posterior orbital setae is not common in
Aciurina Curran, but Steyskal (1984), in his diagnosis for the genus, states
that they are reclinate or absent, and the sabroskyi type runs to this genus
in the key of Foote & Steyskal (1987). It also has male terminalia typical
of Aciurina and the genera Valentibulla Foote & Blanc and Eurosta Loew;
the epandrium is elongate along the longitudinal axis, the surstyli are
elongate, posteriorly curved, arising from the anterior end of the epan-
drium, and the outer surstylus has a small mesally curved subapical ven-
tral lobe (Fig. 1). The postocular setae and the scutal setulae, which are
usually black and are always slender in the Myopitini, are all white and
slightly sowllen. There are 4-5 pairs of frontal setae, not the usual 2 in
the Myopitini.

The holotype of sabroskyi runs to bigeloviae (Cockerell) in Steyskal's
(1984) key to the species of Aciurina, and sabroskyi is here considered a
junior synonym of that species. Steyskal's concept of bigeloviae probably
represents a species complex (Dodson & George 1986; J. Jenkins, pers.
comm.), however, because it includes populations that form several
types of galls and, compared with other species of Aciurina, a large
amount of variation in wing pattern. When this complex is resolved, sab-
roskyi will likely be recognized as a synonym of one of the other species
that Steyskal (1984) synonymized under bigeloviae. The wing pattern of
the sabroskyi type (see Steyskal 1979, Fig. 14) is unlike typical bigeloviae; it
is highly reduced and similar to that of the type of semilucida Bates (see
Steyskal 1984, Fig. 16). It also resembles that ofnotata (Coquillett) in that
there is no dark spot in cell c, but cell sc is elongate as in bigeloviae.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank J. Jenkins (Michigan State University). A Freidberg (Tel Aviv Jniversity). and
F.C. Thompson. R.H. Foote, G.C. Steyskal, and T.J. Henry (Systematic Entomology
Laboratory) for their reviews of previous drafts of this paper. P.H. Arnaud, Jr. (CAS) and
F.G. Werner (UAT) kindly loaned specimens of acuticomis for study.

LITERATURE CITED

Berlocher, S.H. & G.L. Bush. 1982. An electrophoretic analysis of Rhagolet is (Diptera:

Tephritidae) phylogeny. Syst. Zool. 31: 136-155.
Bush, G.L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology, and evolution of the genus Rhagoleii.s in North

America (Diptera, Tephritidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 134: 431-562.

66 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Dodson, G. & S.B. George. 1986. Examination of two morphs of gall-forming Aciurina
(Diptera: Tephritidae): ecological and genetic evidence for species. Biol. J. Linn. Soc.
29: 63-79.

Foote, R.H. 1981. The genus Rhagoletis Loew south of the United States (Diptera:
Tephritidae). U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 1607, 75 pp.

Foote, R.H. & G.C. Steyskal. 1987. Chapter 66 - Tephritidae. pp. 8 1 7-83 1 . In: J.F. McAlpine.
ed.. Manual of Nearctic Diptera, vol. 2. Agriculture Canada, Monog. No. 28. Ottawa.

Hancock, D.L. 1986. Classification of the Trypetinae (Diptera: Tephritidae), with a
discussion of the Afrotropical fauna. J. Ent. Soc. Sth. Afr. 49: 275-305.

McAlpine, J.F. 1981. Morphology and terminology - adults, pp. 9-63. In: J.F. McAlpine
et al., coords.. Manual of Nearctic Diptera, vol. 1. Agriculture Canada, Monog. No.
27. Ottawa.

Norrbom, A.L. & K..C. Kim. 1988. Revision of the schausi group of Anastrepha Schiner
(Diptera: Tephritidae), with a discussion of the terminology of the female terminalia in
the Tephritoidea. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 81: 164-173.

Norrbom, A.L., Y. Ming & V. Hernandez. 1988. A revision of the genus Oedicarena Loew
(Diptera: Tephritidae). Fol. Entomol. Mex. 75: 93-117.

Steyskal, G.C. 1979. Taxonomie studies on fruit flies of the genus Urophora (Diptera:
Tephritidae). Entomological Society of Washington, Washington, D.C. 61 pp.

Stoffolano, J.G. & L.R.S. Yin. 1987. Structure and function of the ovipositor and as-
sociated sensilla of the apple maggot, Rhagoletis pomonella (Walsh) (Diptera: Tephriti-
dae). Int. J. Insect Morphol. & Embryol. 16: 41-69.

White, I.M. & S.L. Clement. 1987. Systematic notes on Urophora (Diptera. Tephritidae)
species associated with Centaurea solstitialis (Asteraceae, Cardueae) and other palaearctic
weeds adventive in North America. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 89: 571-580.

Vol. 100. No. 2, March & April. 1989 67

DISOIWYCHA PUNCTIGERA (COLEOPTERA:

CHRYSOMELIDAE): FIRST HOST RECORD OF

A LITTLE-KNOWN FLEA BEETLE1

A.G. Wheeler, Jr.2

ABSTRACT: Crownvetch, Coronilla varia L.. an introduced herbaceous legume, is recor-
ded as the first known host of the flea beetle Disonycha punctigera LeConte. In mid-June.
1987, larvae of this alticine chrysomelid were observed defoliating a small crownvetch
planting in the Ozark Mountains of northern Arkansas. A tachinid. Myiopharus sp., prob.
ancillus (Walker), is reported as a larval parasitoid.

Disonycha punctigera LeConte is one of the lesser-known North
American members of the large flea beetle genus Disonycha Chevrolat.
which ranges from Canada to South America (Blake. 1933). Herein, the
first larval host of this alticine chrysomelid is reported, and the rearing of
a tachinid as a larval parasitoid is mentioned. Arkansas is listed as a new
state record for D. punctigera.

Disonchya punctigera LeConte

LeConte (1859) described this chrysomelid from Kansas, with the
type locality recorded as near the Rocky Mountains. Disonycha neglecta,
described by Schaeffer (1931) from Kansas, and D. punctipennis, des-
cribed from Iowa in the same paper, are considered junior synonyms of
D. punctigera (Blake, 1933). Schaeffer' s ( 193 1 ) records of D. neglecta from
Arizona, Oregon, and Utah refer to a species of Disonycha other than
punctigera, perhaps the wide-ranging D. alternate!, which is known from
those states and which Schaeffer confused with D. punctigera (Blake.
1933; Hatch, 1971). Because Blake did not list D. punctigera from Min-
nesota, Schaeffer's record of D. punctipennis from that state may also be
based on a misidentification of D. alternata. From D. alternata, which has
distinct lateral callosities on the pronotum, D. punctigera can be dis-
tinguished by having the pronotum evenly convex (Fig. 1 ). In addition to
Iowa and Kansas, D. punctigera is known to occur in Alberta, Colorado.
Illinois. Montana, Nebraska. New Mexico, and South Dakota (Blake.
1933).

Blake (1933) noted that the food plant was unknown. Beller and
Hatch's ( 1933) record of willow as a host of/), punctigera in the Pacific

'Received September 14. 1988. Accepted October 29. 1988.

-Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. Harrisburg, PA

17110-9408.

ENT. NF.WS 100(2): 67-71. March & April. 19S9

68 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Northwest was later referred to D. alternata (Hatch, 1971), a species that
feeds on Salix (De Swarte and Balsbaugh, 1973). Adults of D. punctigera
were reported as common on corn throughout South Dakota during
summer 1965, feeding on silks and kernels; adults also were said to be
common in alfalfa (Jones and Nearman, 1965). Even though D. punctigera
occurs in South Dakota (Blake, 1933; Kirk and Balsbaugh, 1975), it is
possible that the adults observed in alfalfa and corn were mistaken for a
weed-feeding species oiDisonycha present in the fields. Several species of
the genus feed on common weeds of the Amaranthaceae and Cheno-
podiaceae (e.g., Duckett, 1920; Hemenway and Whitcomb, 1968;
Wilcox, 1979).

Crownvetch as a host plant. — On an insect collecting trip to
Arkansas in June 1987, large numbers of yellowish larvae that were strip-
ping the foliage of crownvetch, Coronilla varia L., attracted my attention.
The population, estimated at several hundred, was present on 1 7 June in
a small colony of this legume (about 50 m2) in the Ozarks of northern
Arkansas, in Robinson Point Park east of Mountain Home, Baxter Co.
Mainly third (last) instars were defoliating a portion of the sparse,
shaded planting. No larvae were found on nearby herbaceous plants,
including several legumes.

When provided with sprigs of crownvetch, larvae fed voraciously for
several days, then ceased feeding and burrowed into soil that had been
placed in the bottom of the plastic rearing boxes. The prepupal stage las-
ted about a week, and two adults emerged on 23 July. Voucher specimens
of larvae and one adult are retained in the Pennsylvania Department of
Agriculture collection (PDA); the other adult has been deposited in the
insect collection of Cornell University (CUIC).

Crownvetch, a perennial, herbaceous legume native to central Europe,
is widely used for slope stabilization and erosion control, particularly
along highways, and is sometimes used for beautifying home grounds
(Henson, 1963; McKee, 1971). In Pennsylvania, the economic use of
crownvetch dates from the mid-1930,s (Grau, 1968). Crownvetch was con-
sidered pest-free initially, but an arthropod fauna of about 125 species
now has accrued to this plant, including 19 species that sometimes are
numerous (Wheeler, 1974). The only significant defoliators observed
have been the grasshoppers Melanoplus differentialis (Thomas) and M.
femurrubrum (DeGeer), and larvae of a gelechiid moth, Syncopacma
palpilineella (Chambers) (Wheeler, 1974; Valley and Wheeler, 1976).

An allomone, 3-nitroproprionic acid (NPA) that is present in crown-
vetch, is toxic to nonruminant animals and may act as a deterrent to
some insect herbivores (Byers et ai, 1986). They found that NPA adver-
sely affected growth and development of the tortricid Sparganothis sul-

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April. 1989

69

Fig. 1. Disonycha punctigera, habitus.

fureana (Clemens) in the laboratory. In the field, they observed larvae of
this species and another tortricid, Argyrotaenia velutinana (Walker),
mainly in autumn, suggesting that late-season attacks on crownvetch are
the result of lower levels of NPA in the host compared to earlier in the
season. They also noted that Valley and Wheeler's (1976) data for S.
palpilineella showed a similar trend of higher autumn populations.

Compared to those lepidopteran herbivores, Disonycha punctigera is
a relatively early-season defoliator of crownvetch. It apparently is the
first chrysomelid known to use this naturalized legume as a host in
North America. The native host plant of/), punctigera, like that of S.
palpilineella (Valley and Wheeler, 1976), awaits discovery. It would also
be interesting to determine whether this flea beetle uses crownvetch as a
host in other parts of its range.

At least one other North American species of Disonycha may develop
on leguminous plants. Disonycha admirahiiis Blatchley has been repor-
ted from Cassia sp. and a wild legume (Blake. 1933). Adults have been
collected on Schrankia sp. in Missouri (Riley and Enns, 1979).

Parasitism by a tachinid. — During 23-25 July 1987, three adults of a
blondeliinetachinid,Mv7o/?/?arw,9sp.,prob.«/7(77/«v.v (Walker), emerged in

70 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

the container used to rearD. punctigera larvae. Members of this genus are
mainly parasitic on Chrysomelidae; M. ancillus has been reared from the
galerucine Diabrotica undecimpunctata Mannerheim (Arnaud, 1978).

The Arkansas rearing is the first record of a parasitoid on D. punctigera.
If the tachinid reared is M. ancillus, D. punctigera is a new host record.
Voucher specimens have been deposited at PDA and in the CUIC.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank E.R. Hoebeke, Department of Entomology. Cornell University, for identifying
D. punctigera; R.E. White, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, c/o U.S. National
Museum of Natural History, for confirming the determination and checking the USNM
collection for possible new state records and host data; N.E. Woodley, SEL, USDA, c/o
USNM, for identifying the tachinid; J.E. Fetter, Department of Entomology, University of
Wisconsin, for helping rear the chrysomelid; E.U. Balsbaugh, Jr., Department of Entomol-
ogy, North Dakota State University, for commenting on the occurrence of/), punctigera in
South Dakota; and K. Valley, BPI-PDA and TJ. Henry, Systematic Entomology Laboratory,
USDA c/o U.S. National Museum of Natural History, for reviewing the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Arnaud, P.H., Jr. 1978. A host-parasite catalog of North American Tachinidae (Diptera).

U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Publ. 1319. 860 pp.
Beller, S. and M.H. Hatch. 1932. Coleoptera of Washington: Chrysomelidae. Univ. Wash.

Publ. Biol. 1:65-144.
Blake, D.H. 1933. Revision of the beetles of the genus Disonycha occurring in America

north of Mexico. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 82(28): 1-66.
Byers, R.A., D.L. Gustine, B.G. Moyer, and D.L. Bierlein. 1986. 3-nitropropionate in

crownvetch: a natural deterrent to insects? Pages 95-105 in M.B. Green and P.A Hedin,

eds. Natural resistance of plants to pests: role of allelochemicals. ACS Symp. Ser. 296.

Am. Chem. Soc. Washington, D.C.
DeSwarte, D.H. and E.U. Balsbaugh, Jr. 1973. Biologies of Altica subplicata and Dis-
onycha alternata (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), two flea beetles that feed on sandbar

willow. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 66: 1349-1353.
Duckett, A.B. 1920. Annotated list of Halticini. Univ. Maryland Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. 241.

pp. 111-155.
Grau, F.V. 1968. In the beginning crownvetch was a void. Pages 2-5 in Second Crownvetch

Symp., Pa. State Univ. Agron. Mimeo. 6.
Hatch, M.H. 1971. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part V: Rhipiceroidea, Sternoxi,

Phytophaga. Rhynchophora, and Lamellicornia. Univ. Wash. Press, Seattle. 662 pp.
Hemenway, R. and W.H. Whitcomb. 1968. The life history of Disonycha glahrata

(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 41: 174-178.
Henson, P.R. 1963. Crownvetch: a soil conserving legume and a potential pasture and hay

plant. U.S. Dep. Agric, Res. Serv. Rep. 34-53. 9 pp.
Jones and Nearman. 1965. A flea beetle (Disonycha punctigera). U.S. Dep. Agric. Coop.

Econ. Insect Rep. 15(34): 958.
Kirk, V.M. and E.U. Balsbaugh, Jr. 1975. A list of the beetles of South Dakota. S. Dak.

State Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. 42. 139 pp.
LeConte, J.L. 1859. The Coleoptera of Kansas and eastern New Mexico. Smithsonian

Contrib. Knowl. 11: 1-58.

Vol. 100, No. 2, March & April, 1989 71

McK.ee, G.W. 197 1 . Crownvetch in the United States. Present status, future developments.

Pages 49-61 in E.M. Watkin, ed. The potential for crownvetch in Ontario. Symp. Proc.

Univ. Guelph. Guelph, Ont., Canada, Jan. 20-21. 1971.
Riley, E.G. and W.R. Enns. 1979. An annotated checklist of Missouri leaf beetles

(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Trans. Mo. Acad. Sci. 13: 53-83.
Schaeffer, C. 1931. New species of Disonvcha and notes (Col. Chrysomelidae). J. New

York Entomol. Soc. 39: 279-285.
Valley, K. and A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 1976. Biology and immature stages of Stomopteryx

palpilineella (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae). a leafminer and leaftier of crownvetch. Ann.

Entomol. Soc. Am. 69: 317-324.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1974. Phytophagous arthropod fauna of crownvetch in Pennsylvania.

Can. Entomol. 106: 897-908.
Wilcox, J.A. 1979. Leaf beetle host plants in northeastern North America (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae). No. Am. Beetle Fauna Proj. World Nat. Hist. Publ.. Marlton. N.J.

30 pp.

FIELD SEMINARS ON INSECTS AND NATURAL HISTORY

The Eagle Hill Wildlife Research Station (EHWRS). located on the edge of the ocean 35
miles east of Bar Harbor, ME, is offering a series of advanced and professional field
seminars in natural history from May through September. The seminars on "The Lepidop-
tera: Moths, Advanced Techniques for Identification" by Dr. Charles Covell and "Forest
Entomology for Professionals" by Richard G Dearborn should be of particular interest to
entomologists. For information, write or call EHWRS. Dyer Bay Rd. Steuben. ME 04680.
(207-546-2821).

72 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CHARACTERIZATION AND RELATIONSHIPS OF

THE SUBGENERA OF ISONYCHIA

(EPHEMEROPTERA: OLIGONEURIIDAE)1 2

W.P. McCafferty3

ABSTRACT: Abdominal gill spination is shown to be of limited taxonomic value in North
American Isonychia: Apical spines vary on gills 1-6 in larvae of the bicolor species group of
the subgenus Isonychia, and apical spines vary on gill 7 of Isonychia (Prionodes) sayi. Sub-
generic classification is justifiable; however, certain larvae are not separable to subgenus
or species. A plesiomorphic phylogenetic position of/, sayi within the subgenus Prionodes is
suggested since it shares some but not all synapomorphies with other Prionodes. Two alter-
native species phylogenies are presented and show Isonychia s.s. as either a monophyletic
or paraphyletic group depending on the relationships of the bicolor group. A new subgenus
Borisonychia is established for Isonychia diversa and is consistent with cladistics showing/.
diversa to be intermediate between Isonychia s.s. and its more apomorphic sister lineage
Prionodes. Male genitalia are clearly diagnostic of the subgenera. A synopsis of subgeneric
and species group classification of the 18 North American species is given.

Isonychia is a well known genus of brushlegged mayflies that was
recently revised for North and Central America by Kondratieff and
Voshell (1984). Adults were delineated at the subgeneric and specific
level in the work, but as the authors admitted, the larvae of certain
species remain difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish. My research
indicates that distinguishing larvae to subgenera is also problematic.

Examination of the gills of middle to late instar larvae has revealed
inconsistencies in subgeneric abdominal gill characterization in the
bicolor species group of the subgenus Isonychia and/, sayi of the subgenus
Prionodes. It is important to recognize potential problems that key users
may encounter because Isonychia larvae are among the most commonly
sampled riffle-dwelling mayflies, especially in central and eastern North
America. Ecologists and others often need to identify middle instar and
older individuals for meaningful biological assessments. In addition,
the method for keying larvae to species is now predicated on their sub-
generic placement (see keys of Kondratieff and Voshell 1984).

Isonychia was divided into the subgenera Isonychia s.s. and Prionodes
by Kondratieff and Voshell (1983). Structural characteristics of male
adult styliger, female adult subanal plate, and shape of the eggs are dis-
tinct for these subgenera, and warrant the division. The condition of the
larval forecoxal gills distinguishes these subgenera except for one species.

'Received June 6, 1988. Accepted July 1 1, 1988.

■^Purdue University Experiment Station No. 11691.

^Department of Entomology, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907.

ENT NEWS 100(2): 72-78, March & April, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 2, March & April, 1989 73

Also, adult penes can be clearly divided into two subgenenc types except
for one other species. Explanations for these exceptions within the con-
text of cladistics and the establishment of a new subgenus are taken up
later under the subject of relationships.

KEY CHARACTERISTICS

In the larval key of Kondratieff and Voshell (1983 ) Prionodes was said
to have "posterior gills without apical stout spines" and "forecoxae gills
single (except /. sayi);" whereas Isonychia s.s. was said to have "posterior
gills with apical stout marginal spines" and "forecoxae gills in tufts."
Under the description of Isonychia s.s., however, it was said that spines
were on the apical margin "of all gills." Kondratieff and Voshell (1984)
maintained use of these traits, with the exception that in their descrip-
tions and key the apical spine character was applied to "abdominal gill
lamella," with no specification of exact gills involved. Although
abdominal gill 7 was the one illustrated in both of these studies, it must
be presumed that the statements referred to all abdominal gills.

My study of the bicolor group indicates that abdominal gill spination
varies among gills. I have examined /. bicolor, I. rufa, and /. velma of this
group. Gills 1-5, and sometimes 1-6, of these species often lack apical
spines (Fig. 1 ). Ultimate or penultimate instars tend to have apical spines
on gills 4-7 (Figs. 3 and 4), but not always. There is also individual and
population variation in the number of apical spines and the exact num-
ber of gills involved, with the more anterior gills more apt to lack apical
spines. The character is further confounded by inevitable differences in
interpretation of the actual limits of the apical margin of a rounded gill
lamella. Gill 7 does appear always to have apical spines, but these can be
weak (Fig. 2), and high magnification and special lighting are sometimes
necessary to detect them because of the short, thick setae also situated
along the margin. Unfortunately, gill 7 is easily broken off when specimens
are collected or handled.

The often distinctively patterned larvae of/, sicca (see Provonsha and
McCafferty 1982) of the sicca species group of Isonychia s.s. have apical
spines on at least gills 3-7. There is no problem in placing them, and
perhaps other Isonychia s.s. not treated here, to subgenus.

Larva of/, sayi, the only Prionodes species that could be confused with
Isonychia s.s. because of its forecoxal gills, may or may not possess apical
spines on abdominal gill 7, even within the same population and age
class (Figs. 6 and 8). No other gills, however, possess apical spines (Figs. 5
and 7). Thus, certain individuals can be structurally similar to some of
the bicolor group, and even the use of gill 7 is not failsafe.

74

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 1-8. Isonychia larval abdominal gill lamellae. 1-2. / velma (middle instar, Califor-
nia). 1. gill 6. 2, gill 7. 3-4. /. bicolor (last instar, Indiana). 3, gill 4. 4, gill 7. 5-6. /. sayi (typical
middle instar, Florida). 5, gill 6. 6, gill 7. 7-8. /. savi (atypical middle instar, Florida). 7, gill 6.
8, gill 7.

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April. 1989

75

Using the simple forecoxal gill, larvae of the southeastern species I.
hoffmani, I. georgiae, I. notata, and /. obscura key easly to Prionodes and can
then be keyed to species. All known Isonychia s.s. larvae can be keyed by
their multibranched forecoxal gills, but /. sayi would also key here.
Furthermore, although the keys of Kondratieff and Voshell (1984) were
an important advance, once the forecoxal gill type is determined, certain
of these larvae may be impossible to key to species using present struc-
tural characters. For example, it is still doubtful if midwestern cohabit-
ing/ rufa and/ bicolor can be differentiated by number of metafemoral
cleft spines (couplet 5), and gill spination characters in couplet 2 only
work "usually" and are very difficult to interpret (references to "gills 6-8"
are obvious typographical errors). Use of color patterns of large series
along with distributional data should lead to accurate identification of
several species. These data can be gleaned from the comprehensive
species treatments of Kondratieff and Voshell (1984). which are superior
to those previously available from Traver (1935).

RELATIONSHIPS

Regarding cladistic relationships, Prionodes appears to be the most
specialized subgenus as is illustrated by the apomorphic penes (Fig. 1 1 )
of that group as compared to those of Isonychia s.s. (Fig. 9). Prionodes
penes have uniquely toothed, dorsally recurved, lateral lobes (see figures
of Kondratieff and Voshell 1984). The reduction of the forecoxal gill to a
single filament in Prionodes is also apomorphic. From this, it can be
deduced that / sayi is an early branched lineage within Prionodes (Figs.
12 and 13) because it does not share this apomorphic forecoxal gill, or an
apomorphic two-spot marginal pigmentation of gill lamellae, with the
other Prionodes. (I recognize these other Prionodes species as the georgiae
species group.) This phylogenetic position may explain the tendency for

9

10

11

Figures 9-11. Outline shapes of Isonychia penes. 9. /. (Isonychia) sicca. 10. /. (Borisonychia)
diversa. 11,/. (Prionodes) obscura.

76 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

apical spines to remain on gill 7 in some individuals of/, sayi, since the
characteristic is not totally lost, as it apparently is in the georgiae group
lineage.

If the above hypotheses are correct it is possible that the bicolor group
of Isonychia s.s. (a lineage that includes /. arida) shares an immediate
common ancestor with Prionodes (Fig. 13). This possible relationship
may be supported by the tendency in bicolor group species to lose apical
gill spination in the anterior gills, sharing such a derivation with Prionodes.
More cladistic data, however, are required before it can be resolved
whether Isonychia s.s. is monophyletic (Fig. 12), or alternatively,
paraphyletic (Fig. 13).

An important additional consideration in the phylogeny of Isonychia
involves the position of Isonychia diversa. This species is known definitely
only from the male adult holotype. It was placed in the subgenus Isonychia
by Kondratieff and Voshell (1983), although they did not place it with
any grouping of other species within Isonychia s.s. Whereas it retains a
plesiomorphic styliger typical of Isonychia s.s., its penes (Fig. 10) are
highly distinctive and appear intermediate between the plesiomorphic
Isonychia s.s. (Fig. 9) and more apomorphic Prionodes (Fig. 11) penes
types. The phyletic position of this species (Figs. 12 and 1 3) shows it to be
a sister lineage to Prionodes, sharing initial lateral modifications of the
penes. Regarding a female adult apparently taken with the holotype of/.
diversa, Kondratieff and Voshell ( 1984) stated that, "this badly damaged
specimen is similar to females of the sicca and bicolor groups." Even if
this female is /. diversa, it is of no aid cladistically because of the
plesiomorphic nature of the sicca and bicolor group females.

Isonychia diversa could be considered a primitive (early derived)
member of Prionodes, and such a classification would be more consistent
with its cladistic relationships than is the prior Isonychia s.s. classifica-
tion. Moreover, the recognition of a separate subgenus for / diversa is
also consistent with its cladistics. Because its genitalia are highly distinc-
tive, and because the male genitalia are definitive descriptors of the sub-
genera as established by Kondratieff and Voshell (1983), I am herewith
establishing a new subgenus for / diversa. I am pleased to name this
taxon after the given name of Dr. Boris Kondratieff.

Figures 12 and 13. Hypothetical phyletic relationships of Isonychia species and species
groups in North America. 1 2. First alternative cladogram showing monophyletic subgenus
Isonychia. 13. Second alternative cladogram showing paraphyletic subgenus Isonychia.
Indicated synapomorphies: a - penes latterally developed, b - penes with acute lateral pro-
cesses, c - forecoxal gill single, d - penes with dorsal flap, e - tendency for loss of spina tion on
anterior abdominal gills.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 1989

77

PRIONODES

BORISONYCHIA

ISONYCHIA

s.

s.

O-

~l

r ~i

1

1

13

O

Q.

h_

3

Q.

CT>

O

3

<b

D)

O

m

<

O)

so

■§

^3

SO

1

"6

1

S

^

1

PRIONODES

BORISONYCHIA

ISONYCHIA S. S.

r

a.

1

r n

'

1

3
O

CL

l.

3

a.

en

O

3

<b

O)

O

■5

s°

<

CT

$>

£

§

<TJ

JO

6

&

a

.8

.<0

S»

<0

"6

•Q

<TJ

<0

78 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Borisonychia new subgenus

Type species: Isonychia diversa Traver, 1934:244.

Diagnosis: Borisonychia is distinguished from other Isonychia subgenera by the adult
penes (Fig. 10) that . . . "are suddenly incurved and then curve outward again forming more
or less rounded apical lobes, which are separated by a median V-shaped notch. Each lobe
bears a slight indentation on its apical margin." (Traver 1934).

The classification of North American Isonychia can thus be sum-
marized as follows:

Subgenus Isonychia s.s.

sicca species group: /. berneri Kondratieff and Voshell; /. campestris

McDunnough; I. edmundsi Kondratieff and Voshell; I. intermedia

(Eaton); / sicca (Walsh).
arida species group: /. arida (Say).
bicolor species group: / bicolor (Walker); I. rufa McDunnough; /

tuscalensis Berner; I velma Needham.

Subgenus Borisonychia McCafferty

diversa species group: /. diversa Traver.

Subgenus Prionodes Kondratieff and Voshell
sayi species group: / sayi Burks.

georgiae species group: I. hoffmani Kondratieff and Voshell; I. georgiae
McDunnough; /. notata Traver; I. obscura Traver; I. serrata Traver;
/. similis Traver.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I am grateful to Michael Mischukof Appleton, WI and Wills Flowers of Tallahassee. FL
for providing extra specimens for examination, and to Dan Bloodgood and Arwin Pro-
vonsha of West Lafayette, IN for illustrations.

LITERATURE CITED

Kondratieff, B.C. and J.R. Voshell. 1983. Subgeneric and species-group classification of

the mayfly genus Isonychia in North America (Ephemeroptera: Oligoneuriidae) Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 85: 128-138.
1984. The North and Central American species of Isonychia (Ephemeroptera:

Oligoneuriidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 110: 129-244.
Provonsha, A.V. and W.P. McCafferty. 1982. New species and previously undescribed

larvae of North American Ephemeroptera. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 55: 23-33.
Traver, J.R. 1934. New North American species of mayflies (Ephemerida). J. Elisha

Mitchell Sci. Soc. 50: 189-254.
1935. Part II, Systematic, pp. 239-739 In Needham, J.G.. J.R. Traver, and Y-C. Hsu,

The Biology of Mayflies. Comstock, Ithaca. N.Y.

Vol. 100, No. 2. March & April. 1989 79

A NEW SPECIES OF STYLOGASTER

(DIPTERA: CONOPIDAE) WITH NOTES

ON SOME TYPES1

Sidney Camras^

ABSTRACT: Stylogaster sinaloae is described from Mexico. Information on some damage
to types is given.

The holotype of this unique species was misplaced, and was not
studied during the preparation of the review of New World Stylogaster
(Camras and Parrillo, 1985). The Allotype was recognized as new, but a
single female, collected in alcohol, was not appropriate for naming a new
species.

Stylogaster sinaloae, sp. nov.

Holotype. a MEXICO: 4.6 mi. E. of Chupaderos. Sin.. VIII-22-1964. E.I. Schlinger
(University of California at Berkeley).

Head rufous. Ocellar triangle partly, and tubercle entirely black. Occiput partly
black above. Antenna rufous. Arista black. First antennal segment about one-fifth length
of second. Second and third segments subequal. Proboscis black, yellow at base and on
labella.

Thorax rufous, with faint suggestion of dark lines on dorsum. Coxae and legs rufous.
Two dark bands on metafemur. Metatibia black on apical two-fifths, middle fifth mainly
pale haired. Protarsus and mesotarsus partly black. Metatarsus entirely black. Anterior
and posterior bristles on procoxa black. Halter rufous, blackish on club. Costal hairs on
wing very short.

Abdomen elongated, almost entirely rufous. Some brownish areas apically on tergites.
Fifth sternite with a few black bristles laterally. Bristles on sides of first and second tergites
black. Length: 9 mm.

Allotype. 9. MEXICO: 7 mi. W. Santa Lucia. Sin.. 3000", 12.VIII. 1964. W. Mason
(University of California at Riverside). Similar to holotype. First and second segments of
ovipositor rufous. Slightly brownish on sides of second segment. Third segment dark
brown to blackish dorsally, with yellow narrowly at base and apex, and on egg guides.
Median process dark brown dorsally and yellow ventrally. Length: 12 mm, of which
ovipositor is 4 mm.

This distinctive species is immediately recognizable by the almost
entirely rufous coloration, without black pattern on the thorax. This
species belongs to the stylata-group of species. In the key to males it goes

1 Received Oct. 20, 1988. Accepted November 18, 1988.
25600 West Addison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60634.

ENT. NEWS 100(2): 79-80. March & April. 1989

80 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

to dispar which has prominant black areas. In the key to females it goes to
biannulata. This is the first record of the genus from Western Mexico.

On returning the material from the Canadian National Collection,
some specimens with vials came loose, resulting in considerable
damage.

Of the following holotypes, a loose head or abdomen was found or
the damage was not extensive: plumidecorata, penal and inca.

The following holotypes were completely or extensively damaged,
but the species can be identified from the paratypes: dispar, longispina,
and tarsia.

On the top of page 122 of the review, the paratypes of plumidecorata
should have been recorded as females.

LITERATURE CITED

Camras, S. and P.P. Parrillo. 1985. Review of New World Stvlogaster (Diptera: Cono-
pidae). Am. Ent. Soc. Am. 78: 111-126.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April, 1989

FIRST RECORD OF CRYPTOLESTES DYBASI
(COLEOPTERA: CUCUJIDAE) OUTSIDE FLORIDA1

James E. Throne^, L. Daniel Cline^, Michael C. Thomas-*

ABSTRACT: Cryptolestes dybasi was collected for the first time outside Florida on a sticky
trap located at a grain storage site in South Carolina.

Thomas (1988) lists 19 species of Cryptolestes from North America.
The genus includes six economically important pests of stored products
in North America. The biology of the economically important species
has been intensively studied; however, the biology of the non-economical-
ly important species is not well known.

Cryptolestes dybasi Thomas was described from specimens collected
in January, 1980, from under the bark of a dead oak tree (unpublished
collection information provided by M.C. Thomas) and in May, 1 978, at a
black light trap in Dixie Co. in the northwestern portion of peninsular
Florida (Thomas 1988). There has been no further information published
about this species. We report here the collection of this species from
South Carolina.

The specimen was collected on a sticky trap (30 x 30 cm clear plex-
iglass coated on both sides with Tangle Trap4 and placed vertically
oriented ca. 1 .2 m above the ground on a wooden stake) on 2 September
1987 near Scotia, Hampton Co., in southwest South Carolina. Eight
sticky traps were maintained and changed weekly at this site from 18
March 1987 to 6 April 1988. Only one C. dybasi (a male) was collected
during this period, whereas 1.499 C. pusillus and 187 C ferrugineus were
trapped during the same period. C. pusillus and C ferrugineus were par-
ticularly abundant the week C dybasi was caught ( 192 and 36 specimens
trapped, respectively). Similar trapping procedures at sites near Black-
ville (Barnwell Co.) and Ehrhardt (Bamberg Co.). SC. yielded no C.
dybasi during the same one-year trapping period.

1 Received September 6. 1988. Accepted November 28. 1988.

-Stored-Product Insects Research and Development Laboratory. ARS/USDA. P.O. Box
22909. Savannah. GA 31403.

^Florida State Collection of Arthropods. P.O. Box 1269. Gainesville, EL 32602.

^Names of products are included for the benefit of the reader and do not impl) endorse-
ment or preferential treatment by USDA.

ENT. NEWS 100(2): 81-82. March & April. 1989

82 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

The collection site was a grain storage area of four cylindrical metal
bins, three of which contained corn and one which contained sunflower
seeds for most of the trapping period. The site was bordered on the south
side by a poorly maintained pecan grove of ca. 50 trees. The pecan grove
and grain bins were bordered by soybean or corn fields on three sides
and by a meadowon the east side. The nearest woods were ca. 80 m east of
the bins. The trap on which the specimen was collected was positioned
tangent to and ca. 0.6 m from the western edge of the westernmost grain
bin. The weather during the collection week was hot (mean maximum -
33.7°C; mean minimum - 22.8°C.) and moist (2.4 cm precipitation)
(NOAA 1987).

Thomas ( 1988) reported that the non-economically important species
of Cryptolestes, includingC. dybasi, usually live under the bark of logs and
are fungivorous or predaceous. It is most likely that this specimen was
not associated with the stored grain at the site, but came from the pecan
grove or surrounding wooded areas.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank M. Culik and P. Lang for technical assistance; and J. Brower, K. Vick, and L.
Zettler for comments on an earlier version of this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

NOAA. 1987. Climatological data South Carolina 90: nos. 8 and 9. Hampton, SC, station.
Thomas, M.C. 1988. A revision of the New World species of Cryptolestes Ganglhauer
(Coleoptera: Cucujidae: Laemophloeinae). Insecta Mundi 2: 43-65.

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 19X9 83

NEW RECORDS OF CADDISFLIES

(TRICHOPTERA) FROM OHIO,

WITH PARTICULAR REFERENCE TO

STILLFORK SWAMP, CARROLL COUNTY1

J.D. Usis, B.A. Foote2

ABSTRACT: Known ranges of Hydroptila delineata. H. gunda. H. lonchera. H. metoeca.
Oxeythira grisea (Hydroptilidae: Trichoptera), and Limnephilus perpusillus (Limnephilidae:
Trichoptera) are extended to include northeastern Ohio. A total of 2 1 9 caddisfly species are
now known to occur in Ohio, and 22 species are newly recorded for Stillfork Swamp in Car-
roll County.

Although northeast Ohio's caddisfly fauna has been relatively well
documented (McElravye/ al, 1 977; McElravy and Foote, 1978;Masteller
and Flint, 1979; Huryn and Foote, 1981, 1983; Petersen and Foote, 1980;
MacLean and MacLean, 1980, 1984; Usis and MacLean, 1986; Garono
and MacLean, 1988), new taxa are still being discovered. Weekly black-
light trap collections made during the adult emergence period in 1986 at
StillforlcSwamp in Carroll County, a relatively undisturbed, unglaciated
50.6 ha wetlands owned by The Nature Conservancy, resulted in a total
of 97 species in 39 genera, representing 11 families.

RESULTS

Additions to the list of caddisfly species known for Stillfork Swamp
(Usis and MacLean, 1986) are given below. Species with (*) indicate new
records for Ohio. The flight period of each species is given, followed by
the number of each sex collected.

Polycentropodidae

Cyrnellus fraternus Banks (Aug. 20, 1 9)

Neureclipsis crepuscularis (Walker) (Sept. 4, 1 1; 1 cf, 3 99)

Nyctiophylax affwis (Banks) (Sept. 4. 3 o"o")

Glossosomatidae

Glossosoma nigrior Banks (Oct. 3, 1 9)

•Received May 2, 1988. Accepted Sept. 11, 1988.

"Department of Biological Sciences, Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44242.

ENT NEWS 100(2): 83-85, March & April. 1989

84 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Hydroptilidae

*Hydroptila delineata Morton (Sept. 4, 4 Ccf)

*Hydroptila gunda Milne (Aug. 20, 1 d" )

*Hydroptila lonchera Blickle & Morse (Sept. 4, 11,2 do")

*Hydroptila metoeca Blickle & Morse (Aug. 20, Sept. 4, 11,3 cTo")

Ochrotrichia wojcickyi Blickle (Aug. 14, 2 cTcf)

Oxvethira michiganensis Mosely (Aug. 14, 20, 1 d, 4 99; Sept. 4, 1 1, 26, 2 crd", 6 99)
*Oxyethira grisea Betten (Aug. 14, 20, 17 99; Sept. 4, 20, 26, 2 Co", 26 99)

Neotrichia vibrans Ross (Aug. 14, 2 do")

Limnephilidae

Limnephilus moestus Banks (June 11,1 cT)
Limnhephilus ornatus Banks (Sept. 4, 1 d)
* Limnephilus perpusillus Walker (June 27, 1 d)

Lepidostomatidae

Lepidostoma sommermannae Ross (Oct. 12, 2 99)
Lepidostoma costalis (Banks) (Aug. 20, 1 9)

Molannidae

Molanna blenda (Aug. 20, 1 o\ 1 9; Sept. 4, 1 c?)

Leptoceridae

Triaenodes nox Ross (May 30, 1 o\ 9)

The new records presented above bring the total number of caddisfly
species recorded for Ohio to 219 (Huryn and Foote, 1983). All of the
newly recorded hydroptilids appear to have eastern or northeastern dis-
tributions in North America (Blickle, 1979). Hydroptila gunda has been
reported from New Hampshire, Virginia, Georgia, South Carolina and
Alabama. Its presence at Stillfork Swamp indicates that its range extends
west of the Appalachians. Hydroptila lonchera has been reported for the
New England states and Alabama (Harris, 1986). Kelley (1985) indicated
that the distribution range for Oxyethira grisea includes most of the east-
ern United States and Canada south to South Carolina.

Limnephilus perpusillus, originally described by Walker (1852), was
redescribed by Milne (1935) as Colpotaulius rhaeus with records for
Ontario, Manitoba, and Saskatchewan. Ross (1938) described L. per-
pusillus under the synonym L. merinthus, reporting a flight period in July
for Manitoba. It has since been reported from Minnesota, North Dakota,
and Wisconsin as well as the Canadian Provinces of Quebec and New-

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 1989 85

foundland. Its occurrence in Ohio represents a southern range extension
and seems to support Stein's ( 1974) suggestion that the swamp may serve
as a refugium for many northern plants and animals.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank David B. MacLean. Youngstown State University. Ohio and
Alexander D. Huryn. University of Georgia, for critically reviewing the manuscript. We are
indebted to OS. Flint. Jr.. Smithsonian Institution for confirming Limnephilus perpusillus
and Glossosoma nigrior. K..L. Manuel. Duke Power Co. at Huntersville. NC and S.C. Harris
at the Geological Survey of Alabama. Tuscaloosa, aided in the confirmation of certain
Triaenodes and Hydroptila species. Partial funding by the Ohio Chapter of The Nature Con-
servancy is gratefully acknowledged.

LITERATURE CITED

Blickle, R.L. 1979. Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) of America north of Mexico. Bull. N.H.

Agric. Exp. Stn. 509: 1-97.
Harris, S.C. 1986. Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) of Alabama with descriptions of three new

species. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 59: 609-619.
Huryn, A.D., and B.A. Foote. 1981. New Records of Ohio caddisfiies (Trichoptera).

Entomol. News 92: 158-160.
Huryn, A.D., and B.A. Foote. 1983. An annotated list of the caddisfiies (Trichoptera) of

Ohio. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 85: 783-796.
Garono, R.J., and D.B. MacLean. 1988. The caddisfiies (Trichoptera) of Ohio wetlands

as indicated by light-trapping. Ohio J. Sci. 88: 143-151.
Kelley, R.W. 1985. Revision of the micro-caddisfly genus Oxyethira (Trichoptera: Hydrop-

tiliae). Part II: subgenus Oxyethira Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. Ill: 223-253.
MacLean, D.B., and B.K. MacLean. 1980. Report of new Trichoptera records from Ohio.

Great Lakes Entomol. 12: 165-177.
MacLean, D.B., and B.K. MacLean. 1984. Trichoptera (caddisfiies) of Watercress Marsh.

Columbiana County. Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 84: 54-62.
McElravy, E.P., T.L. Arsuffi, and B.A. Foote. 1977. New records of caddisfiies (Trichop

tera) for Ohio. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 79: 599-604.
McElravy, E.P., and B.A. Foote. 1978. Annotated list of caddisfiies (Trichoptera) occur-
ring along the upper portion of the West Branch of the Mahoning River in northeastern

Ohio. Great Lakes Entomol. 11: 143-154.
Milne, L.J. 1935. Studies in North American Trichoptera. Pt. 2. Cambridge. Mass. pp. 20-

55.
Petersen, C, and B.A. Foote. 1980. Annotated list of Trichoptera collected along Furnace

Run of the Cuyahoga Valley National Recreation Area in northeastern Ohio. Great

Lakes Entomol. 13: 201-205.
Ross, H.H. 1938. Descriptions of Nearctic caddisfiies (Trichoptera). Bull. 111. Nat. Hist.

Surv. 21: 101-183.
Stein, C.B. 1974. Evaluation of Stillfork Swamp. Ohio, as a national natural landmark.

Rep. to Natl. Park Serv.. U.S. Dept. Interior. Contract Order 5950120387 by Mus. Zool..

The Ohio State University. Columbus. Ohio 1 1 pp.
Usis, J.D., and D.B. MacLean. 1986. The caddisfiies (Trichoptera) of Stillfork Swamp

Nature Preserve. Carroll County. Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 86: 33-40.
Walker, F. 1852. Cataloque of the specimens of neuropterous insects in the collections of

the British Museum. Pt. 1. London., 192 pp.

86 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW RECORDS OF BUTTERFLIES FROM
NORTH ANDROS, BAHAMAS1

Donald J. Harvey,^ John W. Peacock3

ABSTRACT: Seven previously unrecorded butterfly species are reported from North
Andros, Bahamas. These are: Calisto sibylla Bates (Satyridae); EunicamonimaStoll,Eunica
tatila tatilista Kaye. and Vanessa atalanta rubria Fruhstorfer (Nymphalidae); Hemiargus
ceraunus ceraunus Fabricius and Brephidium exilis isophthalma Herrich-Schaffer
(Lycaenidae); and Eurema nicippe Cramer (Pieridae). These seven new records increase to
60 the number of butterfly species now known from North Andros.

The first comprehensive list of butterflies for Andros Island, Bahamas,
was provided by Clench (1977). Additional collecting on North Andros
by the authors during 1978 (DJH) and 1983 (JWP) has added seven new
species to the North Andros fauna. The following are accounts of these
new Andros records, with notes on locality, dates of capture, habitat and
behavior. To conform with Clench (1977), the sequence of taxa in Riley
(1975) is followed. Specimens are deposited in the authors' personal
collections; a voucher oiEunica tatila tatilista taken by JWP is deposited
in the Carnegie Museum of Natural History (Pittsburgh) and vouchers
of the four species collected by DJH have been deposited in both the Car-
negie Museum of Natural History and the Allyn Museum of Ento-
mology (Sarasota).

Satyridae

Calisto sibylla Bates

Two females and a male of this butterfly were collected on 6 June 1 978
near the town of Red Bay. The adults were local in distribution and were
only seen in a narrow strip of shrubby vegetation, about 1 5 meters long,
that bordered the road between the shore and the settlement of Red Bay.
The butterflies flew close to the ground, usually underneath the shrubs.
Adults appeared in the open only when visiting the flowers of Cordia
bahamensis Urban (Boraginaceae). All specimens were collected while
visiting these flowers. Other shrubs along this strip included Forestiera
segregata, Metopium toxiferum, Jacquinia sp. and Coccoloba sp. Beyond
these shrubs was a plain dominated by sedges, with some grasses and
scattered palmettos. During brief visits to this site on 9 and 13 June 1978,
two additional specimens, a female and a male, were also taken. Eup-

1 Received September 6, 1988. Accepted November 7, 1988.

^Department of Zoology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712. Current address:
Department of Entomology, NHB Stop 127, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC.
20560.

3 185 Benzler Lust Road, Marion, Ohio 43302.

ENT. NEWS 100(2): 86-88, March & April, 1989

Vol. 100. No. 2. March & April. 1989 87

toieta claudia Cramer. Dianesia carteri Holland. Strymon martialis Herrich-
Schaffer,£w/vwa messalina blakei Maynard. Pyrrhocalles antiqua eleutherae
Bates and Wallengrenia misera Lucas were also found at this locality.

Red Bay is the only settlement on the western coast of Andros. and
the only locality accessible there by road. C. sibylla may be more widely
distributed on this side of the island, but the region is poorly collected.
Aside from these specimens, the species is known only from the type,
collected on New Providence in 1894, and a pair collected by Clench at
Yeho Pineyard, South Andros, in 1974.

Nymphalidae

tunica mi mi ma Stoll
Eunica tatila tatilista Kaye

A single male Eunica monima was taken near Fresh Creek, on 12
July 1983, along with five males and two females of Eunica tatila. The
butterflies were captured on or near the vicinity of overripe fruit on
a species of Ficus (probably F. citrifolia), which was growing near a
commercial establishment known as the "Androsia Factory". The tree
was located along the edge of a rather dense thicket of small trees rep-
resenting numerous species. Most of the butterflies were high in the tree
(5-8m), and were easily flushed from the fruit on which they were feeding.
Some returned to the upper reaches of the crown while others would fly
to lower branches on the tree within netting distance. Almost all returned
to the Ficus when disturbed, and attempts to locate these species on
nearby trees, which included a blooming Acacia, were unsuccessful. At
least two dozen E. tatila were sighted on the Ficus over the period of about
45 min at midday. The habits of E. monima were indistinguishable from
those of E. tatila. and very likely the capture of only a singled, monima in
association with the Ficus fruit is not a true indication of its abundance in
the area.

E. tatila was placed on Clench's hypothetical list for Andros on the
basis of a book illustration. The collections listed above confirm its
occurrence on North Andros. E. tatila and E. monima apparently are very
rare in the Bahamas: the only other records are from San Salvador
(Elliot et al, 1980).

Vanessa aialanta rubria Fruhstorfer

A single worn female was taken at Stafford Creek, on 1 1 July 1983
in a live trap baited with a two-year-old mixture of fermented peaches,
molasses, and brown sugar. V. atalanta has been reported from
Bermuda and as a stray on Cuba. Jamaica and Hispanola ( Riley. 1975).
Owing to the worn condition of the individual taken on North Andros. it
is very possible that this specimen was a stray from the U.S. mainland.

88 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lycaenidae

Hemiargus ceraunus ceraunus Fabricius

Six adults were collected in a weedy field adjacent to the San Andros
Airport on 7 June 1978. This species has been recorded for South
Andros.

Brephidium exilis isophthalma Herrich-Sch'affer

Ten adults were collected in a low area with white mangrove near
Love Hill on 1 and 8 June 1978. They were not numerous, and were
closely associated with patches of Salicomia sp. (Chenopodiaceae), a
succulent herb which could possibly serve as a larval host plant at
this locality.

Pieridae

Eurema nicippe Cramer

This species was frequently encountered in a field near the San
Andros Airport, where H. ceraunus was also taken. Two females were
collected on 31 May 1978, and seven additional adults were taken on 7
June 1 978. These specimens confirm Clench's sightings of this species on
North Andros.

These seven new records increase to 60 the number of species known
on North Andros, and raises Clench's total for all Andros from 58 to 63.
Andros has more recorded butterflies than any other island in the
Bahama archipelago, 10 more than the 53 species recorded for New Pro-
vidence (West, 1966).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Local Government of the Bahamas
for providing collecting permits. We are indebted to the staff of the Forfar Field Station
(Stafford Creek, North Andros), particularly Rose Blanchard, for providing facilities and
transportation on the island, and for providing advice on collecting localities. DJH was
supported in part by a National Science Foundation graduate fellowship. JWP is grateful
to Steven Long and Donald Bumgarner for their encouragement and for their assistance in
making possible his four trips to North Andros. We thank Lee D. Miller and John A Shuey
for their useful comments on this manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Clench, H.K. 1977. A list of the butterflies of Andros, Bahamas. Ann. Carnegie Mus.

46: 173-194.
Elliot, N.B., D. Riley and H.K. Clench. 1980. Annotated list of butterflies of San Salvador

Island, Bahamas. J. Lepid. Soc. 34: 120-126.
Riley, N.D. 1975. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of the West Indies. Collins, London.
West, B.K. 1966. Butterflies of New Providence Island, Bahamas. Entomol. Rec. 78: 174-

179,206-210.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 4W x 6Yi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $ 1 5 .00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available V,
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

CaM luU-frou MOO-52I-J044, Or muil Inquiry to;
University Microfilms uilornaliunal. 300 Nurth
Ztfub Road. Ann Arbor. Ml 46106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED, large New World robber flies (Asilidae) esp. Proctacanthus for use in a revision.
Contact Dr. C. Riley Nelson, Entomology, California Academy of Sciences. San Fran-
cisco, CA 941 18 (415) 750-7243.

WANTED: Livestock of North American butterflies and moths. Buy or exchange. Aljoscha
Nerm. Friedrichstr. 3. 6000 Frankfurt/M.. West Germany.

ANNOUNCEMENT: A new research station, available to scientists, students, birders, and
nature lovers, has been built and is now available in central Trinidad. For information,
write to Victoria Regia Research Station. La Gloria Road. Talparo. MundoNuevo. Trinidad.
W.I.

MICROV1ALS: Semitransparent polyethylene vials with silicone rubber stoppers for use
in storage of insect genitalia and other small arthropod parts where association with a
pinned specimen or location of small parts in alcohol storage is desirable. For details, write
to: Arthropod Specialties Co.. 2354 Cork Circle. Sacramento. CA 95822.

THE SOCIAL WASPS OF INDIA AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES. By Bina Pani Das &
Virendra Gupta. Oriental Insects Monograph No. 1 1. 1989. ca 250 pages due early 1989.
Price $55.00. Place orders with ORIENTAL INSECTS. P.O. Box 1 3 148. Gainesville. Florida
32604-1148. U.S.A.

ENTOMOLOGIST-TECHNICIAN POSITION: Insect rearingand display maintenance
position at Insect World exhibit. Insect rearing experience required, degree in entomology.
Broad backgrounds in entomology preferred. Position available immediately or when suit-
able applicant is found. Send resumes and copies of transcripts to Curator of In vertebrates.
Insect World. Cincinnati Zoo. 3400 Vine St.. Cincinnati. Ohio 45220.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including standard black, stainless
steel, elephant. Best prices available. Also offering worldwide butterflies, moths, and
beetles in all price ranges. Personalized service to the beginning or seasoned collector.
Specializing in Papilio, Morpho, and Heliconius. Send $5.00 U.S. for one year price list sub-
scription to: IANNI BUTTERFLY ENTERPRISES. P.O. Box 81171. Cleveland. Ohio.
44181. Phone (216) 888-2310.

WANTED FOR BOOK. News/reprints on New World Papilionidae. especially juveniles,
hybridizations, behavior, and space fillers (cartoons, poetry, stories, with copyright data).
Cash or book offered for items used. Contact K. Brown, CP6588, Barao Geraldo. Cam-
pinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil 13082.

MAY & JUNE, 1989

OUR CENTENNIAL YEAR

Dragonflies and damselflies (Odonata) of Acadia

Nat'l. Park & vicinity, Maine Harold B. White, III 89

Response of larval Culex pipiens (Diptera: Culicidae)

to light produced by light emitting diodes R.G. Weber 104

Three new Drosophila species (Diptera: Drosophilidae)
from British Columbia, Hawaii, & the Canary Is.

H. Takada, J.S. Yoon 1 1 1

Palaeodipteron walkeri (Diptera: Nymphomyiidae) in the

Adirondack Mts., New York M.E. Smith, B.J. Wyskowski,

C.T. Driscoll, CM. Brooks, C.C. Cosentini 122

Ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) nesting in serotinous

cones of table mt. pine, Pinus pungens Charles E. Williams 125

Collection technique for mound-building ants

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) W.H. Clark, P.E. Blom 127

Monarch butterfly (Lepidoptera: Danaidae ) as prey for
the dragonfly, Hagenius brevistylus (Odonata: Gomphidae)

D.S. White, O.J. Sexton 129

SOCIETY MEETING OF FEBRUARY 15, 1989

124

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOL OGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July-A ugust by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1989-1990: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Vincent Ventre; Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr., D. Otte, and Paul M.
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Amett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 RW. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor.
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 8^ x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

■ -\ ■
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 100, No. 3. May & June 1989 89

DRAGONFLIES AND DAMSELFLIES (ODONATA)
OF ACADIA NATIONAL PARK AND VICINITY,

MAINE1

Harold B. White, III2

ABSTRACT: An annotated list of 97 species of Odonata now known from Mount Desert
Island, Hancock County, Maine is presented. Included for the first time are: Lestes
inaequalis, Enallagma durum. E. geminatum, E. signatum. Ischnura posita, Aeshna verticalis,
Libellula incesta, Erythemis simplicicollis, Pachydiplax longipennis, Tramea Carolina, Pantala
hymenaea, and Tarnetrum corruptum. These 12 were found within Acadia National Park
and, with the exception of A. verticalis, all are at or near their northeastern limit of distribu-
tion in North America. This is the first time E. durum, T. Carolina, and T. corruptum have
been reported for Maine. Also included are the first Odonata records from Isle au Haut.
Knox County, Maine.

Mount Desert Island on the coast of Maine has virtually all of the
aquatic habitats typical of the nearby mainland except for rivers and
large streams. Its glacier-scoured pink granite hills rise to 1 530 ft (467 m)
and provide a region of unusual beauty much of which is preserved as
part of Acadia National Park. Although Acadia is one of the most pop-
ular National Parks, most visitors are drawn to the rugged shore, leaving
many of the freshwater habitats relatively undisturbed. These habitats
are populated by close to 100 species of Odonata, a diversity that is dif-
ficult to find in a comparable area (108 mi2; 280 km2) anywhere in the
world this far north (44° N).

While the Odonata of specific regions of Maine have been surveyed
by Wadsworth (1890, 1891, 1894, 1898), Harvey (1891, 1892, 1898, 1901).
and Borror (1940, 1944, 1951, 1957), Mount Desert Island is the only
region that has been repeatedly surveyed for almost a century. Bullock
( 1 891) reported eight species from the island. Three additional species he
collected were reported by Calvert ( 1 894). Howe (1917-1 920; 1 92 1 ) added
more species to the list, most of which were taken by Charles W. Johnson,
curator of collections of the Boston Society of Natural History.

Presuming that Mount Desert Island should have an insect fauna as
fascinating as the flora documented by 19th century botanists, the Bos-
ton Society of Natural History initiated a comprehensive insect survey in
1918. With the exception of 1925, Johnson spent part of each summer
until 1926 collecting on the island. He published The Insect Fauna as Part
I of the Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region (Johnson, 1927) with
the help of Dr. William Procter, wealthy summer resident, naturalist.

deceived December 10, 1988. Accepted January 16, 1989.

^Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, University of Delaware. Newark. DE
19716.

ENT. NEWS l()0^^t9^TH^WI/4f

[( ^L i 5 Mi

90 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

and a director of the Procter and Gamble Co. (Alexander, 1952). Among
the thousands of species of insects reported were 46 species of Odonata.
The Society's expectations had been realized and in addition Procter
expanded his interests from the marine life to include the terrestrial life
ofthe island. After Johnson's death in 1932(Brues, 1933),Procterwenton
to revise The Insect Fauna as Parts VI and VII of the Biological Survey ofthe
Mount Desert Region (Procter, 1938; 1946). The later annotated list of 79
species included a number of rarer species taken by Carsten Ahrens, a
Ranger-Naturalist at Acadia in 1940 and 1941 (Ahrens, 1941).

It was Ahrens' paper that first interested me in the Odonata of Mount
Desert Island. Since my first visit in 1968 I have visited the island most
years for about two weeks in August usually near the middle of the
month. Some ofthe more interesting new records have been published
(White, 1969; 1974). All of the published records and my previously
unpublished records are summarized here. Also included are records of
26 species of Odonata recorded between August 16 and 19, 1988, from the
Isle au Haut portion of Acadia National Park, Knox County, Maine.

The lure of finding boreal species at or near their southern limit of
distribution has been an attraction for naturalists visiting Mount Desert
Island. Perhaps as a consequence familiar species with southern af-
finities have been overlooked. That this may be the case for the Odonata
is suggested by the fact that eleven ofthe twelve species reported here for
the first time for Mount Desert Island are also known from Florida
(Byers, 1930; Needham and Westfall, 1955) and most states between
Maine and Florida; only Aeshna verticalis is not. In contrast, ofthe eleven
that are known from Florida, only Ischnura posita, Tarnetrum corruptum,
and Pantala hymenaea are also known from New Brunswick or Nova
Scotia in nearby Canada (Walker, 1953; 1958; Walker and Corbet, 1975;
Martin, 1970). While it is possible that these species with southern dis-
tributions have become established recently, most of them have been
known for some time from elsewhere in southern and central Maine
(Borror, 1944; 1951).

Of the 85 species previously known from the Mount Desert Island
area, I have confirmed all but 17 and those are predominantly species
with flight seasons that are over by August. In the annotated list that
follows, detailed locality information is given only for those species that
are relatively uncommon. Representative localities are provided for the
common and familiar species. New species for Mount Desert Island are
indicated with (*), those new to Maine with (**), and those that have not
been observed in this study with (+). The earliest and latest records for
Mount Desert Island are presented for each species. Place names are
those used on the 1 :24,000 scale U.S. Geological Survey topographic map
of Acadia National Park and Vicinity, 1956.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 91

ANNOTATED LIST

Zygoptera

Calopterygidae Four species in this family are known from Maine.
Only one is known from Mount Desert Island.

Calopteryx maculata (Beauvois), the familiar black-winged damselfTy, is
common on the permanent streams of the island from June through
August. (6/26-8/21)

Lestidae Nine species of spread-winged damselflies are known from
New England and all have been found on Mount Desert Island. All are
pond species and are most abundant where there are few fish and lots of
emergent vegetation.

Lestes congener Hagen. This species is well-known from Mount Desert
Island though rarely is it common. It has the latest flight season of all
damselflies in New England with records as late as October 22 in
Massachusetts (White, 1979). Many were emerging at The Featherbed, a
shallow pond at 1000 ft on the south ridge of Cadillac Mountain, on
August 13, 1973. (8/11-9/22)

L.d. disjunctus Selys is probably the most common Lestes on the island. It
has been found in a variety of habitats ranging from bog ponds to lakes.
It was the only Lestes observed on Isle au Haut from August 16-19, 1988.
There it was particularly common at Merchants Cove. (7/29-9/1)
+L dryas Kirby, reported by Johnson (1927), is very local and prefers
temporary ponds. (7/13-7/29)

L. eurinus Say is the largest Lestes on the island. It has a preference for bog
ponds. Ahrens (1941) found it in the bog at Seawall. A female was taken
at Sargent Pond August 7, 1982. It was also taken at Blunts Pond in East
Lamoine August 3, 1976, about two miles north of the island. (8/3-8/7)
Lforcipatus Rambur was fairly common August 2 1 , 1986 at The Feather-
bed and August 11, 1988 at a small beaver pond just south of the Bee
Hive. Both are small grassy temporary ponds. It has also been taken at
Sargent Pond and in a heath near Duck Brook. (7/24-8/29)
*L. inaequalis Walsh. Although previously known from Maine (Borror,
1944), a male collected August 14, 1986, near the dam at Long Pond
Outlet, is the only record for Mount Desert Island.
L. rectangularis Say tends to stay among shaded vegetation in protected
backwaters. It is known from a number of locations on the island, (late
July-8/31)

L. unguiculatus Hagen. Procter ( 1938) reported this species from Seawall.
I have taken it only once, on August 12, 1973, near the south shore of
Great Cranberry Island in the Great Heath. Published records suggest

92 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

that this species was more common in the past. (8/12-9/8)
L. vigilax Hagen is much more established than Procter (1938) indicated.
It is frequent to common in August around Round Pond, Witch Hole
Pond, Somes Pond, the south end of Seal Cove Pond, and has been found
at a number of other locations. (6/13-8/21)

Coenagrionidae Of the 28 species of damselflies in this family known
from Maine only 15 are also known from Mount Desert Island. Of those,
four are reported here for the first time.

Argia fumipennis violacea (Hagen). This is a common species around
larger ponds and on brooks. It is particularly common in August on
Duck Brook and on the brook between Long Pond Outlet and Ripple
Pond. It has also been seen at Long Pond on Isle au Haut. (7/1-8/30)
A. moesta (Hagen) is common along the rocky shores of Eagle Lake, Jor-
dan Pond, Long Pond, and Bubble Pond. (6/20-8/30)
+Chromagrion conditum (Hagen). Johnson (1927) reported this species
for Bar Harbor on June 1 1. It has an early flight season and has not been
observed in August.

Enallagma aspersum (Hagen) has been abundant at Sargent Pond in
August. It has also been found at a number of other locations but tends to
be most common around ponds with boggy margins. It was seen at
Merchants Cove Pond, Isle au Haut. (8/3-8/23)

E. boreale Selys was emerging around Witch Hole Pond and Big Heath
on May 30, 1971. Big Heath is the only locality on the island where this
species has been found during August. (5/30-8/15)
E. carunculatum Morse. The only Maine record for this species is from
Eagle Lake on August 27, 1970 (White, 1974). It has not been taken sub-
sequently on Mount Desert Island. However, a male was collected August
15, 1987, at Tunk Lake about 25 miles north of Eagle Lake in Hancock
County.

E. civile (Hagen) is common and can be found around the shallow bays of
the larger ponds throughout the summer. It was taken at Merchants
Cove and at Long Pond on Isle au Haut. (6/8-8/28)
+E. cyathigerum (Charpentier) is an early season species reported by
Johnson (1927). Gloyd (1943) described the related E. vernale that occurs
in New Hampshire (White and Morse, 1973) and Massachusetts (White
etal, 1974) and should occur in Maine. It is possible that the specimens
identified as E. cyathigerum were in fact E. vernale or that both species
occur on the island. (7/11)

**E. durum (Hagen). A well established population of this species was
discovered around Adams Bridge in the Bass Harbor Marsh on August
8, 1988. Because this species prefers brackish water, a habitat not usually
expected for Odonates, its presence in Maine has been overlooked. It

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 93

undoubtedly occurs in favorable habitats elsewhere along the Maine
coast. An unidentified large bright blue Enallagma, seen at Merchant
Cove on Isle au Haut on August 17, 1988, may have been this species.
Calvert (1894) reported this species from Woods Hole and Cuttyhunk
Island in Massachusetts. I found it to be common at Bartlett Pond
behind White Horse Beach, also in Massachusetts, on July 18 and 24,
1971. This species is not known from Canada but in light of its presence
on Mount Desert Island, it should be anticipated at salt marshes in New
Brunswick and Nova Scotia. A recent search of the Procter collection
now at the University of Massachusetts revealed a specimen of E. durum
collected by Frank Shaw on 2 July 1955 in Tremont, the town where the
Bass Harbor Marsh is located. Thus E. durum is not new to Mount Desert
Island. (7/2-8/8)

E. ebrium (Hagen) is not very common but it has been found at a variety
of habitats including Bass Harbor Marsh, The Featherbed, Witch Hole
Pond, and at the tarn near the summit of Penobscot Mountain. (7/31-8/
21)

E. exsulans (Hagen) was common along the south shore of Eagle Lake on
August 8, 1973. It was frequent at Seal Cove Pond on August 18, 1987. Itis
likely to be present on all the larger lakes and the permanent streams on
Mount Desert Island. (8/8-8/23)

*E. geminatum Kellicott. Although known from Maine (Borror, 1944;
1951) with dates ranging from June 30 to August 20, this species has not
been recorded from Mount Desert Island or from nearby Canada. A pair
was collected at Round Pond on August 23, 1973 and a male was seen at
Witch Hole Pond on September 1, 1968. This species is common in eas-
tern Massachusetts where its flying season extends from May 26 to October
1 (White, 1979).

E. hageni (Walsh) is wide-spread and commonly found around beaver
ponds and marshes such as those along the carriage road between Eagle
Lake and Witch Hole Pond. While it is frequently encountered in August,
its peak abundance is in June and July. The August 27, 1970 records from
Witch Hole Pond are quite late. A male was taken August 17, 1988 at
Merchants Cove on Isle au Haut. (6/8-8/27)

E. minusculum Morse. Procter ( 1938) considered this species to be scarce;
however, it has been fairly common for the past two decades in its pre-
ferred habitat. It can be found on the sparse vegetation emerging from
sandy bottomed coves and bays of the larger lakes and ponds on the
island. It regularly occurs at Eagle Lake, Bubble Pond, Witch Hole Pond,
Long Pond, and Seal Cove Pond. (7/12-8/21)

*E. signatum (Hagen). A male was collected and another seen at Round
Pond on August 4, 1976. These are the only records for this species on
Mount Desert Island. It is known from western Maine ( Borror, 195 1 ) but

94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

it has not been reported from the Canadian provinces to the east. Its
flight season in eastern Massachusetts is from June 13 to September 16
(White, 1979).

E. vesperum Calvert is active late in the day when it can be found perching
on lily pads in the bays of the larger ponds. These habits result in sparse
records for a species that is probably fairly common. It has been recor-
ded from Round Pond, Witch Hole Pond, and Seal Cove Pond. (8/4-
8/27)

*Ischnura posita (Hagen) has not been recorded from the island before. I
have seen it on three occasions: July 3 1 , 1969 at Aunt Betty Pond; August
13, 1973 at the Mill Pond in Somesville; and August 2, 1976 at the pond at
Seawall. Because it is known from Nova Scotia (Walker, 1953) and
elsewhere in New England, its presence on Mount Desert Island was
expected. (7/31-8/13)

I. verticalis (Say) is perhaps the most widely distributed damselfly in New
England. It can be expected at all freshwater habitats on Mount Desert
Island and Isle au Haut. (5/30-9/1)

Nehalennia irene (Hagen) is a well-camouflaged species and can easily be
missed among bog and marsh vegetation even when it is common. It is
widely distributed on the island and can be found regularly at The
Featherbed and at Big Heath. (6/11-8/21)

Anisoptera

Cordulegasteridae Two of the three species of Cordulegaster known

from Maine occur on Mount Desert Island.

+Cordulegasterdiastatops (Selys). According to Procter (1938), this species

is on all the streams of the island. Its flight period peaks in June and is

usually over by August. (6/20)

+C. maculata Selys. Procter (1938) reports this species from Bubble

Brook and Duck Brook. (6/16-7/20)

Gomphidae This family is generally, although not exclusively, as-
sociated with flowing water. Because there are no rivers or large streams
on Mount Desert Island, many of the 17 species known from Maine do
not occur on the island. Those that do occur on the island are associated
mostly with streams or lake shores that experience wave action.
Hagenius brevistylus Selys can be found along shores of large ponds and
along larger brooks where it can sometimes be seen capturing other
Odonata. (7/29-8/23)

+Ophiogomphus rupinsulensis (Walsh) is normally associated with large
rivers but was recorded from Eagle Lake by Howe (1918) based on a
specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 95

Stylogomphus albistylus (Hagen) was first reported by Ahrens ( 1 941 ) from

the stream that flows into New Mill Meadow (Great Meadow). It is

regular but scarce in August on the stream that flows into Ripple Pond.

(7/16-8/18)

+Lanthus parvulus (Selys) was reported from Jordan Pond and the beaver

dam on Norway Drive by Ahrens (1941). (7/19-8/7)

Gomphus exilis Selys is common around ponds in the early summer with

a few still present in August. The August 18, 1988, record at Long Pond on

Isle au Haut is a rather late date. (6/6-8/18)

G. spicatus Hagen was observed emerging on May 30, 197 1 at Witch Hole

Pond where Procter (1938) reports it from as late as July 30. (5/30-7/

30)

Dromogomphus spinosus Selys is restricted to the rocky shores and open

water of larger ponds such as Eagle Lake, Long Pond, and Seal Cove

Pond. (8/8-8/28)

Aeshnidae This family of conspicuous large dragonflies is well-
represented on Mount Desert Island. All but three of the 16 species
known from Maine are found here and several of the rarer species are
locally common.

Boyeria vinosa (Say) is probably found on all streams on the island in late
summer. It was particularly common on shaded parts of Heath Brook
south of the Seal Cove Fire Road on August 20, 1987. It also has been
found patrolling the shores of Echo Lake and Long Pond. (7/25-9/8)
Basiaeschna janata (Say) occupies a similar habitat to that of the previous
species; however, its flight season is quite different. The August 4, 1976
and August 8, 1973 records for Ripple Pond outlet and Eagle Lake, res-
pectively, are very late for a species that is among the first to appear in the
spring, (late May - 8/8)

+Gomphaeschnafurcillata (Say). Procter (1938) found this species to be
common hawking along the carriage roads near Breakneck and Witch
Hole Ponds on June 7.

Anax Junius Drury can be found most anywhere from May until late Sep-
tember. In the late summer recently emerged adults swarm over fields
and clearings in preparation for a southward migration along the coast
after the passage of cold fronts (Bagg, 1958). Premigratory swarming was
observed at Head Harbor, Merchants Cove, and Duck Harbor on Isle au
Haut and at several places on Mount Desert Island. (8/2-September)
Aeshna canadensis Walker is perhaps the most common Aeshna found on
Mount Desert Island. It is likely to be found around any beaver pond,
tarn, or wetland pool. It has been taken at Merchants Cove and Long
Pond on Isle au Haut. (6/15-9/1)

96 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A. clepsydra Say, while not common, is regularly found patrolling the
shores of ponds with boggy margins such as Round Pond, Somes Pond,
and Witch Hole Pond. (8/12-8/27)

A. eremita Scudder is very common at Sargent Pond in August. It is also
found at The Bowl and other mountain ponds but in smaller numbers.
(7/17-8/20)

A. i. interrupta Walker is found at a variety of habitats but is most common
around old beaver ponds with stumps and floating vegetation such as
The Bowl and a muddy pond adjacent to Witch Hole Pond. As with other
Aeshnas, it can be found feeding far from its aquatic habitat. (8/3-10/
10)

A. sitchensis Hagen. For many years Big Heath was the only habitat in
New England for this species (Ahrens, 1941; White, 1974). It has now
been found at Sunken Heath and at a heath along Duck Brook on Mount
Desert Island. It was at virtually every heath explored along the southern
end of Isle au Haut from Duck Harbor to Head Harbor during mid-
August 1988. Curiously, females are very difficult to find. (7/31-8/30)
A. subarctica Walker. The population discovered at Big Heath has remained
healthy for almost 20 years since its discovery in 1969 (White, 1974). No
other localities have been found despite the exploration of many super-
ficially appropriate habitats. (7/31-8/26)

A. tuberculifera Walker. Although this species was first reported from
Mount Desert Island in 1969 (White, 1969), it has subsequently been
taken at Witch Hole Pond, The Featherbed, and at 12 other locations on
the island. In this species the females are brightly colored like the males
and have similar behavior. Consequently, in contrast to other species of
Aeshna, females are often seen. (8/6-9/1)

A. u. umbrosa Walker is often found foraging along carriage roads or pat-
rolling small streams flying in and out of the shadows. It was very com-
mon along Heath Brook at the Seal Cove Fire Road on August 20, 1988,
during a period of dry weather. In this same area on August 7, 1 983, when
the water was high and beaver dams had flooded the meadow,/! umbrosa
was not present but A. canadensis was very common. A. umbrosa was
taken August 18, 1988 in a field near the south end of Long Pond on Isle
au Haut. This is one of the last dragonflies to be seen in the fall and
therefore the flight season on Mount Desert Island undoubtedly extends
well beyond that indicated. (8/7-9/1)

*A. verticalis Hagen looks very similar to A. canadensis but has a different
habitat. Thus the species are not usually found together except in forag-
ing swarms away from water. For example, at Sunken Heath,/!, canaden-
sis is common at the small bog ponds whereas/1, verticalis is restricted to a
wet grassy meadow at the southwest corner of the heath. Other locations
include Big Heath, Heath Brook, summit of Beech Mountain, and Great

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 97

Head. Of the species being reported for Mount Desert Island for the first
time here, this is the only one that is not at or near its northeastern limit of
distribution. Borror (1944) reported this species to be the most common
Aeshna in southcentral Maine. (8/12-8/20)

+Epiaeschna hews (Fabricius). Ahrens' (1941) record of an ovipositing
female on Squid Creek on July 18, 1940 remains the only one for this
species on Mount Desert Island.

Macromiidae Two species within this family are known from New
England and Mount Desert Island.

Didymops transversa (Say). Procter (1938) describes this species as com-
mon on all parts of the island from mid-June to August. I have not found
this species in August but have found its exuviae on the underside of pro-
tected boulders along Jordan Pond. (6/1 1-7-17)

Macromia illinoiensis Walsh. Ahrens (1941) describes this species as not
uncommon hawking along carriage roads. A female was taken at the
summit of St. Sauveur Mountain on August 7, 1983 and a male was seen
over the fire road near the Seal Cove Pond boat launch area on August
18, 1987. The later date is the latest date for this species in New England.
(7/8-8/18)

Corduliidae All but five of Maine's 21 species ofCorduliidae have been
found on Mount Desert Island.

+ Williamsonia fletcheri Williamson. There is one Mount Desert record
for this rare, early season resident of spruce bogs (Montgomery, 1943). It
is quite likely that the Breakneck Carriage Road locality is not the only
place it occurs on the island. (6/6/35)

Dorocordulia lepida (Hagen) is a regular resident of peat stained ponds.
Although not common in August, it has been found at a number of dif-
ferent locations such as Round Pond and Big Heath. It was taken at
Merchants Cove on Isle au Haut on August 17, 1988. (6/8-8/23)
D. libera (Selys) is similar to the previous species but is much less com-
mon, at least in August when it has been taken only twice, three miles
apart on the same day along the Seal Cove Fire Road. It was also taken at
Round Pond July 27, 1957 by T.W. Donnelly. (6/8-8/7)
+Helocordulia uhleri (Selys) is a stream species with an early flight season
that extends into July. Johnson (1927) took it at Eagle Lake on July 12.
(June-end July)

Somatochlora cingulata (Selys). The only Maine record for this species is
from Mount Desert Island (White, 1974); however, the species, though
elusive, is not rare and probably can be found throughout northern and
eastern Maine. T.W. Donnelly collected it in the vicinity of Little Pillsbury
Pond and Haynock Lake, Piscataquis Co. on 20-21 July 1982. It is a resi-

98 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

dent of large clear lakes such as Echo Lake, Eagle Lake, and Long Pond.
Since it flies rapidly over open water, it is rarely encountered at close
quarters there. In August it is one of the species regularly seen foraging at
the summits of Cadillac, Sargent, Acadia, and Beech Mountains. (8/8-8/
17)

S. elongata (Scudder). The only previous specimen from Mount Desert
Island was taken by C.P. Alexander on June 16, 1935, along Breakneck
Brook (Procter, 1938). I have found it there and also along Heath Brook
and the boggy tributaries on the west side of Somes Pond. (6/16-8/20)
S.forcipata (Scudder). A female taken by Ahrens (1941) at Echo Lake on
July 3, 1940 is the only,Mount Desert Island record. A male was taken in
a heath west of Merchants Cove on Isle au Haut on August 17, 1988
where it was in association with & incurvata. This is a very late date for
this species. (7/3-8/17)

S. incurvata Walker. The only records for New England were from Big
Heath (White, 1969). It has nowbeen found at Sunken Heath and a heath
on the west side of Duck Brook. It was fairly common with Aeshna
sitchensis at a number of bog-heath habitats on Isle au Haut August 17-
19,1988.(8/11-8/30)

+S. kennedyi Walker. A single male taken by Ahrens ( 1 94 1 ) at Eagle Lake
on July 3, 1940 is the only Mount Desert Island record.
+S. minor Calvert. Two females taken by Ahrens (1941) along a small
tributary of Aunt Betty Pond on August 14, 1940 are the only records.
S. tenebrosa (Say). Ahrens (1941) occasionally found this species along
shady streams in August. I have collected it once on August 1 3, 1 980 at the
parking lot by the Beech Mountain Trail.

S. walshi (Scudder) can regularly be found along the path to Won-
derland, Heath Brook, and the boggy tributaries of Somes Pond. There
are several additional records from the island. Single males were taken
along roads near Duck Harbor and Merchants Cove on Isle au Haut. (7/
21-8/20)

S. williamsoni Walker. In addition to a single record from lower Northeast
Creek (Ahrens ( 1941), I have taken it at the summit of Beech Mountain
on August 13, 1980 and at a marsh at the northern tip of Long Pond on
August 14, 1986. (7/21-8/14)

Cordulia shurtleffi Scudder is common around boggy ponds and beaver
ponds in the early summer (Johnson, 1927). My only August record is
from nearby Blunts Pond in East Lamoine north of Mount Desert
Island. (6/6-8/3)

Tetragoneuria cynosura (Say) was reported from Echo Lake by Johnson
(1927). It was frequent near Witch Hole Pond on May 30, 1971. (5/30-7/
12)

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 99

+ T. spinigera Selys was reported from Breakneck Road and Witch Hole
(Procter, 1938). (6/6-6/12)

Libellulidae Twenty-one of the 32 libellulids known from Maine have
been found on Mount Desert Island.

Nannothemis bella (Uhler) is a resident of bog pools and is probably
found in any appropriate habitat throughout the island. The only August
record is August 14, 1986 in the bog at the upper end of Somes Pond. (6/
13-8/14)

Celithemis elisa (Hagen). Isolated individuals have been taken at a num-
ber of locations around the island. It is regularly found at Ripple Pond
into the later half of August. It was seen at Merchants Cove and Long
Pond on Isle au Haut on August 18, 1988. (6/15-8/21)
C. martha Williamson and C. elisa are often found together. A male was
taken at Long Pond on Isle au Haut. (8/6-8/23)

Libellula exusta Say is common around all small ponds in June. There
are, however, only seven sightings in August. The August 23, 1973 record
for Round Pond is a very late date. (6/13-8/23)

*L. incesta Hagen is a regular resident of Mount Desert Island that
heretofore has gone undetected. It has been found at Round Pond, Witch
Hole Pond, and Long Pond Outlet. It was rather common at the Mill
Pond in Somesville on August 12, 1988. (8/4-8/23)
L. julia Uhler. Ah rens (1941) reported this species to be fairly common at
the bog ponds at Seawall in August. I have taken it several times at
nearby Big Heath. The male taken at Great Meadow in Bar Harbor on
August 31, 1968 is a very late record. (8/2-8/31)

L. lydia Drury is an occasional resident of abandoned beaver ponds and
artificial ponds. It was seen at Merchants Cove, Isle au Haut, on August
18,1988.(6/11-8/18)

L. pulchella Drury has been found at a number of localities on the island;
however, it does not seem to be as common as reported by Ah rens ( 1941 ).
It was fairly common at the fresh water pond behind the sea wall at
Merchants Cove, Isle au Haut, on August 17, 1988. (7/31-8/25)
L. quadrimaculata Linne is common around the ponds and marshes of
the island. Many tenerals were observed near Witch Hole Pond on May
30, 1971. Normally the flight season is over by August; however, it was
seen at Merchants Cove and Duck Harbor on August 17, 1988. (5/30-8/

17)

+L. semifasciata Burmeister is a resident of marshy ponds and has an

early flight season (Procter, 1938). (6/15)

*Erythemis simplicicollis (Say). A single male seen August 18, 1971 at Big

Heath is the only Mount Desert record. It was first reported from Maine

by Borror(1951)

*Pachydiplax longipennis (Burmeister) has been seen twice on the island,

once at Big Heath on August 21, 1973 and once at a beaver pond on

100 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Breakneck Brook, August 12, 1976. There are only two other records for
Maine (Borror, 1951). Neither this nor the preceding species has been
reported from Nova Scotia or New Brunswick in nearby Canada.
Sympetrum costiferum (Hagen) is fairly common around the larger bog-
margined ponds such as Witch Hole Pond and Round Pond. It has also
been found at a number of other ponds and near the summits of several
mountains. As with the other Sympetrums, the flight season undoubtedly
extends well into September. (8/4-8/27)

S1. danae (Sulzer). Ahrens (1941) took four males in a tide swamp on
Great Duck Island. A single male was taken August 13, 1973 at The
Featherbed and remains the only record for Mount Desert Island pro-
per. This is near the southern edge of this species' range. (8/3-8/13)
S. internum Montgomery is a common and wide-spread dragonfly of late
summer. It is usually found perching on vegetation near the borders of
meadows and other wetlands. Records for S. rubicundulum (Say) in pre-
vious publications most certainly are this species. There are still tax-
onomic difficulties here and internum records may include more than
one species on this island and on Isle au Haut. (7/31-9/8)
S. obtrusum (Hagen). A single male taken at Big Heath August 12, 1973 is
my only record. Procter ( 1 938) reports it from several locations. It appears
that this species was more common in the past. (8/12-8/18)
S. semicinctum (Say) is fairly common and wide-spread on the island. It
usually is found in the vicinity of wet meadows with flowing water or
around beaver dams. Ripple Pond and Half Moon Pond are good places
to find it. It was found at Merchants Cove, Isle au Haut. (8/5-8/27)
S. vicinum (Hagen) is the last Sympetrum of the fall in New England. It is
common at Round Pond and Sunken Heath on Mount Desert Island
and at Merchants Cove on Isle au Haut. (8/4-10/17)
**Tarnetrum corruptum (Hagen) is a migratory dragonfly abundant in the
western United States. The few records from southern New England
(Howe, 1921; Garman, 1927) are from coastal areas. A single male, cap-
tured by hand at the pond behind Sand Beach August 8, 1980, represents
a new record for Maine. Martin (1970) reported it from Sable Island,
Nova Scotia.

Leucorrhinia frigida Hagen typically is found perched on lily pads. Thus
shallow ponds such as Aunt Betty Pond and Ripple Pond are preferred
habitats. The August 21, 1986 record from The Featherbed may be the
latest date for this species. (6/13-8/21)

L. glacialis Hagen. Tenerals were observed at Witch Hole Pond and Big
Heath on May 30, 1 97 1 . In August it has been found regularly only at Big
Heath and at Duck Pond on the Long Pond Fire Road. The August 21,
1973 record from Big Heath is the latest record for this species in New
England. (5/30-8/21)

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 101

L. hudsonica (Selys). Many tenerals were seen at Witch Hole Pond and
Big Heath on May 30, 1971. There are only two August records from
Mount Desert Island: August 7, 1982, at Sargent Pond and August 21,
1987, at Heath Brook. (5/30-8/21)

+L. intacta Hagen is common at ponds in June and July according to
Johnson (1927). (6/1-8/1)

+L. proximo Calvert was reported by Johnson (1927). (6/1 1-7/24)
**Tramea Carolina (Linne) is a new record for Maine. A male was obser-
ved for about five minutes as it hawked over a small temporary pond
near the base of the Bee Hive on August 1 1, 1988. The bright red color at
the base of its wings distinguished it from the black-colored T. lacerata
probably observed by Borror (1957) in Lincoln County.
Pantala flavescens (Fabricius) is a regular migrant along the coast each
summer. It is often seen hawking over parking lots, rocky headlands, and
mountain summits. Many were observed at the summit of Gorham
Mountain on August 15, 1982. It was also seen along the south shore of
Isle au Haut on August 17, 1988. (8/7-8/28)

*P. hymenaea (Say). Heretofore the only published record for this species
in Maine was from Muscongus Island (Borror, 1944). It was seen once at
Great Head near Sand Beach on August 17, 1981. In 1988 1 made numerous
sightings of this species in a variety of places in the northeastern United
States where it had rarely, if ever, been seen before, including Maine. A
male was collected at Merchants Cove, Isle au Haut, on August 17, 1988,
and it was seen many times along the south shore of that island being
more common than P. flavescens. It was also seen in downtown Bar Har-
bor on August 23, 1988. (8/17-8/23)

In addition to these 97 documented species, there are a number of
other species that should or could occur on Mount Desert Island and
undoubtedly will be found when the appropriate habitats are explored
in June and July. The following nonexclusive list attempts to identify a
fewadditional species that are most likely to occur on the island. Also lis-
ted are the preferred habitats of these species.

Coenagrion resolutum (Hagen) (marshy ponds and beaver dams)

Enallagma vernale Gloyd (ponds)

Nehalennia gracilis Morse (sphagnum bogs)

Gomphus borealis Needham (beaver ponds)

Somatochlora franklini (Selys) (bogs)

Tetragoneuria canis (McLachlan) (beaver ponds)

Erythrodiplax berenice (Drury) (salt marshes)

102 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Additional Notes on the Odonata of Maine

An earlier publication that reported new Odonata for the state of
Maine (White, 1974) overlooked a publication by Harwood (1959) in
which Calopteryx amata Hagen was reported. In 1979, Mingo et al. repor-
ted the nymph of Macromia taeniolata Rambur from the St. John River.
This is a southern species not known north of Delaware. Thus it is
unlikely that the species occurs in Maine. Boyeria grafiana Williamson,
previously unreported from Maine, was seen by the author along a small
stream at the Route 3 roadside rest area about 3 mi east of Dixfield,
Oxford Co.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank a succession of Superintendents and Resource Managers of Acadia National
Park who have permitted me to collect Odonata within the Park. I also thank Thomas W.
Donnelly, Donald F. J. Hilton, Judith Hazen and Jean S. White for their helpful comments
on the original manuscript, and Ralph Charlton and Michael Peters for examining the
Procter Collection for additional unpublished records.

LITERATURE CITED

Ahrens, C. 1941. Dragonflies new to the Mount Desert region, Maine (Odonata). Ent.

News 52: 285-287.
Alexander, C.P. 1952. William Procter (1872-1951). Am. Scientist 40: 493-496.
Bagg, A.M. 1958. Fall emigration of the dragonfly Anax Junius. Maine Field Nat. 14:

2-13.
Borror, DJ. 1940. A list of the dragonflies taken in the region of Muscongus Bay, Maine.

Ent. News 51: 45-47, 74-79.
Borror, DJ. 1944. An annotated list of the Odonata of Maine. Canadian Ent. 76:

134-150.
Borror, DJ. 1951. New records of Maine dragonflies (Odonata). Ent. News 62: 209-217.
Borror, D J. 1957. New dragonflies (Odonata) from Maine. Maine Field Nat. 13:82.
Brues, C.T. 1933. Charles Willison Johnson, 1863-1932. Ent. News 44: 113-116.
Bullock, DJ. 1891. Notes on Mt. Desert dragonflies. Ent. News 2: 93-94.
Byers, C.F. 1930. A contribution to the knowledge of Florida Odonata. Univ. Florida

Biol. Ser. 1: 1-327.
Calvert, P.P. 1894. Data on the distribution of dragonflies (Odonata) I. Ent. News 5:

242-244.
Garman, P. 1927. Guide to the Insects of Connecticut. Part V. The Odonata or Dragonflies

of Connecticut. State Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey, Hartford. 331 pp.
Gloyd, L.K. 1943. Enallagma vemale, a new species of Odonata from Michigan. Occ.

Papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 479: 1-8.
Harwood, P.D. 1959. Agrion amatum (Hagen) a damselfly (Odonata) new to Maine. Maine

Field Nat. 15(2):54.
Harvey, F.L. 1891. Contribution to the Odonata of Maine. Ent. News 2: 50-51, 73-75.
Harvey, F.L. 1892. Contribution to the Odonata of Maine II. Ent. News 3: 91-93, 1 16-1 17.
Harvey, F.L. 1898. Contribution to the Odonata of Maine III. Ent. News 9: 59-64,

85-88.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 103

Harvey, F.L. 1901. Contribution to the Odonata of Maine IV. Ent. News 11: 178-179,

196-198.239-243,269-277.
Howe, R.H.,Jr. 1917-1920. Manual of the Odonata of New England. Mem.Thoreau Mus.

Nat. Hist. 2: 1-102; Parts I, II, pp. 1-24. 1917; Part III, pp. 25-40, 1918; Part IV. pp. 41-66.

1919; Part V, VI, 67-102, 1920.
Howe, R.H., Jr. 1921. Supplement to Manual of New England Odonata. Mem. Thoreau

Mus. Nat. Hist. 2: 1-14.
Johnson, C.W. 1927. Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region. Part I. The Insect

Fauna. (Odonata pp. 24-26) Wistar Inst. Anat. Biol. Philadelphia 247 pp.
Martin, J. E.H. 1970. The Odonata and Orthoptera. pp 31-33 in Fauna of Sable Island and

its Zoogeographic Affinities. Publications in Zoology. No. 4. National Museum of

Natural Sciences, Ottawa.
Mingo, T.M., D.L. Courtenmanch, and K.E. Gibbs. 1979. The Aquatic Insects of the St.

John River Drainage, Aroostook County, Maine. Univ. of Maine, Life Sci. & Agr. Expt.

Sta. Tech. Bull. 92, Orono 21 pp.
Montgomery, B.E. 1943. Williamsonia fletchen Williamson (Odonata: Corduliidae) from

New England. Ent. News. 52: 1-4.
Needham, J.G. and MJ. Westfall, Jr. 1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of North

America (Anisoptera). Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 615 pp.
Procter, W. 1938. Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region. Part VI The Insect Fauna.

(Odonata pp 47-51). Wistar Inst. Anat. & Biol., Philadelphia. 496 pp.
Procter, W. 1946. Biological Survey of the Mount Desert Region. Part VII The Insect

Fauna. (Odonata pp 47-53). Wistar Inst. Anat. & Biol., Philadelphia. 566 pp.
Wadsworth, M. 1890. List of the Dragonflies (Odonata) taken at Manchester, Kennebec

Co.. Me. in 1888 and 1889. Ent. News 1: 36-37, 54-57.
Wadsworth, M. 1891. Additions and Corrections to the List of Dragonflies (Odonata) of

Manchester, Kennebec Co., Maine. Ent. News 2: 11-12.
Wadsworth, M. 1892. Second Additions and Corrections to the List of Dragonflies

(Odonata) of Manchester, Kennebec Co., Maine. Ent. News 3: 8-9.
Wadsworth, M. 1894. Third Additions and Corrections to the List of Dragonflies

(Odonata) of Manchester, Kennebec Co.. Maine. Ent. News 5: 132.
Wadsworth, M. 1898. Fourth Additions and Corrections to the List of Dragonflies

(Odonata) of Manchester, Kennebec Co.. Maine. Ent. News 9: 111.
Walker, E.M. 1953. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska. Vol 1. Part II The Zygoptera-

Damselflies. The Univ. of Toront6o Press. 292 pp.
Walker, E.M. 1958. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska. Vol. 2. Part III The Anisoptera-

Four Families. The Univ. of Toronto Press. 318 pp.
Walker, E.M. and P.S. Corbet. 1975. The Odonata of Canada and Alaska. Vol. 3. Part IV

the Anisoptera-Three Families. The Univ. of Toronto Press. 307 pp.
White, H.B., III. 1969. Two species of Odonata previously unreported from New England.

Ent. News 80: 88.
White, H.B., III. 1 974. Aeshna subarctica and other Odonata new for Maine. Ent. News 85:

289-291.
White, H.B., III. 1979. Odonata of the Blue Hills. Norfolk County. Massachusetts. United

States. Notul. odonatol. 1: 67-69.
White, H.B., III, P.S. Miliotis, and C.W. Leahy. 1974. Additions to the Odonata of

Massachusetts. Ent. News 85: 208-210.
White, H.B., III and WJ. Morse. 1973. Odonata (Dragonflies) of New Hampshire: an

Annotated List. New Hampshire Agr. Expt. Sta.. Res. Report 30. 46 pp.

104 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

RESPONSE OF LARVAL CULEX PIPIENS

(DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) TO LIGHT PRODUCED

BY LIGHT EMITTING DIODES1

R.G. Weber2

ABSTRACT: In tests with subaquatic light traps, light from green light emitting diodes
(LED's) was more attractive to larval Culex pipiens than light from any other source tested.
Light from amber LED's was as attractive as white (full visible spectrum) light from incan-
descent lamps typically used in subaquatic traps. All four larval instars were equally attrac-
ted to these light sources. Orange, red, infrared and unlit LED's were all much less
attractive than white light and did not differ significantly from each other. Light emitting
diodes offer significant advantages over incandescent lamps as attractors for subaquatic
traps.

Knowledge of relative species abundance, or presence of a particular
species, is important in mosquito surveillance and control operations.
Aerial light traps are widely used as mosquito surveillance tools because
adult mosquitoes of many species are attracted to light. Less well known
is the fact that larvae of various mosquito species also are attracted to
light. Since Hungerford etal (1955) first reported mosquito larvae among
the arthropod fauna entering submerged aquatic (subaquatic) light
traps, there have been additional reports of culicid larvae entering such
traps (Husbands, 1967; Ervin and Haines, 1972; Brown, 1976).

Subaquatic light traps used specifically to sample populations of
mosquito larvae have been tested by Washino and Hokama (1968), Ber-
tram et al. ( 1 983) and Weber ( 1 985). In several instances, subaquatic traps
collected larve of various/tecfes, Anopheles or Culex species in larger num-
bers than other capture methods indicated were present (Husbands,
1967; Washino and Hokama, 1968; Weber, 1985). Traps used in those
three studies had, as attractants, incandescent lamps which emitted
white light.

Other light sources and colors of light have been tested for attrac-
tancy to mosquito larvae. These include various colors of Betalights,
glass tubes containing tritium and a phosphor (Bertram et al, 1970; Ser-
vice etal,\9$3) and "chemical light" in the form of Cyalume lightsticks3
(Service et al, 1983).

The possibility of using solid state light sources as attractors in suba-

iReceived December 27, 1988. Accepted March 11, 1989.

2Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology and Applied
Ecology, College of Agricultural Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE 19717-
1303.

3 American Cyanamid Company, Bound Brook, New Jersey, 08805.
ENT. NEWS 100(3): 104-110, May & June, 1989

Vol. 100. No. 3. May & June 1989 105

quatic traps has not been examined. This paper reports the relative
attractiveness to Culex pipiens L. larvae of light produced by commer-
cially available colors of light emitting diodes (LEDs) and responses of
the four instars to these colors.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Tests were conducted on 13 nights during the summers of 1985 and
1986. Testing was done outdoors in pools made by lining 1 m2 by 19 cm
deep wooden frames with 0.15 mm (6 mil) thick, black plastic sheet.
These were filled to 1 5 cm with 1 5 1 liters of tapwater which had been aged
24-48 hours. After each test, pools were drained and allowed to dry out
thoroughly so no larvae wre carried over to later tests.

Larvae for tests were taken from populations in outdoor artificial
breeding sites maintained for Culex studies (Weber and Weber, 1985).
Two hundred C. pipiens larvae were used in each test, 50 of each instar.
These were counted out late in the afternoon prior to a test and kept in
beakers, segregated by instar, until 20:00 Eastern Daylight Time, when
they were placed in test pools. Larvae were released into the center of a
pool and allowed to disperse for 30 minutes before trap lights were
turned on. Trap contents were collected at 08:00 the following morning,
before trap lights were turned off. Formaldehyde was added to each sam-
ple to kill and preserve larvae until counting and instar deter-
mination.

Table 1 presents color and technical data for the light sources used.
The white (full visible spectrum) light source was a clear, tungsten fila-
ment incandescent lamp of the "grain of wheat" type. The green, red,
orange and amber light sources were commercially obtained LED's. The
infrared (IR) light source was an IR emitting diode (IRED). The unlit
trap contained an LED which was not turned on during tests. Traps with
unlit and white lamps served as controls. The unlit one was used to deter-
mine whether the physical trap alone was attractive. The white lamp was
used because it had been tested in previous subaquatic trapping experi-
ments and was known to be attractive to mosquito larvae (Weber, 1985).
An IR source was included in these tests because IR wavelengths have
not previously been tested for attractancy to mosquito larvae but have
been reported to be attractive to Aedes aegypti (L.) adults (Mangum and
Callahan, 1968).

Figure 1 shows the arrangement of traps and colors during tests. Sub-
aquatic traps containing the light sources to be tested were similar to
those described by Weber ( 1985), but somewhat smaller, and were equip-
ped with translucent, funnel-shaped gates. They were equidistantly
spaced, 4 1 .9 cm apart, around a 94 cm diameter floating plastic ring, held

106

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

centered in the pool by wires. Trap openings faced toward the pool's cen-
ter and were centered 32 mm below the water surface with the long axis of
traps parallel to the surface. The order of colors around the ring was kept
constant for all tests. Clockwise, this order was white, unlit, green, red,
orange, amber and IR.

To minimize possible interactions between trap colors and moonlight,
or skylight, two replications of the test setup were made on each night of
testing. In one, the ring was oriented so the trap with the white light

Floating plastic ring

Trap

Edge of pool

Figure 1. Arrangement of traps and colors during tests (top view). Colors tested were W
(white), U (unlit), G (green), R (red), O (orange), A (amber) and IR (infrared).

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 107

source was North; in the other, South. Moonlight is believed to compete
with trap lights and has been found to decrease aerial light trap catches
of adult mosquitoes (Pratt, 1948; Provost, 1959; Barr et al. 1963; Bid-
lingmayer, 1967) and adults of other insect taxa (Williams, 1 936; Williams
and Singh, 1951; Bowden and Church, 1973). Skylight, a downward
reflection from clouds, was considered important during these tests
because of light from a metropolitan area 1 km north of the research
site.

Catches of adult mosquitoes in aerial light traps are directly related to
power output (brightness) of incandescent lamps used as attractors
(Pratt, 1944; Barr etal, 1960; Barr et al, 1963). No data suggest that larval
mosquitoes might differ from adults in this response, or that LED attrac-
tion might not vary with brightness. For these reasons power outputs of
all light sources were adjusted to similar levels (Mims, 1973; GTE Pro-
ducts Corporation, 1984). For LED's this was achieved by incorporating
a 1/2 watt, 5% fixed resistor into each circuit, which limited LED and
IRED currents to 21.4 milliamperes (mA) ± 0.8 mA. Voltage applied to
the tungsten lamp was adjusted so that filament current was 20.9 mA. All
light sources had the same physical size, 8 mm long x 4.5 mm diameter.
Power for all sources was supplied by 6-volt rechargeable batteries.

Data were analyzed using SAS Institute's General Linear Models
Procedure (PROC GLM, SAS User's Guide, pp 433-506) (SAS Institute,
1985). Because the fraction of the instar population attracted to a par-
ticular color was from a fixed number of larvae (50), it was appropriate to
use the arcsine-square root transformation. Data were then analyzed as
a split-split plot design (Gomez and Gomez, 1984) where nightly trials
were the blocks (replications), trap orientation the main plot factor, res-
ponse by instar the split plot factor. For each factor, means were com-
pared using the LSD procedures (SAS User's Guide, p 47 1 ) (SAS Institute,
1985). Significance reported below was determined at the 5% level.'

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Nightly catches of larvae varied significantly. Of the 200 larvae in
each test, total number captured per night by the 7 traps in a pool ranged
from 90 (45%) to 1 (0.5%), with the nightly average being 16.5 larvae
(8.25%). Several factors could explain variability in nightly captures. One
is that traps were operated from 20:30 to 08:00 regardless of daylength.
Over the period of testing this resulted in varying amounts of actual
darkness during the operating period, with corresponding variability in
nightly trapping time. Other factors possibly contributing to nightly
variation relate to the phase of the moon and the amount of nightly cloud
cover, thus to varying competition with sky or moonlight.

108 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Orientation of traps with the white light North or South had no
significant effect on catch, but larval response to colors was significant.
This indicates that whatever the source of nightly catch variation, dif-
ferential catches by the traps were not due to interaction between their
light sources and light from the sky or moon.

Total catches of the four instars varied significantly; however, res-
ponse by instar to the various colors did not. In decreasing numbers of
larvae captured, the instars ranked 4th, 3rd, 2nd, 1st (184, 108, 85, 51 lar-
vae respectively), but the difference between 3rd and 2nd instar catches
was not significant. Because instar response was greatest for larger (4th
instar) larvae and progressively less for each smaller instar, it seems
reasonable to attribute differential response to differences in size of the
larval instars. Simply put, smaller larvae had a greater distance to travel
(relative to body size) from the release point to a trap than did larger lar-
vae, although all instars were equally attracted to particular colors.

Colors varied significantly in attractiveness (Table 2). Green LED's
were significantly more attractive than any other light source. Amber
LED's and white incandescent lamps did not differ significantly in
attractancy. All other colors, and unlit, were significantly less attractive
than white lamps. Larval responses to orange, red, IR and unlit sources
did not differ significantly. Comparison of total catches of the white and
unlit sources (68 and 6 larvae, respectively) indicates that the trap itself
was not attractive to larvae. Infrared and unlit sources caught less than
any others (7 and 6 respectively), indicating larval C. pipiens are not
attracted to IR at the wavelength and power output level used in these
tests.

These results show that larval C. pipiens are attracted to light pro-
duced by green and amber LED's. Light from green LED's captured 3
times more larvae than did light from white incandescent lamps and
amber LED's captured 1.4 times more than white incandescent sources,
but that difference was not significant. All larval instars appear to be
equally attracted to these sources. Additional, preliminary testing, has
shown that pupal C. pipiens are also attracted to light from LED's of these
colors. Experiments are underway to determine what other mosquito
species are attracted, as larvae, to solid state light sources.

Solid state light sources are readily available and offer several advan-
tages over incandescent lamps. These include low cost (20 to 40 cents),
long life (about 1,000 h at maximum current ratings), energy efficiency
(low voltage and current requirements), plus consistent color output over
life of the device and resistance to rough handling because they do not
produce light by means of a heated wire filament.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989

109

Table 1. Light source color and technical data.

Visual
Color

Principal
Wavelength »

Half
Width 1

Light Source
Model Number

Supplier^

Green

565 (nm)

30 (nm)

LN31GPHL3

Digi-Key Corp.

Amber

590

30

LN41YPHL3

Digi-Key Corp.

White

N.A

N.A

C22505

Chaney Electronics

Orange

630

40

LN81RPHL3

Digi-Key Corp.

Red

700

100

LN21RPHL3

Digi-Key Corp.

Infrared

880

N.A

XC-880-A

Radio Shack

^Taken from manufacturer's literature. N.A = Not Available.

^Addresses: Digi-Key Corporation, 701 Brooks Ave. South, P.O. Box 677, Thief River Falls,
Minnesota, 56701-0677. Chaney Electronics, Denver, Colorado, is no longer in business
and this lamp is not available. Radio Shack carries a 1.5 volt incandescent lamp of the
same size,, style and amperage which could be substituted. Radio Shack has outlets
located worldwide.

3The manufacturer's (Panasonic Industrial Company) optoelectronic device part
number.

Table 2. Response of Culex pipiens larvae to Light Emitting Diode colors.

Visual
Color

Total
Capture^

%

Daily
Range

Green

206

3.96

0-21 larvae

Amber

96

1.85

0-9 larvae

White

68

1.31

0-5 larvae

Orange

28

0.54

0-4 larvae

Red

18

0.35

0-4 larvae

Infrared

7

0.13

0-1 larvae

Unlit

6

0.12

0-4 larvae

^Total larvae captured during the tests, regardless of instar.

Mean-

7.92A

3.69B

2.61B

1.08c

0.69C

0.27^

0.23c

-^Average daily catch by all traps of that color. Means followed by the same letter are not
significantly different from each other based on Fisher's Least Significant Difference
Test (a = 0.05).

1 10 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank John Pesek for statistical insights and advice. Harry Richardson (Electrical
Engineer, Lourdes Industries, Hauppauge, NY) provided assistance in obtaining critical
component information. Robert Lake and Roland Roth made helpful criticisms of the
manuscript. This research was supported in part by Hatch Funds. This is Miscellaneous
Paper no. 1251 of the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station, Contribution no. 596 of
the Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark,
DE.

LITERATURE CITED
Barr, A.R., T.A. Smith and M.M. Boreham. 1960. Light intensity and the attraction

of mosquitoes to light traps. J. Econ. Entomol. 53:876-880.
Barr, A.R., T.A. Smith, M.M. Boreham and K.E. White. 1963. Evaluation of some fac-
tors affecting the efficiency of light traps in collecting mosquitoes.. J. Econ. Entomol.

56:123-127.
Bertram, D.S., M.G.R. Varma, R.G. Page and O.H.U. Heathcote. 1970. A Betalight

trap for mosquito larvae. J. Med. Entomol. 7:267-270.
Bidlingmayer, W.L. 1967. A comparison of trapping methods for adult mosquitoes:

Species rsponse and environmental influence. J. Med. Entomol. 4:200-220.
Bowden, J. and B.M. Church. 1973. The influence of moonlight on catches of insects in

light-traps in Africa. Part II. The effect of moon phase on light-trap catches. Bull.

Entomol. Res. 63:129-142.
Brown, A.G. Jr. 1976. An inexpensive aquatic light trap for sampling mosquito larvae.

Calif. Vector Views 23:4-6.
Ervin, J.L. and T.A. Haines. 1972. Using light to collect and separate zooplankton.

Prog. Fish-Cult. 34:171-174.
Gomez, K.A. and A.A. Gomez. 1984. Statistical procedures for agricultural research.

John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.
GTE Products Corporation. 1984. Sylvania miniature lighting products handbook.

Form 204. GTE Products Corporation, Hillsboro, New Hampshire.
Hungerford, H.S., PJ. Spangler and N.A. Walker. 1955. Subaquatic light traps for

insects and other animal organisms. Trans. Ks. Acad. Sci. 58:387-407.
Husbands, R.C. 1967. A subsurface light trap for sampling aquatic insect populations.

Calif. Vector Views 14:81-82.
Mangum, C.L. and P.S. Callahan. 1968. Attraction of near-infrared radiation to Aedes

aegypti. J. Econ. Entomol. 61:36-37.
Mims, F.M. III. 1973. Light emitting diodes. The Bobbs-Merrill Co., Inc., New York.
Pratt, H.D. 1944. Studies on the comparative attractiveness of 25, 50 and 100 watt bulbs

for Puerto Rican Anopheles. Mosq. News 4:17-18.
Pratt, H.D. 1948. Influence of the moon on light trap collections of Anopheles albimanus

in Puerto Rico. J. Natl. Malaria Soc. 7:212-220.
Provost, M.W. 1959. The influence of moonlight on light-trap catches of mosquitoes.

Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 52:261-271.
SAS Institute. 1985. SAS user's guide: Statistics, 5th ed. SAS Institute, Cary, N.C.
Service, M.W., S. Sulaiman and R. Esena. 1983. A chemical aquatic light trap for mos-
quito larvae (Diptera: Culicidae). J. Med. Entomol. 20: 659-663.
Washino, R.K. and Y. H oka ma. 1968. Quantitative sampling of aquatic insects in a

shallow-water habitat. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61:785-786.
Weber, R.G. 1985. An aquatic light trap for possible use in mosquito larvae surveillance

Proc. N.J. Mosq. Control Assoc. 72:122-125.
Weber, R.M. and R.G. Weber. 1985. The egg raft seam as an indicator of species in

Culex pipiens and Culex restuans. Mosq. System. 17:363-370.
Williams, C.B. 1936. The influence of moonlight on the activity of certain insects,

particularly of the family Noctuidae, as indicated by a light trap. Philos. Trans. R.

Soc. (B) 226:357-389.
Williams, C.B. and B.P. Singh. 1951. Effect of moonlight on insect activity. Nature

(Lond.) 167:853.

Vol. 100. No. 3. May & June 1989 111

THREE NEW DROSOPHILA SPECIES

(DIPTERA: DROSOPHILIDAE) FROM

BRITISH COLUMBIA, HAWAII, AND

THE CANARY ISLANDS1-2

Haruo Takada, Jong S. Yoon^

ABSTRACT: Drosophila canadiana n. sp. from Smithers, British Columbia. Canada, D.
canaryana n. sp. from Tenerife, Canary Islands, and D. soonae n. sp. from Kona. Island of
Hawaii, are described. Their relationships to other species in the virilis species group, the
obscura species group, and the modified mouthparts species group, respectively, are
discussed.

The National Drosophila Species Resource Center (NDSRC) at
Bowling Green State University, Ohio, maintains a collection of living
cultures of Drosophila, totaling more than 350 named species and several
undescribed species. This is the largest collection of living eukaryotic
organisms ever assembled whose evolutionary relationships and genetic
biology have been studied extensively.

In order to maintain the quality of stock and to provide better services
for the scientific community, it is necessary to verify the authenticity of
the stock, and to identify unnamed species. During the course of this
study, three of these unnamed species are described: the first species is
from British Columbia, the second is from the Canary Islands, and the
third is from the Island of Hawaii.

Drosophila canadiana n. sp.

(Figs. 1-2)

Diagnosis: Distinguished from other members of the virilis species
group by cylindrical shaped spermatheca, phallosomal index of 2.3-2.5,
and evenly scattered dorsal hairs on the aedeagus.

Description:

External characteristics of adults: Male and female. Arista with usually 7 branches
including a terminal fork. Antennae brown, third joint darker. Frons dark reddish brown,
ocellar triangle dark brown. Anterior reclinate orbital bristle less than 1/2 length of pro-

deceived April 25, 1988. Accepted March 4, 1989.

2This work was supported in part by NSF Grant BSR-85 10104.

3 Department of Biological Sciences, Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green.
Ohio 43403.

ENT. NEWS 100(3): 111-121, May & June, 1989

114

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 2. Drosophila canadiana n. sp. A. phallic organs of male; left half in dorsal aspect and
right half in ventral aspect B. periphallic organs of male; right half in posterior aspect C.
bridge connecting claspers.

since 1961 . This strain exhibited distinctive differences in karyotype and
longevity (Durbin and Yoon, 1987, and unpublished data).

D. canadiana belongs to the virilis species group of the subgenus
Drosophila. It is closely related to but clearly differs from the European D.
littoralis Meigen 1830. D. canadiana has a cylindrical shaped sper-
matheca, phallosomal index of 2.3 - 2.5, and evenly scattered dorsal hairs
on the aedeagus, while D. littoralis from Switzerland has a hemispherical
spermatheca, phallosomal index of 1.4 - 1.8, and aedeagal hairs on only
the dorsal half.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 1 15

Drosophila canaryana n. sp.

(Figs. 3-5)

Diagnosis: Distinguished from other members of the obscura species
group by male sex combs with a row of long black teeth on each basal
and second tarsal segment of foreleg.

Description:

External characteristics of adults: Male. Body blackish brown. Eye dark red with dark
pile. Arista with 3 dorsal and 2 ventral branches in addition to terminal fork. Antennae
brown, third joint blackish brown, pollinose. Clypeus and carina pale brown, front dark
brown. Ocellus pale yellowish brown. Two prominent orals. Middle orbital about 1/2
length anterior proclinate, 1/3 that of posterior reclinate. Palpus with single prominent
bristle. Carina narrow above, gradually widening below, somewhat rounded, not sulcate.
Cheeks grayish yellow, narrow, their width less than almost 1/5 greatest diameter of the
eyes.

Mesonotum and scutellum dark brown. Acrostichal hairs in 8 rows, anterior scutellars
convergent. Anterior dorsocentrals 1/2 length posterior dorsocentrals. Pleura dark brown.
Anterior sternopleural 1/2 length posterior; middle one undeveloped.

Legs pale grayish yellow. Fore femur swollen, with a row of bristles on posterior surface,
and inner surface of posterior end clouded. Basal tarsal segment of fore leg with row of long
black teeth, 26 in number, the row placed slightly obliquely on the segment. Second tarsal
joint also with large prominent sex-comb, consisting of a row of long black teeth slightly
curved to apex, 20-25 in number, placed obliquely, not parallel, to axis. Position and size of
these combs are shown in Figure 1 d and e.

Abdominal tergites brownish black, slightly shining. Haltere white. First tergite paler
than others.

Wing hyaline; two prominent bristles at distal costal break. Third costal section with
heavy bristles on basal 1/3. Coastal index 2.9; 4th vein index 1.7; 4C index 0.9 and 5x
index 2.0.

Length of body 2.2 mm. Wings 2.2 mm.

Female. As above, except that no tarsal combs are present. Spermathecae small spherical
bodies, dark brown in color and chitinized.

Male genitalia: Periphallic organs. Middle and lower portions of genital arch with 28 or
more bristles, upper portion with 7 bristles; toe elongate and swollen. Primary clasper
without prominent process; 8 primary teeth, 9 spines on posterior tip of anal plate in
two rows.

Phallic organs. Hypandrium semi-elliptical in shape with a short pair of paramedian
spines. Anterior parameres as long as posterior parameres and with 8 sensilla. Aedeagus
bifurcate and rather longer than both parameres. Phallosomal index 0.6.

Eggs: Two filaments, with distal ends expanded.

Chromosomes: 2n = 12, 5R1D. Karyotype observed in brain ganglion of third instar lar-
vae of male.

Types: Holotype male. The original specimen collected in December. 1971. at Tcnerife.
Canary Islands; StockNo. 1410-121 1 (3265.1)oftheNDSRC. Allotypefemaleandparatype
males and females are same as above. Type specimens have been deposited at the
AMNH

116

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Remarks: On the basis of the external morphology this species appears
to be closely related to Drosophila subobscura Collin, 1936 (see Pomini,
1940), subgenus Sophophora, Genus Drosophila, but can be separated
from all known members of the obscura species group by the phallic
organs and sex-combs of the male.

Fig. 3 Drosophila canaryana n. sp. A. ventral aspect of phallic organs B. left half of external
male genitalia C. the bridge connected claspers D. fore basal tarsus and 2nd tarsus of male
E. fore leg of male F. internal genitalia of male G. sperm pump.

Vol. 100, No. 3. May & June 1989

117

Fig. 4. Drosophila canaryana n. sp. A. egg-guide B. spermatheca C. egg.

Drosophila soonae n. sp.

(Figs. 6-7)

Diagnosis: Distinguished from other species of Hawaiian Drosophila
by modified mouthparts: each labellum with a series of long, curved,
bristle-like processes extending from the apex.

Description:

External characteristics of adults: Male. Body tannish yellow, eyes scarlet in live
specimens. Arista with 6 dorsal and 2 ventral branches in addition to the fork. Third anten-
nal segment darker. Frons tan, orbits and ocellar triangle paler. Carina, cheeks and clypeus
tan; carina flat. Ocelli tannish yellow. Proclinate orbital 5/6 length posterior reclinate;
anterior reclinate thin, 1/3 length proclinate; proclinate orbital situated at middle of the
front and near anterior reclinate. Oral bristles are made up of a row of short black bristles of
about equal length. Palpi with a long apical bristle and with densely blackish setae around
apical one third. Each labellum with a series of long, curved, bristle-like processes extend-
ing from the apex.

Mesonotum tannish yellow. Acrostichal hairs in 8 somewhat irregular rows. Posterior
dorsocentral bristles long, anterior ones small and thin. Ventral surface of sternopleurite
with 14 long, curved, black bristles. Haltere yellow. Lateral surface of second tergite with
numerous upright bristles on the posterior margin, each tergite with an apical brownish
band and widely interrupted at middle on sixth tergite. Fourth, fifth and sixth sternites with
marginal bristles. Middle sternopleural small. Sterno-index 0.6.

118

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

<z\

o

rr\,

W

Fig. 5. Drosophila. canaryana n. sp. karyotype from male brain ganglion of the third instar
larvae.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989

119

Legs yellow; only fifth tarsal segments dark brown. The tarsi with two rows of long
hairs; one outside, the other one inside on the anterior surface.

Wing hyaline, veins pale brown; costal index 5.0; 4V index about 1.2; 4C index 0.5; 5x
index 1.0. Third costal section with small black bristles on its basal 2/3.

Length of body about 4 mm in male, wings 4 mm.

Female. Labellum without bristle-like process. Palpi not as shaggy as in male. Tarsus
without long hairs. Seventh sternite with marginal bristles. Second oral bristle half the
length of first one, prominent. Anterior dorsocentral bristles present, 3/4 of length of pos-
terior dorsocentral bristles. Length body about 3.5-4.0 mm in female, wings, 3.5-4 mm.

Fig. 6. Drosophila soonae n. sp. A. ventral aspect of phallic organs B. lateral aspect of phallic-
organs without hypandrium C. left half of external male genitalia D. proboscis of male
(lateral aspect) E. fore leg of male F. egg-guide G. spermatheca H. egg.

120 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

f

<$

^

J)

Fig. 7. Drosophila soonae n. sp. karyotype from male brain ganglion of the third instar
larvae.

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 121

Male genitalia: Periphallic organs. Genital arch with about 10 bristles including two long
bristles on lower portioin; toe rounded. Clasper with about 1 1 black primary teeth. The
genitalia resemble that of Drosophila mimica Hardy as mentioned by Takada (1966).

Phallic organs. Aedeagus apically swollen. Anterior parameters long-elliptical in
shape, the apices at slightly above level as the level of insertion of the paramedian spines of
hypandrium. Phallosomal index about 3.0.

Egg: Four filaments, apical two rather shorter than posterior two.

Sexual behavior: The male goes to the rear of the female and assumes head-under-wing
posture. The male then extends his proboscis and licks the female's egg-guide area. The
aggressor positions himself so that the longitudinal axis of his body is at right angles to the
other individual. Sometimes the abdomen is bent laterally. The aggressor then rushes
sideways with a crab-like motion.

Chromosomes: 2n=12, 5R1D. One pair of autosomes were double length. Karyotype
observed in brain ganglion of third instar larvae of male.

Types: Holotype male. Original specimen collected July 13, 1965, at Kealakekua Ranch.
Pawaina (3,000 ft.), Kona, Island of Hawaii, by Dr. H.L. Carson, University of Hawaii, on
banana baits. Stock No. 15290-2591 (C129.2) of the National Drosophila Species Resource
Center. Allotype and paratypes are the same as the above. Type specimens have been
deposited at the AMNH.

Remarks: This species is closely related to Drosophila mimica Hardy,
1965. It belongs to the mimica subgroup, subgenus Drosophila, Genus
Drosophila, the so-called modified mouthparts species group (Spieth,
1966). Our stock of this species was originally kept by Mrs. Kyung Soon
A. Yoon, during her twenty years as a curator of the National Drosophila
Species Resource Center. We are naming this species in her honor.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to Professor Robert C Graves and Mr. G. Kent Vermilion of Bowling
Green State University for their helpful comments on the study and for critically reviewing
this manuscript. Also, the authors thank Mrs. Kyung-Soon Ahn Yoon for her careful main-
tenance of these stocks for 20 years as a curator of the National Drosophila Species Resource
Center.

LITERATURE CITED

Durbin, E J. and J.S. Yoon. 1987. Longevity in the Drosophila virilis species group. II. The

D. montana phylad. Ohio J. Sci. 87, 90-92.
Hardy, D.E. 1965. Insects of Hawaii, Vol. 12, Diptera: Cyclorrhapha. Univ. of Hawaii

Press, 1-184.
Pomini, F.P. 1940. Contributi alia conoscenza delle Drosophila europee. Boll. 1 st. Entomol.

Univ. Bologna 12: 10-164.
Spieth, H.T. 1966. Courtship Behavior of Endemic Hawaiian Drosophila. Studies in

Genetics III. Univ. Tex. Publ. 6615: 245-313.
Takada, H. 1966. Male genitalia of some Hawaiian Drosophilidae. Studies in Genetics

III. Univ. Tex. Publ. 6615: 315-333.

122 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

PALAEODIPTERON WALKERI

(DIPTERA: NYMPHOMYIIDAE)

IN THE ADIRONDACK MOUNTAINS,

NEW YORK1

Michael E. Smith2, Barbara J. Wyskowski^, Charles T. Driscoll^,
Carol M. Brooks^, Christina C. Cosentini^

ABSTRACT: The nymphomyiid Palaeodipteron walkeri (Diptera) is reported for the first
time from New York State. Larvae were collected from two second-order streams, one of
which was acidic (Acid Neutralizing Capacity j< 0) with coincident low pH and basic
cation concentrations, and high aluminum concentrations. Collection of P. walkeri in an
acidic stream suggests that this species may be relatively insensitive to potential an-
thropogenic stream acidification.

The Nymphomyiidae is a small, archaic dipteran family consisting
of only four species. One of these species, Palaeodipteron walkeri Ide, has
a Nearctic distribution; specimens have been collected from New
Brunswick (Ide 1965; Kevan and Cutten-Ali-Kahn 1975), southwestern
Quebec (Cutten and Kevan 1970), northern Quebec (Back and Woods
1979) and in the United States from Maine (Mingo and Gibbs 1976) and
Pennsylvania (Adler et al. 1985). As part of a study to determine re-
lationships between benthic invertebrate communities and stream
acidity, we collected several larval P. walkeri from two low-order woodland
streams in the western Adirondack Mountains, New York.

During routine monthly sampling of stream benthic invertebrates
using a modified Hess sampler (250 urn mesh size), two larvae were
collected in Pancake-Hall Creek Tributary (43° 50'N 74° 5TW) and five
larvae were collected in Beaver Brook (43 ° 43 'N 74° 22'W) on 1 3 January
1986. These samples were collected in second-order riffle areas of both
streams. Substrate at each site was similar, consisting of cobbles over-
lying gravel and sand. Both streams were well shaded. Vegetation along
Beaver Brook and Pancake-Hall Creek Tributary was primarily deciduous
stands {Acer saccharum, Fagus grandifolia, Betula alleghaniensis) with
small coniferous stands (Picea rubens, Abies balsamea, Tsuga canadensis)
interspersed. The understory consisted of sparse forbs and grasses. All
specimens of P. walkeri are currently housed in the invertebrate collec-
tion at Valdosta State College.

Physical and chemical characteristics differed between the two
streams (Table 1). Beaver Brook was 2-4 m wide, 15-30 cm deep and non-

deceived November 21, 1988. Accepted January 18, 1989.
department of Biology, Valdosta State College, Valdosta, GA 31698.
3 Department of Civil Engineering, Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY 13244-1190.
ENT NEWS 100(3): 122-124, May & June, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 3. May & June 1989 123

acidic (ANC > 0) with coincident higher pH, C3 (basic cation) concen-
trations and lower metal concentrations than those found in Pancake-
Hall Creek Tributary. Pancake-Hall Creek Tributary was 1-1.5 m wide,
2-20 cm deep and was acidic (ANC < 0) with low pH and Cg concen-
trations. Metal concentrations were elevated at Pancake-Hall Creek
Tributary, especially labile monomelic Al that is toxic to fish (Driscoll et

TABLE 1 . Yearly means (ranges) of physical and chemical stream parameters in Pancake-
Hall Creek Tributary (PAT) and Beaver Brook (BE) from January 1985 - January 1986.
Samples were collected monthly, n = 13.

PARAMETER

PAT

BE

Temperature (°C)

5.7
(0.0 - 14.0)

6.5
(0.0-18.0)

Velocity (m/sec)

0.21
(0.13-0.29)

0.37
(0.23 - 0.51)

Dissolved Oxygen
(mg/1)

10.7
(10.0- 12.0)

11.2
(10.0-13.2)

pH

4.88

6.22

(4.53 - 5.80)

(5.45 - 6.95)

Acid Neutralizing
Capacity (ANC) (ueq/1)

-5.9
(-18.3-21.5)

56.8
(6.2-113.7)

Basic Cations (Cg)
(ueq/1)

149.1
(99.0 - 201.9)

228.3
(152.9 - 286.9)

Dissolved Organic
Carbon (DOC) (mg C/l)

3.6
(2.4 - 4.7)

2.1
(1.5-2.9)

Total Monomelic Al
(mg/1)

0.52
(0.09 - 0.91)

0.04
(0.01-0.18)

Labile Monomeric Al
(mg/1)

0.38
(0.04 - 0.63)

0.01
(0.0-0.16)

Non-labile Momomeric Al
(mg/1)

0.14
(0.05 - 0.28)

0.05
(0.01 - 0.34)

Fe (mg/1)

0.14
(0.03-0.71)

0.03
(0.0-0.15)

Mn (mg/1)

0.08
(0.06-0.19)

0.01
(0.0 - 0.03)

Zn(mg/1)

0.05
(0.0 - 0.09)

0.01
(0.0 - 0.03)

124 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

al 1980) and presumably other aquatic fauna. Additionally, high H+
concentrations can be toxic to aquatic insects or affect various life his-
tory parameters (e.g. emergence) (Haines 1981). Collection of the
nymphomyiid P. walkeri in Pancake-Hall Creek Tributary demonstrates
that this species can live in acidic conditions and is probably less vulner-
able than many other insects (e.g. Ephemeroptera) to potential an-
thropogenic stream acidification which is a major problem in the
northeastern United States.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Funding was provided by the Electric Power Research Institute as part of the aluminum
stream study (ALSS). We thank J. Raster and J. Whitesell for reviewing the manuscript. We
also thank Dr. and Mrs. Steinhauser and the Big Moose Lake Association for their
cooperation, and J. Elwood and D. Porcella for their encouragement.

LITERATURE CITED

Adler, P.H., R.W. Light and E.A. Cameron, 1985. Habitat characteristics of Palaeodip

teron walkeri (Diptera: Nymphomyiidae). Ent. News 96: 211-213.
Back, C. and D.M. Wood. 1979. Palaeodipteron walkeri (Diptera: Nymphomyiidae) in

northern Quebec. Can. Ent. Ill: 1287-1291.
Cutten, F.E.A. and D.K. McE. Kevan. 1970. The Nymphomyiidae (Diptera), with spe

cial reference to Palaeodipteron walkeri Ide and its larva in Quebec, and a description of

a new genus and species from India. Can. J. Zool. 48: 1-24.
Driscoll, C.T., J.P. Baker, J J. Bisogni and C.L. Schofield. 1980. Effects of aluminum

speciation on fish in dilute, acidified waters. Nature 284: 161-164.
Haines, T. 1981. Acidic precipitation and its consequences for aquatic ecosystems: a

review. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 1 10: 669-707.
Ide, F.P. 1965. A fly of the archaic family Nymphomyiidae ( Diptera) from North America.

Can. Ent. 97: 496-507.
Kevan, D.K. McE. and F.E.A. Cutten-Ali-Kahn. 1975. Canadian Nymphomyiidae

(Diptera). Can. J. Zool. 53: 853-866.
Mingo, T.M. and K.E. Gibbs. 1976. A record of Palaeodipteron walkeri Ide (Diptera:

Nymphomyiidae) from Maine: a species and family new to the United States. Ent.

News 87: 184-185.

SOCIETY MEETING-FEBRUARY 15, 1989
Dragonflies and Damselflies of Acadia National Park

Dr. Harold B. White

Hal White, Professor of Biochemistry at the University of Delaware and Correspond-
ing Secretary of our Society, is an Odonata enthusiast. After seeing his slides of the two
islands that make up this large park, the attractive insects that are his quarry, and the
beautiful scenery, it was easy for our 23 members and guests to understand his enthusiasm.
Especially on a dark, cool, rainy February evening. Hal's statement that nearly 100 species
of Odonata have so far been collected in this 100 square mile park seemed too large at first,
but it soon became obvious that the surprisingly large number of ecosystems present on

(Continued on page 126)

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 125

ANTS (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)

NESTING IN SEROTINOUS CONES OF

TABLE MOUNTAIN PINE, PINUS PUNGENS1

Charles E. Williams2

ABSTRACT: The ants Leptothorax curvispinosus and Aphaenogaster carolinensis are recor-
ded as nesting in serotinous cones of table mountain pine, Pinus pungens, in southwestern
Virginia. Pine cones are previously undescribed nesting habitat for both species. Ants
occupied cones previously infested by the pyralid moth, Dioryctria yatesi.

Plant structures, such as stems, thorns and leaves, are often used as
nesting sites by ants, particularly in the tropics (e.g., Janzen 1966; Rathet
and Bronstein 1987). Vegetative structures and fruits of temperate zone
angiosperms are also occasionally used as nesting sites (Wheeler 1910;
Winston 1956) but records of ants nesting in structures associated with
gymnosperms of this region (other than decaying wood) are rare. Wheeler
(1910) listed one instance in which Camponotus nearcticus Emery nested
in cones of pitch pine, Pinus rigida Mill., from the New Jersey pine
barrens.

On 15 July 1986, I collected cones of table mountain pine, Pinus
pungens Lambert, from the floor of a pine-oak forest located on Brush
Mountain, Montgomery County, Virginia. All collected cones had pre-
viously been infested by larvae of the mountain pine coneworm, Dioryc-
tria yatesi Mutuura and Munroe (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae). I found that
two of these cones were each occupied by one of two species of ants.
Workers, brood, and queen inhabited each of the cones. These ants were
subsequently identified as Leptothorax curvispinosus Mayr and
Aphaenogaster carolinensis Wheeler. L. curvispinosus commonly nests in
galls and hollow stems of plants bui Aphaenogaster species usually main-
tain subterranean nests under stones, logs or boards (Wheeler 1910).
This collection represents the first record of either of these two ants nest-
ing in pine cones. Voucher specimens have been deposited in the VP1 &
SU insect museum.

Cones of table mountain pine formerly infested by larvae of D. yatesi
offer excellent shelters for ants and probably other arthropods. The ran-
dom tunneling of D. yatesi larvae through the cone creates ample internal
cavities for nesting or overwintering insects, and emergence holes pro-

1 Received December 8. 1988. Accepted January 3. 1989.

^Department of Biology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg.
VA 24061.

ENT. NEWS 100(3): 125-126. May & June. 1989

126 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

vide entrances into the cone interior. Moreover, the cones of table moun-
tain pine are often serotinous and typically remain closed at maturity [an
adaptation for colonizing burned sites; high temperatures associated
with forest fires usually open cones (Zobel 1969)], even after infestation
by larvae of D. yatesi. Previously infested, serotinous cones of table
mountain pine thus provide a sheltered, accessible habitat for nesting
ants.

The few records of ants nesting in pine cones may reflect in general
the limited suitability of cones as ant habitations. The cones of most con-
ifers open at maturity and provide little or no sheltered space for ants to
raise brood. The closed cones of serotinous conifers are an exception
however, and when modified by seed predators can provide high quality
nesting sites for ants. Interestingly, cones of pitch pine [from which C.
nearcticus has been collected (Wheeler 1910)] are also serotinous in parts
of the New Jersey pine barrens (Givnish 1981).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank George and Jeanette Wheeler for identifying ants, Kim Williams, H.P. Boyd,
and an anonymous reviewer for providing useful comments on the manuscript, and the
Virginia Tech Graduate Research Development Project and Sigma Xi for supporting
studies of table mountain pine.

LITERATURE CITED

Givnish, T.J. 198 1 . Serotiny, geography, and fire in the pine barrens of New Jersey. Evolu-
tion 35: 101-123.

Janzen, D.H. 1966. Coevolution between ants and acacias in Central America. Evolution
20: 249-275.

Rathet, A. and J.L. Bronstein. 1987. Dead acacia thorns: an undescribed arthropod
habitat. Am. Midi. Nat. 1 18: 205-210.

Wheeler, W.M. 1910. Ants. Columbia Univ. Press. New York, NY. 663 p.

Winston, P.W. 1956. The acorn microsere, with special reference to arthropods. Ecology
37: 120-132.

Zobel, D.B. 1969. Factors affecting the distribution of Pinus pungens, an Appalachian
endemic. Ecol. Monogr. 39: 303-333.

these islands on the Maine coast made this diversity possible. Glacially-formed lakes and
potholes, beaver ponds, streams, fresh and saltwater marshes, bogs, a great range in
elevations, and the modifying effects of the surrounding bay and ocean combine to provide
habitats for many species that would ordinarily not be found so far south or north. Hal also
mentioned an early connection to our Society — the first list of Odonates found on the
largest island, Mt. Desert, was published in the second volume of ENTOMOLOGICAL
NEWS nearly a century ago. A summary of Dr. White's collecting efforts is being published
in this issue of the NEWS.

The biennial elections were also held on this date. The present officers (President. R.W.
Fuester; Vice-President, J. Sheldon; Recording Secretary, V. Ventre; Treasurer. J.J. Freese;
and Corresponding Secretary, H.B. White) were re-elected to 2-year terms.

(Continued on page 128)

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 127

A COLLECTION TECHNIQUE FOR

MOUND-BUILDING ANTS
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1'2

William H. Clark3, Paul E. Blom4

ABSTRACT: We present a simple, fast, and inexpensive method for collecting relatively
clean samples of mound-building ants. The method consists of creating a miniature pitfall
trap in the mound with a collecting tube.

Over years of collecting mound-building ants, mainly of the genera
Pogonomyrmex, Solenopsis, and Formica in North America, we have used
a simple, fast, inexpensive method for making relatively clean collec-
tions of workers. Since we have found many collectors unaware of this
extremely useful technique, it is described below.

The collection method described is as simple and useful as many
other ant collection techniques (Clark and Blom 1979; Greenslade 1973;
Wheeler 1910; Wheeler and Wheeler 1963). Melander (1902) described a
similar method for use with the non mound-building ant, Pogonomyrmex
barbatus (F. Smith). Our procedure involves pushing an open collecting
vial partly filled with alcohol into the earth, gravel, or thatch ant mound
and letting the container act as a pitfall trap for the ants. We insert a vial,
flag the nest for easy relocation, continue collecting in the area, and
return to the mound to recover the vial of ants. Forceps are sometimes
needed to retrieve the vial to avoid stings and bites. The nest may be part-
ly opened with a small trowel or other instrument if the ants are not active
outside the nest. The ants usually react to the disturbance by increased
activity and in the process fall into the open vial of alcohol. Greenslade
(1973) described "digging-in effects" and showed that the highest catches
of ants occured immediately after pitfall traps were established. Brood
may be collected in this manner as workers carrying immatures to safety
frequently fall into the collecting vial.

'Received December 2, 1988. Accepted January 3, 1989.

^Supported, in part, by grants to WHC from The Foundation for Environmental Educa-
tion, Inc. and American Philosophical Society (Grant No. 1 167, Johnson Fund). A por-
tion of this work was conducted under the INEL Radioecology and Ecology Programs
sponsored by the Office of Health and Environmental Research, and the Division of
Waste Products through the Fuel Reprocessing and Waste Management Division, United
States Department of Energy.

^Museum of Natural History, College of Idaho, Caldwell. Idaho 83605.

^Department of Plant, Soil, and Entomological Sciences. University of Idaho. Moscow
83843.

ENT. NEWS 100(3): 127-128. May & June. 1989

128 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

If care is taken in placing the vial into the mound, a relatively clean
sample is usually obtained. This is a sharp contrast to the cleaning
necessary to remove unwanted debris if the ants are collected by
aspirator.

This method has apparently been overlooked by myrmecologists
and was not mentioned in references for methods of ant study
(Donisthorpe 1927; Gregg 1963; Greenslade 1973; Melander 1902;
Wheeler 19 10, 1932; Wheeler and Wheeler 1963). The Wheelers listed the
following methods of collection from an ant colony in a mound of earth
or thatch: 1) ants can be scooped up with a trowel and dumped onto a
surface to be aspirated; 2) chloroform is poured into the mound and the
motionless ants then collected; 3) a portion of the mound is placed into a
cloth bag for later sorting; and 4) the ants may be aspirated directly from
the mound. These methods require more time and effort than our sug-
gested technique. It may be necessary to dig through a mound to obtain
sexual forms, brood, and inquilines though this can be done selectively
after a series of workers has been obtained.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

P.L. Comanor gave logistical support in the early portion of this work. O.D. Markham,
T.D. Reynolds, and J.B. Johnson assisted with work at the Idaho National Environmental
Research Park. R.D. Akre, J.B. Johnson. O.D. Markham, and F.W. Merickel reviewed an
earlier draft and provided valuable comments.

LITERATURE CITED

Clark, W.H., and P.E. Blom. 1979. Use of a hand sprayer as a collecting technique.

Entomol. News. 90: 247-248.
Donisthorpe, H.J.K. 1927. British ants, their life-history and classification. George

Routledge and Sons, London. 436 pp.
Gregg, R.E. 1963. The ants of Colorado. Univ. CO Press, Boulder. 792 pp.
Greenslade, P J.M. 1973. Sampling ants with pitfall traps: digging-in effects. Insectes Soc.

20: 343-353.
Melander, A.L. 1902. A new silphid beetle from a simple insect-trap. Psyche 9: 328-

329.
Wheeler, G.C., and J. Wheeler. 1963. The ants of North Dakota. Univ. ND Press. Grand

Forks. 326 pp.
Wheeler, W.M. 1910. Ants, their structure, development and behavior. Columbia Univ.

Press, NY. 663 pp.
1932. Some attractions of the field study of ants. Sci. Mon. 34: 397-402.

Some of the entomological "notes" discussed prior to the meeting included color
photos of the zebra caterpillar shown by Bill Ettinger, mention by Dave Funk that the win-
ter cranefly was observed during unusually mild periods this winter (despite the name, it is
rarely seen in this area in winter), and display of a Wall Street Journal article on butterfly
"ranches'*, and brochures advertising a successful Lepidoptera artist in Tennessee, by Dr.
Ken and Sue Frank. The refreshments by Mildred Morgan were very good, as usual.

W.H. Day

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 129

THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY

(LEPIDOPTERA: DANAIDAE) AS PREY FOR THE

DRAGONFLY HAGENIUS BREV1STYLVS

(ODONATA: GOMPHIDAE)

David S. White2, Owen J. Sexton3

ABSTRACT: Hagenius brevistylus (Gomphidae) was shown to prey on an aposematic
model, the monarch (Danaus plexippus) when the butterfly's densities were high. The mode
of prey capture and feeding, where the butterfly's thorax and abdomen are eaten first,
avoids the highest concentrations of cardenolide poisons stored in the wings and exo-
skeleton. The feeding mode is virtually identical to that of the known vertebrate predators
of Danaus.

The monarch butterfly Danaus plexippus L. has been firmly es-
tablished as an aposematic model (Brower er al 1968). The presence of
cardenolides accumulated by certain populations (Brower et al. 1968)
renders the butterfly unpalatable to a variety of potential predators. Car-
denolides are sequestered as larvae feed on milkweeds of the family
Asclepiadaceae. Secondary cardenolide compounds are transmitted to
the adult butterfly but are not uniformly distributed throughout the
body. Cardenolides tend to be incorporated into the exoskeletal materials
in levels decreasing from the wings to abdomen to thorax (Brower and
Glazier 1975).

There are few records of predators regularly feeding on monarch but-
terflies in nature. Marshall (1902) studied predators on an Old World
species closely related to the monarch (D. chrysippus) and concluded that
most predators did not attack this distasteful species more than once.
Calvertefa/. (1979)observedthreespeciesofbirds feeding onD. plexippus
at the butterflies' wintering grounds in Mexico. They found that birds
ingested muscle and tissue from the thorax and occasionally from the
abdomen. The wings and most of the exoskeleton usually were discard-
ed. Calvert et al. (1979) also summarized data on other known verte-
brate predators of the monarch.

Adult dragonflies feed upon a diversity of prey (Beatty 1951, Corbet
1962) including occasional butterflies (Poulton 1906, Champion 1914,
Hobby 1933, Wright 1944). Marshall (1902) observed one unidentified
dragonfly to be holding a wing of D. chrysippus apparently preparing to
devour it. We know of no other records of invertebrate predators on adult
monarchs. Marshall (1902) does mention observing a large wasp carry-
ing a D. chrysippus larva.

This study describes predation upon monarchs (D. plexippus) by
adults of a large gomphid dragonfly (Hagenius brevistylus Selys) along the

1 Received September 14, 1988. Accepted March 6, 1989.

2Hancock Biological Station. Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky 32071 U.S.A.

^Department of Zoology. Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri 63103 U.S.A.
ENT. NEWS 100(3): 129-132, May & June. 1989

130 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

shore of Douglas Lake at the University of Michigan Biological Station,
Pellston, Michigan, U.S.A., from 1979 through 1987. In 1979, both mon-
archs and Hagenius were extremely abundant at the Biological Station,
and most direct and indirect observations discussed below were made in
that year. In subsequent years, monarchs have been present but not
abundant, while the Hagenius population does not appear to have fluc-
tuated greatly. No density estimates have been made nor records kept on
either species.

Monarch larvae feed on large patches of the milkweed Asclepias
syriaca L. along the shores of Douglas Lake, pupating and emerging
from late June through early August. Hagenius naiads live for at least two
years in Douglas Lake, emerging from late June through mid-July.
Hagenius adults establish and defend territories which include many of
the milkweed patches. Adults are known to consume a wide variety of
larger insects including butterflies, e.g., Papilio turnus L. (=Papilio
glaucus L.) (Daecke 1915), but previously have not been reported feeding
on monarchs.

Evidence for predation was both direct and indirect. Observations of
attacks and feeding by several Hagenius on monarchs were made initially
during the first two weeks in July 1979. No attacks were observed from
1980 to 1987. Indirect evidence in 1979 came from finding numerous
monarch corpses scattered along the shoreline area. The butterfly re-
mains in both direct and indirect observations consisted of: abdomen
and wings; thorax, abdomen and wings; and part of the thorax and
wings. In addition, single or paired wings alone were found. Between
1980 and 1987 only a few single or paired wings have been found.

Following initial observations, interactions between monarchs and
Hagenius were monitored for about one month in a 30 x 30 m plot which
at any one time was patrolled by 3 or 4 dragonflies and which contained a
large patch of milkweed and emerging monarchs. Similar to most
dragonflies (Westfall 19S4), Hagenius were active only in direct sunshine;
however, monarch adults were active and would feed at the
milkweed flowers only on overcast days or when the sun was obscured by
a cloud. If monarchs were disturbed when the sun was out, they normally
would fly to the nearest shady spot. This behavior was not observed in
monarch populations away from the patrolling range of Hagenius where
butterflies seemed equally active in sunlight. Monarchs disturbed in the
study site during periods of sunshine usually were attacked by one or
more Hagenius.

In a successful capture, the dragonfly quickly alighted and in-
capacitated the prey by biting through the head then manipulating the
monarch into a feeding position using its forelegs to press the wings
together. The musculature of the monarch's thorax, and less frequently
that of the abdomen was stripped over a 10-15 min period. On occasion,

Vol. 100, No. 3, May & June 1989 131

the butterfly's wings were broken off but never did they show any signs of
being chewed. Once the corpse was discarded, the dragonfly resumed
patrolling behaviors. Only once during the one month of observations in
the study plot was an Hagenius seen capturing prey other than monarchs
even though a wide variety of large and small insects was actively visiting
milkweed and other flowers in the study plot.

One Hagenius was observed to capture and consume two monarchs
within an hour. This specimen was captured and placed in a large flight
cage but could not be induced to eat more monarchs. It died after a week
in captivity. During that time, the dragonfly did not show any obvious
signs of toxic stress from having eaten the monarchs.

One possible explanation for the regular capture oWanaus by Hagenius
is that the local Asclepias syriaca population lacks a sufficient level of car-
denolides to supply the monarchs with a taste obnoxious to predators
(Brower and Glazier 1975), so there is no deterrent. To test this possibility,
we fed local monarchs to three species of potential predators. A large
toad, Bufo americanus Holbrook, was offered a monarch in a terrarium.
The toad oriented towards the butterfly, captured it, but did not ingest it;
the toad did not attack again. Two days later, another monarch was
offered to the same toad, but there was no attack. Five days later, the toad
did attack a monarch, rejected it, then attacked again and swallowed the
butterfly. The second potential predator was a duckling mallard. Anas
platyrhynchos (L.), which had been reared on poultry mash and live
grasshoppers. At the first presentation, the duckling pecked at the butter-
fly, shook its head several times, then ceased attacking. Two days later, a
second butterfly was offered with the same results. A monarch presented
on the fifth day was eaten but only after having been in range of the duck-
ling for some time. The third predator, a large green frog Rana clamitans
Latreille, caught a monarch flying within its terrarium, ingested the body
and half the wings, and eventually swallowed it after wiping at the prey
with its forelimbs.

The above observations suggest at least some degree of unpalatability
in the local monarch population. None of the three above predators
possessed the ability to ingest only selected parts of the monarch, i.e.,
separating the wings and exoskeleton from the musculature of the
abdomen and thorax. The observation that Hagenius was selectively
feeding on distinct parts of the monarch bodies further supports the view
that this monarch population was sequestering some level of car-
denolides.

The most salient observation here is that an invertebrate predator
has been shown to feed on an aposematic model and that its mode of
feeding (avoidance of the more toxic portions of the prey) is virtually
identical to the mode of the known vertebrate predators of the monarch.
Calvert et al. (1979) rejected Rothschild and Reliefs (1972) hypothesis

132 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

that certain bird species may be insensitive to moderately high levels of
cardenolides, proposing instead that those birds feeding on overwinter-
ing monarchs have learned to reject unpalatable parts of the butterfly. It
is hard to accept a learned taste rejection pattern for Hagenius or that
Hagenius is insensitive to cardenolides. It seems most likely that the man-
ner of prey capture in Hagenius and other species of dragonflies, i.e., use
of a feeding basket, tends to insure that the first portion consumed will be
the sections of the body with the lowest cardenolide concentrations. As
body parts with higher concentrations are reached, the corpse is rejected.
Thus, there is no selectivity against monarchs by Hagenius. Other pre-
dators which would capture monarchs in a random manner or by the
wings would encounter the highest levels of cardenolides first and would
reject the prey. Our study is not meant to suggest that Danaus is the sole
prey of Hagenius; however, in 1979 when monarchs were extremely
abundant, Hagenius were not observed to seek other prey. In following
years when these butterflies were not common, monarchs appear to have
been consumed when encountered but probably not with the selectivity
seen in 1979.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank the faculty and students of the University of Michigan Biological Sta-
tion, particularly M.J. Catterall, for help in making observations and gathering specimens.

L.K. Gloyd, M.J. Westfall, Jr., and L.P. Brower have reviewed the manuscript and made

many helpful suggestions.

LITERATURE CITED

Beatty, G.H. 1951. Odonate bionics I. Notes on food of dragonflies. Bull. Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc. 46(2): 29-38.

Brower, L.P. and S.C. Glazier. 1975. Location of heart poisons in the monarch butter-
fly. Science 188: 19-23.

Brower, L.P., W.N. Ryerson, L.L. Coppinger and S.C. Glazier. 1968. Ecological
chemistry and the palatibility spectrum. Science 161: 1349-1350.

Clavert, W.H., L.E. Hedrick and L.B. Brower. 1979. Mortality of the monarch butter-
fly (Danaus plexip pus L.): Avian predation at five overwintering sites in Mexico. Science
204: 847-851.

Champion, H. 1914. Some dragonflies and their prey. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 13: 495-504.

Corbet, P.S. 1962. A biology of dragonflies. Witherby Press, London.

Daecke, E. 1915. Note on Hagenius brevistylus chewing a female Papilio turnus. Entomol.
News 26: 335.

Hobby, B.M. 1933. The prey of British dragonflies. Trans. Entomol. Soc. South England
8(pt. 2): 65-76.

Marshall, G.A.K. 1902. Five years' observations and experiments (1896-1901) on the
bionomics of South African insects, chiefly directed to the investigation of mimicry
and warning colours. Trans. Royal Entomol. Soc. London 1902: 287-390.

Poulton, E.B. 1906. Predaceous insects and their prey. Trans. Royal Entomol. Soc. Longon
1906: 323-410.

Rothschild, M. and D.N. Reflet. 1972. Reactions of various predators to insects storing
heart poisons (CG) in their tissues. J. Entomol. Ser. A 46: 103-1 10.

Westfall, M J., Jr. 1984. Odonata. pp. 126-176. In: R.W. Merritt and K.W. Cummins, eds.
An introduction to the Aquatic Insects of North America. Kendall/Hunt Publ. Co.,
Dubuque, Iowa.

Wright, M. 1944. Some random observations on dragonfly habits with notes on their
predaceousness on bees. J. Tennessee Acad. Sci. 19: 295-301.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and (2) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name(s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or, if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is AYi x 6Yi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status (unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7 .00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

Cull luU-fruu tt<Ki i:i «H4 Or in.nl inquiry to.
Univarmly Microfilms liilurnulional. 300 North
Ztwb Road. Ann Arbor. Ml 48106

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED, large New World robber flies (Asilidae) esp. Proctacanthus for use in a revision.
Contact Dr. C. Riley Nelson, Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, San Fran-
cisco, CA 941 18 (415) 750-7243.

WANTED: Livestock of North American butterflies and moths. Buy or exchange. Aljoscha
Nerm, Friedrichstr. 3, 6000 Frankfurt/M., West Germany.

ANNOUNCEMENT: A new research station, available to scientists, students, birders, and
nature lovers, has been built and is now available in central Trinidad. For information,
write to Victoria Regia Research Station, La Gloria Road. Talparo, Mundo Nuevo, Trinidad
W.I.

MICROV1ALS: Semitransparent polyethylene vials with silicone rubber stoppers for use
in storage of insect genitalia and other small arthropod parts where association with a
pinned specimen or location of small parts in alcohol storage is desirable. For details, write
to: Arthropod Specialties Co., 2354 Cork Circle, Sacramento, CA 95822.

THE SOCIAL WASPS OF INDIA AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES. By Bina Pani Das &
Virendra Gupta. Oriental Insects Monograph No. 1 1, 1989. ca 250 pages due early 1989.
Price $55.00. Place orders with ORIENTAL INSECTS. P.O. Box 1 3 148. Gainesville. Florida
32604-1148, USA.

ENTOMOLOGIST-TECHNICIAN POSITION: Insect rearing and display maintenance
position at Insect World exhibit. Insect rearing experience required, degree in entomology.
Broad backgrounds in entomology preferred. Position available immediately or when suit-
able applicant is found. Send resumes and copies of transcripts to Curator of Invertebrates,
Insect World, Cincinnati Zoo, 3400 Vine St., Cincinnati, Ohio 45220.

FOR SALE: Excellent quality insect mounting pins including standard black, stainless
steel, elephant. Best prices available. Also offering worldwide butterflies, moths, and
beetles in all price ranges. Personalized service to the beginning or seasoned collector.
Specializing in Papilio, Morpho, and Heliconius. Send $5.00 U.S. for one year price list sub-
scription to: IANNI BUTTERFLY ENTERPRISES, P.O. Box 81171, Cleveland, Ohio,
44181. Phone (216) 888-2310.

WANTED FOR BOOK. News/reprints on New World Papilionidae, especially juveniles,
hybridizations, behavior, and space fillers (cartoons, poetry, stories, with copyright data).
Cash or book offered for items used. Contact K. Brown, CP6588, Barao Geraldo, Cam-
pinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil 13082.

WANTED: German-English Science Dictionary, 4th ed. ( 1978), by Louis De Vries & Leon
Jacolev; McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York. Please write beforehand, stating condition and
price. Richard G. Robbins, Dept. of Entomology, Museum Support Center, Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560.

OL. 100

USISSN0013-872X
SEPTEMBER & OCTOBER, 1989 NO. 4

£i im uj biHMi

EWS

OUR CENTENNIAL YEAR

Picromerus bidens (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae) in North
America, with world review of distribution and
bionomics M.-C. Lariviere, A. Larochelle 133

Incidence of androchromotypic female Ischnura ramburi
(Odonata: Coenagrionidae) in Hawaiian Is.

Donald F.J. Hilton 147

New state records for two tiger beetles (Coleoptera:
Cicindelidae) in southern New England

D.J. Comboni, T.D. Schultz 150

Microctonus pachylobii (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) parasitizes
Hylobius weevils in Wisconsin: new host genus and
geographic records L.K. Rieske, D.W.A. Hunt, K.F. Raffa 153

Aggregation behavior in Neotropical owlfly, Cordulecerus
maclachlani (Neuroptera: Ascalaphidae)

Charles V. Covell, Jr. 155

Feeding preference and adult survival of Hadraule

blaisdelli (Coleoptera: Ciidae) on different host fungi
(Polyporaceae) P.C. Klopfenstein, R.C. Graves 157

Eremocoris borealis and E.ferus (Heteroptera:

Lygaeidae) as household pests in Pennsylvania and
Connecticut A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 165

Laboratory aeration system for rearing aquatic inverte-
brates L.D. Corkum, E.C. Hanes 169

Superiority of Aphaenogaster occidentalis in

confrontations with Solenopsis invicta (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae) S.R. Jones, S.A. Phillips, Jr. 173

Ithytrichia mexicana, (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), a
new species of caddisfly from Mexico

S.C. Harris, A. Contreras-Ramos 176

Mississippi records of Plectoptera picta (Blattodea:
Blattellidae) and Ataenius robustus (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) J.R. MacDonald, R.L. Combs, Jr. 179

(Continued on page 146)

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NE WS is published bi-monthly except July- A ugust by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia, Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1989-1990: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph K. Sheldon;
Recording Secretary: Vincent Ventre; Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd, Chr.. D. Otte. and Paul M.

Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898- 1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett. Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 RW. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia, Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on S1^ x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp. , Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 100. No. 4. September & October 1989 133

P1CROMERUS BIDENS (HETEROPTERA:

PENTATOMIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA,

WITH A WORLD REVIEW OF DISTRIBUTION

AND BIONOMICS1

M.-C. Lariviere-% A. Larochelle^

ABSTRACT: The Palearctic. predatory pentatomid Picromerus bidens was introduced into
North America about 50 years ago. Only recently, however, was this species recorded in the
North American literature (1967). The introduction of the species on this continent is of
particular interest since it has been shown, in Europe, to prey upon the larvae of many
agricultural and forest insect pests. The species has been studied by the authors in 10 states
or provinces of northeastern North America from 1978 to 1988. The establishment of the
species in North America is discussed, and a world review of its distribution and bionomics
(including habitat, associated plants, life cycle, seasonal activity, food, predators, and
parasites) is given.

The introduction of the Palearctic, predatory pentatomid Picromerus
bidens (L.) in North America occurred about 50 years ago. Cooper ( 1 967)
first reported the species in the North American literature. Since then,
only a few papers have been published that dealt with the distribution,
biology, and ecology off. bidens in North America (Lattin and Donahue
1969; Oliveira and Juillet 197 l;Kelton 1972; Larochelle 1979; Larochelle
and Lariviere 1980; McPherson 1982; Larochelle 1984; Javahery 1986;
Froeschner 1988).

The European literature, on the other hand, has dealt extensively
with this species since 1911. Many studies such as those of Schumacher
(1911), Butler (1923), Strawinski (1927), Mayne and Breny (1947a,b;
1948a,b), Dupuis (1949), Southwood and Leston (1959), and Javahery
(1967, 1968) have covered the morphology, biology, and ecology of P.
bidens, and its potential use in biological control. The introduction of
this species on this continent is of particular interest since European
studies have shown this pentatomid preys upon the larvae of many
agricultural and forest insect pests.

Until 1986, P. bidens was known in North America only from a few
localities in Quebec, New York, and northern New England. We have
studied and collected this species from 1978 to 1988 in more than 10

1 Received April 1. 1989. Accepted May 6. 1989.

-Department of Entomology. Macdonald College of McGill University, Sainte-Anne-de-
Bellevue, Quebec H9X ICO.

-^Lyrnan Entomological Museum and Research Laboratory. Macdonald College of McGill
University, Sainte-Anne-de-Bellevue, Quebec H9X ICO.

ENT NEWS 100(4): 133-146. September & October. 1989

134 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

states or provinces in northeastern North America. The following ac-
count provides details of its habitat, biology, geographic distribution,
and colonization speed in northeastern North America, and reports on
the current state of knowledge of this species in Europe as well as in
North America, as a reference for those wishing to study this penta-
tomid.

Picromerus bidens (L.)

Picromerus bidens belongs to the subfamily Asopinae and can be
separated from all other North American asopines as follows: humeri
prominent, ending in a spine; humeri, lateral margins of pronotum, and
the head often shining deep-blue; inner apical third of anterior femora
with a short spine and inner apical third of anterior tibia with a short,
acute spur; dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body with fine or deep, dark
punctures; length 11.0-14.0 mm.

A detailed description of the adult is found in Mayne and Breny
(1948b), Dupuis ( 1 949), and Kelton (1972); the latter also includes a color
photo of the adult. The egg was described by Butler ( 1923), Mayne and
Breny ( 1948b), Cooper ( 1967), and Southwood and Leston (1959). First to
third instar nymphs were described by Mayne and Breny (1948b), the
fourth instarby Butler( 1923) and Mayne and Breny ( 1948b), and the fifth
instar has been described in detail by Butler (1923), Mayne and Breny
(1948b) and Dupuis (1949).

Geographic distribution

Palearctic distribution. In the Old World. P. bidens is widely dis-
tributed in the western Palearctic Region and throughout Europe, from
64°N latitude south to North Africa in the west and China in the east; it
occurs as far west as Ireland, and as far east as Siberia and China (Mayne
and Breny 1948b; Dupuis 1949; Puchkov 1961; Southwood and Leston
1959; Zheng 1980).

Nearctic distribution. Until now, the known North American dis-
tribution off. bidens has been limited to Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New York, Vermont, and the Province of Quebec (Froeschner
1988). The first North American specimens were collected on 22.V1I.1932
in Lincoln Co., Maine, and on 28. VII. 1945 at lle-au-Haut (so called
"Peaks Island") near Rockland, Maine (Javahery 1986). There seems to
be no record of the voluntary importation of P. bidens for use as a biologi-
cal control agent. Javahery ( 1986) suggests, and it is also our opinion, that
the species may have been accidentally introduced from Europe, pro-
bably in the egg stage, with the importation of nursery stock or other hor-
ticultural plants.

Vol. 100. No. 4. September & October 1989 135

The species has subsequently been collected at Union Village. Ver-
mont, from 1962 to 1967 (Cooper 1967). at Durham. New Hampshire, in
1956 and 1967 (Lattin and Donahue 1969).andat Lennoxville and Ascot
Corner in southern Quebec in 1970 (Oliveira and Juillel 1971: Kelton
1972). In a previous paper (Larochelle and Lariviere 1 980). we reported P.
bidens in Berkshire Co.. Massachusetts and Franklin Co.. New York as
well as in about 40 localities in Quebec.

We now have collected over 1.500 adults and 300 nymphs in more
than 180 localities from 10 northeastern states or provinces from 1978 to
1988 (states, provinces, and counties in bold face):

MAINE: Franklin: Weld. Wilton. Oxford: Sumner.

MASSACHUSETTS: Worcester: W. Brookfield

NEW BRUNSWICK: Kent: Cap-Lumiere. Pointe-Sapin. Restigouche: White Brook.
Westmorland: Jolicure.

NEW YORK: Franklin: Duane, Fort Covington.

NOVA SCOTIA: Annapolis: Annapolis Royal. Cumberland: Middleboro.

Lunenberg: Canaan. Queens: W. Caledonia.

ONTARIO: Glengarry: Alexandria. Prescott: Carillon Prov. Park.

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Kings: Brudenell River Prov. Park. East Baltic. For-
tune. Prince: Ellerslie, Norboro. Queens: Surrey, Wood Islands Prov. Park.

QUEBEC: 136 localities: north to Etangs-des-Caps (Ile-de-la-Madeleine). in the
following counties: Abitibi, Bagot, Beauce, Beauharnois, Berthier, Bonaventure,
Brome, Champlain, Charlevoix-Est, Charlevoix-Ouest, Chacfateauguay, Chicoutimi,
Compton, Dorchester, Drummond, Frontenac, Gaspe-Est, Gaspe-Ouest, Gatineau,
Huntingdon, Ile-de-Montreal, Iles-de-la-Madeleine, Kamouraska, Lac-Saint-Jean-
Est, Lac-Saint-Jean-Ouest, L'Assomption, Levis, Lotbiniere, Maskinonge, Matane,
Matapedia, Missisquoi, Montcalm, Montmorency No. 2, Nicolet, Papineau, Pon-
tiac, Richmond, Rimouski, Riviere-du-Loup, Rouville, Saguenay, Saint-Jean, Saint-
Maurice, Shefford, Sherbrooke, Soulanges, Stanstead, Temiscouata, Terrebonne,
Vaudreuil, Vercheres Wolfe.

RHODE ISLAND: Providence: Chepachet.

VERMONT: Bennington: Mt. Equinox. Woodford. Essex: Bloomfield, E. Brighton.
Grand Isle: E. Alburg, N. Hero. Lamoille: Belvidere Center. Belvidere Corners, Eden. Jef-
fersonville. Lake Elmore, N. Wolcott. Wolcott. Wolcott Pond. Orleans: Albany. Hazens
Notch, Jay. Washington: E. Montpelier, Maple Corner Montpelier, Worcester. Windham:
Townshend St. Park. Wilmington. Windsor: Mt. Ascutney.

The northern limit of distribution (Fig. 1 ) is now Iles-de-la-Madeleine
(47T4" N latitude). Quebec, and the southern limit. Chepachet. Rhode
Island. The species is recorded for the first time from Prince Edward
Island, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick. Ontario, and Rhode Island.

Observations made in Quebec indicate a rapid colonization of the
territory. It is possible that Quebec populations are the result of suc-
cessive colonizations by Maine populations. We have noticed, however,
while collecting in Maine (June, July and September 1985, and August

136

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1. Distribution of Picromerus bidens in northeastern North America.

1986) that the species is less abundant in fields and in general more dif-
ficult to find there than in Quebec, where it was common to find 10 to 1 5
individuals in 3 to 4 sweeps from the third week of July to mid-September
in almost any of the fields surveyed. It seems likely that the species has
been more recently introduced directly into Quebec (i.e., possible multi-
ple introductions in North America), as is probably the case of certain
Palearctic coccinellids (Coleoptera) such as Propylea quatuordecim-
punctata (L.) (Gordon 1985) and Hippodamia variegata (Goeze) (Gor-
don 1987).

In 1975, P. bidens was known in Quebec from only three localities in
the southern part of the province. An intensive survey of the St. Lawrence
Valley south of Tadoussac (Saguenay Co.) in 1978 showed that it occurred

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 1 37

in another three localities, which extended the known range more than
300 km north of Lennoxville (Sherbrooke Co.), the first record for the
province. In 1979, a survey of the same region revealed its presence in
more than 40 localities.

During July and August of 1980 to 1984, we surveyed the region from
the southern part of the St. Lawrence Valley, north to Miquelon ( Abitibi
Co.), west to Abitibi-ouest and east around the Gaspe Peninsula; and
from Sherbrooke (southeastern Quebec) west through Montreal and the
Ottawa Valley to Temiscamingue. Picromerus bidens has been collected in
87 localities, north to Miquelon (Abitibi Co.), western limit of its range in
Quebec at that time. A rapid survey of the same region in 1985 confirmed
its presence in another three localities of Abitibi County. The known
western limit of the range is now Manneville (Abitibi-Ouest Co.). about
30 km from the Ontario border. Picromerus bidens is now known from 1 36
localities in Quebec.

Bionomics

Habitat

Europe. Fresh, humid, even marshy areas, although sometimes in
drier places where a certain freshness persists; among abundant vegeta-
tion in sunny places; in areas in flower, in humid copses and bushes;
especially near woods and waters; more rarely in orchards, gardens, or
coniferous forests (Schumacher 1911; Strawinski 1927; Mayne and Breny
1948b; Dupuis 1949; Southwood and Leston 1959). In western Europe,
the species is linked more to forests (Southwood and Leston 1959). It is
found on the vegetation within two meters above the ground (Mayne and
Breny 1948b).

North America. In Quebec and also in the other states and provin-
ces visited, P. bidens is found in wet and dry areas, but always in clear,
sunny places; along hedges, in fields along the forest edge, along wooded
roadsides, in openings of mixed, deciduous or coniferous forests, where
it prefers shrubby areas rich in woody plants (trees or bushes, e.g.,
raspberry plants), but also on weeds such as goldenrods. The species is
found on plants at a height of 1 to 2 m above the ground. It is found in flat
open country as well as at altitudes of 1 ,000 to 1 ,200 m. We have found the
species in Vermont on 7, 1 1, and 16. VIII. 1987 at the summits of Mounts
Jay Peak (1,251 m), Ascutney (1.019 m). and Equinox (1,236 m) respec-
tively. Javahery (1986) reports that the species is rarely found in
orchards.

Associated plants

The local distribution off. bidens seems to be dictated by plant diver-

138 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

sity and the resulting variety of prey used for its feeding. The following is
a list of plants on which various stages of the species can be found. These
are not necessarily the hosts used for reproduction.

Europe: Alnus glutinosa (L.) Gaert., Betula verrucosa Ehrh., B. pubes-
cens Ehrh., Calluna sp., Carex sp., Corylus sp. 'Dipsacus sp., Fagus sylvestris
L., Galeopsis sp., Galium sp., Genista sp.,Juniperus sp. ,Myrica gale L., Pinus
sylvestris L., Polygonum sp., Populus alba L., Primula elatior (L.) Hill,
Prunus avium L., P. cerosus L., Pyrus malus L., Quercus sp., Q. pedunculata
Ehrh., Ranunculus acrisL., Rhamnus cathartica L., Ribes nigrum L., Rubus
sp., R. idaeus L., Rumexsp., Salix nigricans Sm., S. repens L., S. caprea L., S1.
aurita L., Spiraea ulmaria(L.), Tilia sp., and Urtica sp. (Butler 1923; Mayne
andBreny 1948b; Dupuis 1949; Thomas 1954). According to Schumacher
(1911), the following plants are visited less frequently: Calluna sp.. Genista
sp.. Polygonum sp.. Salvia sp., and Urtica sp.

North America. In Quebec and Ontario, P. bidens has been collected
on Ambrosia sp., Rubus idaeus, Malus sp.. Polygonum sp., Rubus sp., Solidago
sp., Vaccinium sp., weeds, and forage legumes (Larochelle and Lariviere
1980; Javahery 1986).

We have also found P. bidens on 46 additional associated plants in
Quebec, Ontario, New York, and New England: Abies balsamea (L.),
AInus sp., A. rugosa (DuRoi)Spreng, Amelanchier sp.^Betula alleghaniensis
Britton,/?. glandulosa Michx., #. papyri/era Marsh. Clematis virginiana L.,
Comptonia peregrina (L.), Cornus stolonifera Michx., Corylus cornuta
Marsh., Crataegus sp., graminaceous plants, Impatiens capensis Meerb.,
Juniperus communis L., Larix laricina (DuRoi) Koch., Osmunda clay-
ton iana L., Ostrya virginiana (Mill.) K. Koch., Parthenocissus quinquefolia
(L.), Picea sp., P. glauca ( Moench ) Voss, Pinus banksiana Lamb., P. resinosa
Art., P. sylvestris L., Populus tremuloides Michx., Prunus serotina Ehrh., P.
virginiana L., Quercus alba L., Q. macrocarpa Michx., Q. rubra L., Ribes sp.,
R. cynosbati L., Rubus idaeus L., Salix sp., S. fragilis L., Sambucus pubens
Michx., Solidago sp.. Spiraea latifolia (Ait.), Thuja occidentalis L., Tilia
americana L., Urtica procera Muhl., Vaccinium sp.. Viburnum lentago L.,
Vitis riparia Michx., and various undetermined species of weeds.

Although it appears that P. bidens does not favor any particular plant
species, we have observed that the density of individuals was higher on
and around raspberry plants when these were present in the habitat. In
Quebec, the occurrence of raspberries almost always assured the collec-
tion of P. bidens. We have observed the same phenomenon on golden-
rods, which are blooming in August. This is probably related to the fact
that both plants, at certain times in the season, are inhabited by larvae
and adults of species fed on by P. bidens. The presence of all nymphal

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 139

instars as well as adults was noted on goldenrods and raspberries.
Life cycle

The developmental cycle is regulated by ecological conditions and
their influence on nymphal development and reproductive activity. Two
cycles are thought to be possible: a primary cycle in which the species
overwinters in the egg stage, and, less frequently, a secondary cycle in
which some adults overwinter. Our observations on North American
populations seem to indicate that the species follows the primary cycle
described in the European literature.

Primary cycle. Adults oviposit from August into the fall. They die
late in the season, after they have mated several times, and eggs overwin-
ter (Strawinski 1927; Mayne and Breny 1948b; Dupuis 1949). Females
may oviposit as many as 5 times (Strawinski 1927; Mayne and Breny
1948b). Adults that do not participate in reproductive activity do not
seem to overwinter (Guide 1919; Dupuis 1949). Eggs hatch in May and 40
to 60 days are required for the five nymphal instars to complete develop-
ment; the first adults can be found in June (Strawinski 1927; Dupuis
1949; Southwood and Leston 1959). The first instar nymph takes about 5
days to develop, nymphs of instars II to IV take 12 to 14 days, and a little
longer may be required by the fifth instar nymph (Dupuis 1948, Mayne
and Breny 1948b; Thomas 1954; Groves 1956; Southwood and Leston
1959). The duration of the various stages varies according to ecological
and meteorological conditions; it is not rare to find fifth instar nymphs
in July and newly emerged adults in August (Strawinski 1927; Mayne
and Breny 1948b).

Secondary cycle. This cycle is less common and probably involves
adults that have not been reproductively active and that had sufficient
energy to survive winter. These individuals overwinter, mate in May and
June, lay eggs in July, and new adults emerge from mid-August to early
September (Schumacher 1911; Dupuis 1949).

The species is generally recognized as univoltine. Schumacher ( 1 91 1 )
indicated that when some authors have recognized two generations per
year, it is probable that the two cycles have been cofounded.

Our observations and those of Cooper (1967) and Javahery (1986)
indicate that P. bidens is univoltine and overwinters in the egg stage in
eastern Canada, New York, and New England.

Seasonal activity

Eggs and oviposition. Mayne and Breny ( 1948b) observed that the
number of eggs laid is often inversely proportional to the number of
ovipositions per female, and suggested that an increased frequency of

140 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

mating favors the activity of the genital system. Egg-batch size varies
from only 2 to 3 or as many as 70 to 75, and oviposition frequency is
dependent on temperature (no oviposition under 14.5° C). Observed
maximum fecundity is 300 eggs (Schumacher 191 1; Mayne and Breny
1928b); mean fecundity is around 129 to 154 eggs (Javahery 1986). In
Quebec, we have seen gravid females from the end of August to the 15th
of September in Charlevoix-Est County, and until October in the Mon-
treal area.

Nymphs. First instars are gregarious and do not feed other than by
occasionally sucking plant sap to obtain water; they remain sheltered in
dark places, often on lower leaf surfaces near the ground (Mayne and
Breny 1948b; Southwood and Leston 1959). Second instars are still quite
gregarious, but start to disperse from time to time to find food; they
become more carnivorous soon after the first molt (Mayne and Breny
1948b; Southwood and Leston 1959). Javahery (1986) observed that the
two first instars in Quebec populations last about 8 days, and the second
instars do not feed during the first 3 or 4 days; they are gregarious at this
time, forming groups of 3 to 56 individuals. Activity and mobility increase
in instars III to V; the duration of each of these instars in Quebec is 9 to 10
days (Javahery 1986). This author reported, from laboratory experiments,
that fecundity decreases at 27 °C and 28°C, suggesting that P. bidens is a
species of cooler climates. Eggs are deposited on woody plants, in rows
on stems and twigs or in batches on the lower surface of leaves ( Strawinski
1927; Mayne and Breny 1948b). Javahery (1986) reported that the ovi-
position period in Quebec is from mid-August to mid-October and that
up to 4 eggs develop in the ovarioles prior to oviposition. He also obser-
ved that egg-batch size varies from 2 to 73 and that the eggs need to be
subjected to low temperature (0-2°C) for about 30 days for embryonic
development to be initiated; without this chilling period, 92% of the eggs
did not hatch. Javahery (1986) also studied in detail the maturation of the
reproductive organs, diapause, and egg and ovariole development in
Quebec populations.

Adults. Adults of the new generation can be found in June. Accord-
ing to Mayne and Breny ( 1948b), peak adult activity is from mid-July to
the first week of October. In the Lac-Saint-Jean region of Quebec, we
have seen teneral individuals from 5. VIII. to 22.IX, and about 15 days
earlier in the Montreal area. Individuals can be found at the bases of
plants in the morning, and climb upwards with increasing sunlight; they
are active during daylight hours and return to the bases of the plants as
soon as the temperature cools at sunset (Mayne and Breny 1948b;
Dupuis 1949).

Mating. In the field, mating usually occurs from mid-August to
October, with frequency varying according to temperature (no mating

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 141

under 14.5°C)(Strawinski 1927; Mayne and Breny 1948b). After the last
molt, 15 days to a month is necessary for the reproductive organs to
mature before mating (Mayne and Breny 1948b). We have observed mat-
ing pairs in mid-August in southern Quebec on wild grape and red oak in
the middle of the afternoon and at sunset.

Longevity. Observed maximum longevity in the laboratory was 1 14
days; it has been estimated to be 4 months in nature (Mayne and Breny
1948b). In the laboratory, longevity decreased at 27°C and 28°C, suggest-
ing again that P. bidens is a species of cooler climates (Javahery 1986).

Flight. Javahery (1986) observed higher food consumption and greater
mobility during the period of sexual maturation in Quebec populations
and reported that no flight tendencies were observed in either sex at that
time. He also suggested that flight may not be necessary to initiate sexual
maturation and dispersal, whereas feeding and walking are. Mayne and
Breny's (1948b), and our observations seem to indicate that flight plays a
role in dispersal. Mayne and Breny (1948b) reported that the species
usually travels little and at very short distances except in the following
cases: "After the last molt and after having eaten, the insect has an
instinctive need for dispersal. The nymphal population was without any
other traveling means than walking and when the winged adults emerge,
these are crowded on the restricted area previously occupied by the
nymphs. These new adults often fly long distances, probably to escape
surpopulation but also by instinct of species propagation. In Belgium,
such flights have been observed in July and August."

We have observed many individuals flying on sunny afternoons in
July and August. We feel that this means of dispersal should not be
overlooked, at least in relation to the rapid range expansion in Quebec.

Food

Picromerus bidens is almost entirely carnivorous. It is a polyphagous
species that preys on larvae of many Lepidoptera, Chrysomelidae (Co-
leoptera). Tenth redinidae and other leaf-eating Hymenoptera, and more
rarely on pupae and adults of soft-bodied insects. It also sucks plant
juices to satisfy its needs for water. Mayne and Breny (1948b) suggested
that the proximity of fresh vegetation is indispensable to the successful
development of nymphs and adults.

Ethology of food gathering. Prey are generally medium-sized, glab-
rous, soft-bodied, and slow-moving; P. bidens often goes from one prey to
another, slightly piercing it without actually eating it. especially in cases
in which the prey does not exactly suit its requirements. In any case, lar-
vae pierced in such a manner will die, which makes P. bidens such a use-
ful predator (Mayne and Breny 1948b).

142 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Food in Europe. Coleoptera: larvae and adults oiCassida viridis L.
(Manolache et al, 1939), larvae of Melasoma populi L. and M. tremulae F.
(Vuillet 1919; Gabler 1937; Mayne and Breny 1948b), Pyrrhalta viburni
(Payk.) and Phyllobrotica quadrimaculata L. (Schumacher 1911) (Chry-
somelidae). Diptera: larvae (Gabler 1937). Heteroptera: Cimex lectularius
L. (Dahlbom 1837; Clausen 1940)(Cimicidae). Hymenoptera: Diprion
(Microdiprion) palhpes (Fall.) (Mallach 1974) (Diprionidae); larvae of
Tenthredinidae (Schumacher 1911; Mayne and Breny 1948b); larvae,
pupae and adults of Tenthredinidae (Gabler 1937); Cimbex connata
Schrank(Strawinski 1927), LophyruspiniL. (Gabler \931),Lygaeonematus
wesmaeli Tischb. (Hsin 1935), Phymatocera aterrima Klug. (Butler 1923)
(Tenthredinidae). Orthoptera: nymphs of Leptophyes thelessine (L.)
(Javahery 1967) (Tettigoniidae). Lepidoptera: larvae and adults (Schu-
macher 1911; Mayne and Breny 1948b); Euchelia jacobeae L. (Butler
1923), Spilosoma lubricipeda (L.) (Schumacher 1911) (Arctiidae); Mac-
rothylacia (=Bombyx) nibi L. (Butler 1923; Mayne and Breny 1948b)
(Bombycidae); Ectropis (Boarmia) bistortata Goeze (Schwenke 1976) (Geo-
metridae); Lymantria dispar (L.) (Schaefer et al 1984), L. monacha L.
(Strawinski 1927; Mayne and Breny 1948b), Orgyia antiqua (L.) (Skatulla
1974) (Lymantriidae); Acronicta psi (L.) (Schumacher 1911), A. rumicis
(L.) (Butler 1923; Mayne and Breny 1948b), Bupalus pinaria L. (Friederichs
et al 1941 ), Dianthoecia capsincola (W.V.) (Schumacher 1911), Phytomera
gamma L. (Kanervo 1947), Polia chi (L.) (Schumacher 1911)(Noctuidae);
Phalera bucephala (L.) (Schumacher 1911), Ptilodon capucina (L.)
(Gninenko 1974) (Notodontidae); Melitaea sp., (Schumacher 1911)
(Nymphalidae); Aporia crataegi L. (Krasnyuk 1928), Pieris brassicae L.
(Schumacher 1911, Butler 1923), P. rapae L. (Butler 1923; Mayne and
Breny 1948b) (Pieridae); Laspeyresia (Cydia) funebrana (Tr.) (Golubenko
1969) (Tortricidae). Neuroptera: larvae of Hemerobiidae (Butler 1923).

Food in North America. Coleoptera: larvae of Chrysomelidae
(Javahery 1986). Diptera: larvae of Calliphoridae (Javahery 1986). Hy-
menoptera: Diprion similis (Hartig) (Lattin and Donahue 1969), Gilpinia
frutetorum (Fab.) (Oliveira and Juillet 1971; Kelton 1972), two species of
European sawflies( Diprionidae) noxious to Scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris)
and white pine (Pinus strobus). Lepidoptera: specifically Pyrrharctia
Isabella (J.E. Smith) (Lattin and Donahue 1969), and also larvae of
various Pieridae, Geometridae, and Noctuidae (Javahery 1986).

Cannibalism

Cannibalism has been observed among populations of P. bidens,
especially when the food supply was low, or in periods of overpopulation
(Mayne and Breny 1948b; Javahery 1967, 1986).

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 143

Predators and parasites

Nymphs and adults of P. bidens are sometimes preyed upon by
Podisus maculiventris Say and P. modestus Dallas (Pentatomidae)
(Javahery 1986), as well as by the sphecid wasp Astata boops (Schrank)
(Butler 1923). Javahery (1986) reported that eggs in southern England
and Quebec were parasitized by scelionid wasps. Moreover, he found
that the eggs are suitable for culturing several Scelionidae, especially
species of Telenomus and Trissolcus.

Karyotype

2N = 12A + X + Y (South wood and Leston 1959).

Rearing

Methods and materials used for rearing P. bidens have been des
cribed by Mayne and Breny (1948b) and Javahery (1986). Mayne and
Breny (1948b) have successfully maintained laboratory cultures on lar-
vae of Melasoma populi L. (Chrysomelidae), Mamestra brassicae L. (Noc-
tuidae) and Anagasta kuehniella (Zell.) (Pyralidae), larvae of potato beetles,
house flies, and pierids. Javahery (1986) used larvae of the pyralids
Galleria mellonella (L.) and Anagasta kuehniella (Zell.). In the laboratory,
the species seems to develop well on plants such as potato, cabbage,
black nightshade, Ligustrum sp., Weigelia sp., birch, basswood, horn-
beam, etc. (Mayne and Breny 1948b).

Biological control

Biological and ethological data suggest that P. bidens could be con-
sidered a useful predator against certain leaf-eating insects. The species
seems to be able to establish itself well in the North American environ-
ment, it has a varied diet, occurs in diverse habitats, and has a relatively
good egg-laying capacity. Oliveira and Juillet ( 1 97 1 ) reported P. bidens as
a biological control agent against larvae of Diprion frutetorum (Fab.)
(Diprionidae) in pine forests in Quebec.

Many authors have already pointed out the important role of this
species in reducing insect pest populations in Europe. In Germany,
Gabler (1937) reported efficient control of the larvae of various saw fly
species; Pschorn-Walcher and Zinnert (1971) observed the destruction
of 5% of the larvae of Pristiphora erichsonii Htg. (Tenth redinidae) in
Bavaria; and Mallach (1974) reported that the insect has been important
in controlling the hymenopteran Microdiprion pallipes (Fall.) (Dip-
rionidae). According to Clausen (1940). the use of P. bidens to control the
hemipteran Cimex lectularius L. was recommended as early as 1 776. The

144 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

method consisted of confining a few individuals of P. bidens in an infes-
ted room. In Sweden, P. bidens was found to be useful against mass
appearance of the hymenopteran Neodiprion sertifer Geoffr. (Dip-
rionidae) (Forsslund 1946). In Belgium, Mayne and Breny (1948b) des-
cribed its action against the potato beetle. They concluded however, that
even under optimal conditions (i.e., fields adjacent to its natural habitat
or artificial dispersal of its eggs in spring), P. bidens does not effectively
protect the plants. Two main factors mitigate against its systematic use in
biological control: P. bidens is not a great traveller, traveling being mainly
made by walking, and does not disperse easily in the field; it also seems
far too general in the choice of its prey items.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors wish to thank V.R. Vickery, M. Javahery, and D.J. Lewis (Macdonald
College of McGill University, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue. Quebec) for their helpful comments
and criticism and for reviewing early drafts of the manuscript.

LITERATURE CITED

Butler, E.A. 1923. A biology of the British Hemiptera-Heteroptera. H.F. andG. Witherby,

London. 682 pp.
Clausen, C.P. 1940. Entomophagous Insects. McGraw-Hill Book Co., N.Y. 688 pp.
Cooper, K.W. 1967. Picromerus bidens (Linn.), a beneficial, predatory European bug dis-
covered in Vermont (Lleteroptera: Pentatomidae). Ent. News 78: 36-39.
Dahlbom. 1837. Kort underrattelse om Skandinaviska Insectes: 127. Taken from: Mayne

and Breny 1948b. Picromerus bidens L.: Morphologic Biologic Determination de sa

valeur dutilisation dans la lutte biologique contre le doryphore de la pomme de terre -

La valeur economique antidoryphorique des Asopines indigenes beiges. Parasitica

TIV(4): 189-224.
Dupuis, C. 1949. Les Asopinae de la faune francaise (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae). Rev. Fr.

Entomol. 16: 233-250.
Forsslund, K.-H. 1946. The injuriousness of Neodiprion sertifer Geoffr. Medd. Skogsfor-

soksanst 34: 365-390. Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 34: 130.
Friederichs, K., B. Schaerffenberg and H. Stum. 1941 . Uber die Feinde des Kieferspan-

ners, mit Berlicksichtigunges Mischwaldes. Z. Angew. Entomol. 27(4): 621-641.
Froeschner, R.C. 1988. Family Pentatomidae. Pp. 544-597 in T.J. Henry and R.C.

Froeschner, eds. 1988. Catalog of the Heteroptera or True Bugs of Canada and the

continental United States. E.J. Brill, Leiden, Netherlands. 958 pp.
Gabler, H. 1937. Picromerus bidens L. als Feind der Lophyruslarven. Tharandter Sorstl.

Jb. 88(1): 51-58. Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 25: 281-282.
Gninenko, Y.I. 1974. The biology of Lophopteryx came Una in birch forests inTransuralia.

Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 53(10): 1495-1501. Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 10: 1165.
Golubenko, N.N. 1969. A test of integrated control of the plum fruit moth. Lespeyresia

funebrana Tr. (Lepid., Tortricidae). Entomol. Obozr. 48(3): 502-506.
Gordon, R.D. 1985. The Coccinellidae (Coleoptera) of America North of Mexico. J. N.Y.

Entomol. Soc. 93(1): 1-912.
Gordon, R.D. 1987. The first North American records of Hippodamia variegata (Goeze)

(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 95(2): 307-309.

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 145

Groves, E.W. 1956. Gregarious behavior in the larvae of Picromerus bidens (L.) (Hem..
Pentatomidae). Entomol. Mon. Mag. 92: 65-66.

Guide, J. 1919. Die Larvenstadien der Asopiden (Hem.-Het.). Frunkfurt (Main) Deutsch.
Ent. Zeitschr. Taken from: Mayne and Breny. 1948b. Picromerus bidens L.: Morphologic
Biologic Determination de sa valeur d'utilisation dans la lutte biologique contre le
doryphore de la pomme de terre - La valeur economique antidoryphorique des
Asopines indigenes beiges. Parasitica T.IV (4): 189-224.

Hsin, C.-S. 1935. Beitrage zur Naturgechichte der Blattwespen. Z. Angew. Entomol.

Entomol. 22(2): 253-294.
Javahery, M. 1967. The biology of some Pentatomoidea and their egg parasites. Unpublished

PhD. Thesis. Univ. of London. 475 pp.
Javahery, M. 1968. The egg parasite complex of British Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera):

Taxonomy ofTelenominae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond.

120: 417-436.
Javahery, M. 1986. Biology and ecology of Picromerus bidens (Hemiptera: Pentatomidae)

in southeastern Canada. Ent. News 97(3): 87-98.
Kanervo, V. 1947. Uber das Massenauftreten der Gammaz\i\e,Phytomera gamma L.(Lep..

Noctuidae) in Sommer 1946 in Finnland. Ann. Ent. Fenn. (Helsinki) 13(3): 89-104.
Kelton, L.A. 1972. Picromerus bidens in Canada (Heteroptera: Pentatomidae). Can. En-
tomol. 104: 1743-1744.
Krasnyuk, P.I. 1928. Aporia crataegi L. Bull. Mleev. Hort. Expt. Sta., Mleev. no 12. 44 pp.

Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 17: 430-431.
Larochelle, A. 1979. Les Punaises a Boucher (Hemiptera: Scutelleroidea) du Quebec.

Cordulia. Suppl. 11: 1-84.
Larochelle, A. 1984. Les Punaises Terrestres (Hemipteres: Geocorises) du Quebec.

Fabreries. Suppl. 3. 514 pp.
Larochelle, A. and M.-C. Lariviere. 1980. Picromerus bidens L. (Heteroptera: Pen-
tatomidae) en Amerique du Nord: Repartition geographique. habitat et biologic Bull.

Invent. Ins. Queb. 2(1): 10-18.
Lattin, J.D. and J. P. Donahue. 1969. The second rcord of Picromerus bidens (L.) in North

America (Heteroptra: Pentatomidae: Asopinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 71(4): 567-

568.
McPherson, J.E. 1982. The Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera) of northeastern North America

with emphasis on the Fauna of Illinois. Southern Illinois Univ. Press., Carbondalc 240 pp.
Mallach, N. 1974. Zur Kenntnis der Kleinen Kiefer-Buschhornblattwespe Diprion (Mic-

rodiprion) pallipes (Fall.) (Hym.. Diprionidae), Teil 3: Populationsokologie.Z. Angew.

Entomol. 75(4): 337-380.
Manolache, C.I., E. Dobreanu and F. Manolache. 1939. Investigations on the biology of

Cassida viridis L. Anal. Inst. Cere. Agron. Roman. 10: 435-457. Taken from: Rev. Appl.

Entomol. 28: 194-195.
Mayne, R. and R. Breny. 1947a. Les eclosions de Picromerus bidens L. dans la nature.

Parasitica T III (2): 53-67.
Mayne, R. and R. Breny. 1947b. Contribution a l'etude des circonstances climatiques

influencant le pouvoir d'eclosion des oeufs de Picromerus bidens L. Parasitica T. Ill (4):

133-141.'
Mayne, R. and R. Breny. 1948a. Picromerus bidens L. La vie larvaire au premier age.

Parasitica Till (4): 1-20.
Mayne, R. and R. Breny. 1948b. Picromerus bidens L.: Morphologic Biologic Deter-
mination de sa valeur d'utilisation dans la lutte biologique contre le doryphore de la
pomme de terre - La valeur economique antidoryphorique des Asopines indigenes
beiges. Parasitica T. IV (4): 189-224.

146 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Oliveira, D. de and J. Juillet. 1971. Picromerus bidens L. (Hemipteres: Pentatomides),

nouveau predateur de la Mouche-a-scie du pin de pepiniere. Diprion frutetorum Fab.

Phytoprotection 52(1): 32-34.
Pschorn-Walcher, H. and K.D. Zinnert. 197 1 . Investigations on the ecology and natural

control of the larch sawfly (Pristiphora erichsonii Htg.. Hym.: Tenthredinidae) in Central

Europe. Part II: natural enemies: their biology and ecology, and their role as mortality

factors in P. erichsonii. Techn. Bull. Commonw. Inst. Biol. Control. 14: 1-50.
Puchkov, V.G. 1961. Fauna of Ukraine. Shieldbugs. 21. Ac. Sci. Uk. SSR. Kiev. 338 pp.
Schaefer, P.W., JJ. Yan, X.L. Sun, W.E. Wallner and R.M. Weseloh. 1984. Natural

enemies of the gypsy moth, Lymantria dispar(L.) (Lymantriidae) in China. Sci. Silvae

Sin. 20(4): 434-440.
Schumacher, F. 191 1. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Biologie der Asopiden. Z. Wiss. Insekt.

Biol. 7: 40-47.
Schwenke, W. 1976. Zur Biologie, Gradologie und forstlichen Bedeurung von Boarmia

bistortata Goeze (Lep., Geometridae). Zeitschrift fur Pflanzenk. Pflanzenschutz 83:

159-165. Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 65: 583.
Skatulla, U. 1974. Zur Massenvermehrung des Schlekenspinners, Orgyia antiqua (L.)

1971/1972 in Bayern. Anz. Schadlingsk. D. Pflanzenschutz Umweltschutz 47(6): 89-93.

Taken from: Rev. Appl. Entomol. 62: 912.
Southwood, T.R.E. and D. Leston. 1959. Land and water bugs of the British Isles.

Frederick Warne, London and New York. 436 pp.
Strawinski, K. 1927. Picromerus bidens L. (Hemipt. Heteroptera, Pentatomidae). Pol.

Pismo. Entomol. 6: 123-151.
Thomas, D.C. 1954. Notes on the biology of some Hemiptera Heteroptera. Entomologist

(Lond.) 87 (1089): 25-30.
Vuillet, A. 1919. Note sur Picromerus bidens, L., Hemiptere predateur des larves de

Chrysomelides. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 6: 118-119.
Zheng, L. 1980. Data on Chinese Asopinae (Heteropt.: Pentatomidae). (In Chinese).

Entomotaxonomia 2(4): 321-24. Taken from Rev. Appl. Entomol. 70: 1952.

(Contents continued from front cover)

Further notes on preparation of exuviae of parasitic

Hymenoptera David B. Wahl 181

Damage to woody plants by locust leafminer, Odontota
</or.sa//s(Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae), during local out-
break in Appalachian oak forest Charles E. Williams 183

Incorporation of slide-mounted material into entomological

collections Laurent LeSage 1 88

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 15, 1989 156

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 19, 1989 180

SOCIETY'S INSECT FIELD DAY 182

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED 152, 168, 178

ANNOUNCEMENTS 175, 182

Vol. 100. No. 4. September & October 1989 147

INCIDENCE OF ANDROCHROMOTYPIC FEMALE

ISCHNVRA RAMBURI

(ODONATA: COENAGRIONIDAE)

IN THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS1

Donald FJ. Hilton2

ABSTRACT: Of 549 female Ischnura ramburi collected (or observed) from 1 7 localities on
the islands of Hawaii and Oahu in the state of Hawaii, only 3 androchromotypic females
were seen. These occupied a small pond on the University of Hawaii (Manoa) campus. /.
ramburi is not native to Hawaii and the results suggest more than one introduction, perhaps
via discarded aquarium contents.

Ischnura ramburi Selys-Longchamps is a North American damselfly
(Davies and Tobin, 1984) first collected from Hawaii in 1973 by Harwood
(1976). He recorded it at three localities on the island of Hawaii and at
two on Oahu. Harwood states of/ ramburi: "habits are such that im-
pregnated females may seek shelter in aircraft" and suggested that this
may have been the species' mode of entry into the Hawaiian Islands.
Since /. ramburi occurred on two widely separated islands at the time of
Harwood's collections (Feb. 21-Mar. 21 in both 1973 & 1974), he did not
consider it possible "to state with assurance where the species first
became established". It is also possible that /. ramburi could have been
introduced into the Hawaiian Islands via eggs or larvae associated with
aquatic vegetation accompanying imported tropical fishes for the home
aquarium market. The fact that tropical fishes, with their aquarium
vegetation, are sometimes released into external environments has been
documented by McAllister (1969) and Pritchard (1971) for the exotic
flora and fauna inhabiting hot spring outflows in the Canadian Rocky
Mountains near Banff, Alberta.

Robertson (1986) reported collecting /. ramburi on the islands of
Hawaii, Kauai and Oahu. He "collected large series" (numbers not
stated), though only from one locality on each of Kauai and Oahu and
two localities on Hawaii, without obtaining any "andromorph" ( = andro-
chromotypic*) females. He implied that such female polymorphisms
might not occur on islands.

I spent one year (July 1, 1985-June 30, 1986) collecting Odonata at
various localities throughout Oahu. My collections and observations of
/. ramburi contain information that directly relates to some of Robertson's
(1985, 1986) ideas.

•Received March 8. 1989. Accepted April 14. 1989.

-Department of Biological Sciences. Bishop's University. Lennoxville. Quebec JIM 1Z7.
Canada.

*See under Acknowledgments

ENT. NEWS 100(4): 147-149. September & October. 1989

148 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

METHODS

Ischnura ramburi females were either: a) collected by netting, soaked
in acetone for 24 hrs and then stored in clear cellophane envelopes, or
b) individuals engaged in various reproductive activities were closely
observed among emergent vegetation. In addition, I examined all speci-
mens at the University of Hawaii (Manoa campus) and the B.P. Bishop
Museum.

RESULTS

I collected 168 female /. ramburi from the following Oahu loalities:
Kawainui Swamp near Kailua (a total of 10 collected over four occasions
during July 29-Sept. 25, 1985); Salt Lake (a total of 52 collected over six
occasions during Jan. 10-Mar. 3, 1986); University of Hawaii, Manoa
campus (a total of 43 collected over nine occasions during Oct. 30, 1985-
Jan. 7, 1986); Waimanolo (a total of 63 collected over 20 occasions during
Oct. 25, 1985-Jan. 21, 1986). I also closely observed reproductive behaviors
of 296 solitary females and 65 tandem pairs at Salt Lake over 13 occasions
during Jan. 10-Mar. 12, 1986. In addition, there were 10 females from six
different Oahu localities in the University of Hawaii collection, and
another 10 females from four Oahu and two Hawaii sites in the B.P.
Bishop Museum. A total of 549 females were thus examined, all but three
of which were gynochromotypic*. The only locality where androchro-
motypic females occurred was a small pond adjacent to the tennis courts
on the University of Hawaii (Manoa) campus where three of 43 (7.0%)
were androchromotypic.

DISCUSSION

Obviously androchromotypic females of/, ramburi do occur in Hawaii,
although so far detected at only one site. This suggests that there may
have been more than one introduction of/, ramburi into the islands since
the androchromotypic trait is not widespread, as it would have to be if/
ramburi dispersed over the islands from an initial entry point. Further-
more, the presence of the androchromotypic population at the Manoa
campus pond strongly points to its source being discarded aquarium
contents. This is particularly likely with the thousands of college students
occupying dormitories nearby. Many undoubtedly keep pets which
might be disposed of when the academic year ends and students vacate
their residence rooms. This seems a more likely scenario than an intro-
duction by aircraft since the Honolulu airport is many miles away from

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 149

the Manoa campus site and yet there are populations of/, ramburi (e.g.
Salt Lake) much closer to the airport, but in these the females are all
gynochromotypic.

After I detected androchromotypic females at the Manoa campus, I
initiated a study of this population. During the brief time I had to observe
living individuals, 2/17 ( 1 1.8%) solitary females were androchromotypic
and 1/9 (11.1%) tandem pairs contained an androchromotypic female.
Although these data are very small, they do not indicate that andro-
chromotypic females are any less likely than gynochromotypic ones to
be grasped in tandem by males. Such results are at variance with Robert-
son's (1985) more extensive data obtained from a population of/, ram-
buri near Lake Placid, Florida, in which 3 1 . 1 % (28/90) of the females were
androchromotypic. He presented data which showed that copulations
involving androchromotypic females occurred about half as often (17.1%
(28/164)) as would be expected based upon the proportion of andro-
chromotypic to "heteromorph" ( = gynochromotypic) females in the
population, apparently because males do not readily recognize the for-
mer as females. He suggested that this gave androchromotypic females
an advantage in that they didn't have to waste time on unnecessary mul-
tiple matings and, since they spent less time mating, were not as likely to
be seen by predators.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I would like to thank R. Gambles and B. Kiauta for pointing out that rules governing
combining forms of Greek roots require that "chroma" terminate in an "o". not an "a".
Therefore the correct spellings are androchromotypic and gynochromotypic rather than
the spellings I originally employed when I (1987) introduced these terms to differentiate
between females with male-like or female-like color patterns, respectively.

LITERATURE CITED

Davies, D.A.O. and P. Tobin. 1984. The dragonflies of the world: A systematic list of

the extant species of Odonata. Vol. 1. Zygoptera. Anisozygoptera. Soc. Int. Odonatol..

Rap. Comm. (Suppl.) No. 3, 127 pp.
Harwood, P.D. 1976. Dragonflies (Odonata) observed in Hawaii in 1973 and 1974. Proc.

Hawaiian Ent. Soc. 22: 251-254.
Hilton, D.FJ. 1987. A terminology for females with color patterns that mimic males.

Entomol. News 98: 221-223.
McAllister, D.E. 1969. Introduction of tropical fishes into a hot spring near Banff. Alberta.

Canad. Fid-Nat. 83: 31-35.
Pritchard, G. \91\.Argia vivida Hagen (Odonata: Coenagrionidae) in hot pools at Banff.

Canad. Fid-Nat. 85: 186-188.
Robertson, H.M. 1985. Female dimorphism and mating behaviour in a damselfK. Ar/wim;

ramburi: females mimicking males. Anim. Behav. 33: 805-809.
Robertson, H.M. 1986. Study on polymorphism. Selysia 15: 11.

150 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NEW STATE RECORDS FOR TWO TIGER

BEETLES (COLEOPTERA: CICINDELIDAE)

IN SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND1

Douglas J. Comboni^, Tom D. Schultz^

ABSTRACT: Cicindela rufiventris rufiventris was collected at two sites near New Haven,
Connecticut, constituting the first state records of this species. Cicindela trifasciata ascen-
dens was collected from Nantucket Island, Massachusetts, representing the first record of
this species from New England.

Cicindela rufiventris Dejean and Cicindela trifasciata ascendens LeConte
are two tiger beetles that commonly are collected in the southeastern
United States. In the New England states, isolated populations of C.
rufiventris are known only from Massachusetts (Murray, 1980, Dunn,
1986) and Rhode Island (Davis, 1903). C trifasciata previously has not
been recorded north of Atlantic Co., New Jersey (Boyd, 1978). We report
here recent collections of both species from southern New England.

Cicindela rufiventris Dejean

Two specimens ot Cicindela rufiventris Dejean were collected on June
28 and July 1 8, 1 986 at West RockRidge State Park (New Haven Co., CT)
by D. Comboni. Both beetles were taken within 15 m of the Judges Cave
Memorial on bare basaltic rock. The Park preserves a large escarpment
of Tertiary basalt west of New Haven. Conditions on each day were
sunny with temperatures near 30°C, but neither individual attempted to
escape by flying. Later visits to this site in August of 1986, and in July and
August of 1987 and 1988, failed to yield additional specimens. One of the
two specimens was vouchered to the Peabody Museum of Natural His-
tory, Yale University. One additional specimen of C. rufiventris was
collected from West Rock Ridge State Park in June 1986 by G. Bernard.

On August 2 1 , 1988, T. Schultz collected six adult C. rufiventris .2 miles
north of the Northford Post Office, New Haven Co., CT. Seven additional
specimens were collected one week later on August 28. All the adults
were collected along a sloping gravel track on the east bank of Farm
River. The bare substrate consisted of reddish cobbles and gravelly sand

•Received March 30, 1989. Accepted April 3, 1989.

2812 Black Rock Turnpike, Fairfield, CT 06430.

-Division of Entomology, Peabody Museum of Natural History Yale University. P.O. 6666,
New Haven, CT 06511.

ENT. NEWS 100(4): 150-152, September & October, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 151

with some exposed basalt and granite. Four voucher specimens were
placed in the Peabody Museum collection.

All the specimens from New Haven County were representative of
the nominate form and lacked the bold maculation pattern that charac-
terizes C. rufiventris hentzii Dejean (Wilson, 1971). The nominate form
has been recorded from Berkshire and Worcester Counties in western
Massachusetts (J. Shetterly, personal communication) while C. rufiven-
tris hentzii is endemic to a narrow, arc-like belt in eastern Massachusetts
approximately 10-25 miles north, west and south of Boston, including
the Middlesex Fels and Blue Hills Reservations. The next closest sites for
C. rufiventris that have been published are in northern New Jersey
(Boyd, 1978).

This species prefers rocky ledges, outcrops and substrates of crushed
rock. It seems likely that its current distribution in southern New England
is restricted to isolated, undisturbed exposures of bedrock or glacial
deposits of gravel. Additional populations might be found between New
Haven and Massachusetts if similar geologic areas are investigated.

Cicindela trifasciata ascendens LeConte

On July 25, 1988, D. Comboni collected one specimen of Cicindela
trifasciata ascendens LeConte at Maxcy's Pond on Nantucket Island.
Nantucket Co., Massachusetts. The specimen was discovered on bare
sand along an unvegetated edge of the pond, although 80% of the pond's
perimeter was vegetated. It was taken at 4: 1 5 pm on an overcast day with
the temperature around 28°C. A few C. repanda also were taken at the
same place and time. Unfortunately, the lateness of the day and other
commitments precluded a search for additional specimens on the
island.

C. trifasciata is a coastal species that is widely distributed in the
southeastern U.S.. Mexico, and the Carribean islands. It prefers fresh or
saltwater mudflats and shows remarkable vagility in dispersing up coast-
al river systems (Graves & Pearson. 1973) or between islands (Leng &
Mutchler, 1916). C. trifasciata is attracted to lights and has been recorded
from off-shore oil platforms in the Gulf of Mexico (Graves. 1981; 1982).

The subspecies C. trifasciata ascendens is common along the Gulf and
south Atlantic Coasts of the U.S.. but very rare in the northeast. Boyd
(1978) reported that records of this species in southern New Jersey indi-
cate the northern extent of its range but probably do not represent per-
manent, breeding populations. Nantucket Island is located 30 miles off
the southern coast of Cape Cod and is well north and east of these
localities. However, other vagrant animal species occasionally land on

152 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Nantucket Island as a result of storms or accident. Given the well docu-
mented ability of C. trifasciata to disperse long distances over water, its
occurrence on Nantucket Island is surprising but not totally unexpected.

LITERATURE CITED

Boyd, H.P. 1978. The tiger beetles (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae) of New Jersey with special
reference to their ecological relationships. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 104: 191-242.

Davis, C.A. 1903. The Cicindelidae of Rhode Island. Ent. News 14: 270-273.

Dunn, G.A. 1986. Tiger beetles of New England (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). Yes Quarterly
3:27-41.

Graves, R.C. 1981. Offshore flight in Cicindela trifasciata. Cicindela 13: 45-47.

Graves, R.C. 1982. Editor's note: another record of offshore flight in Cicindela trifasciata.
Cicindela 14: 18.

Graves, R.C. and D.L. Pearson. 1973. The tiger beetles of Arkansas, Louisiana, and Mis-
sissippi (Coleoptera: cicindelidae) Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 99: 157-203.

Leng, C.W. and A.J. Mutchler. 1916. Descriptive catalogue of West Indian Cicindelidae.
Bull. Amer. Museum of Natural History, 35: 681-699.

Murray, R.R. 1980. Systematics of Cicindela rufiventris Dejean, Cicindela sedecim punctata
Klug and Cicindela flohri Bates (Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). PhD Thesis, Texas A&M
Univesity, 287 pps.

Wilson, D.A. 1975. Collecting Cicindela rufiventris hentzi with notes on its habitat.
Cicindela 3: 33-40.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

ECOLOGY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF APHIDOPHAGA E. Niemczyk and AF.G.
Dixon. 1988. SPB Academic Pub. bv. The Hague, Netherlands. 341 pp.

Proceedings of International Symposium, Teresin, Poland, August 31 - September 5,
1987. Subjects: Food Ecology/Ethology; Diapause/Life Cycle Strategies; Distribution in
Habitats; Impact on Aphid Populations and Use in Biological and Integrated Control;
Parasites, Predators, and Pathogens; and Resistance to Pesticides.

OUTLINES OF ENTOMOLOGY, Seventh Ed. R.G. Davies. 1988. Chapman and Hall,
London & New York. 408 pp. Cloth $75.00; Paper $37.50.

The author regards this edition as a descendent, much changed, of Imms' Outlines of
Entomology, 1942. In this considerably extended version, the author has tried to "provide a
more balanced introduction to the whole field of modern entomology".

BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD. R. & K. Preston-Mafham. 1988. Facts on File Pub.,
New York. 192 pp. $22.95

Offers nature enthusiasts and students a general overview of Lepidoptera of world. Sub-
jects covered include: origins, evolution, classification, anatomy, metamorphosis, adult
behavior, and ecology.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 153

MICROCTONUS PACHYLOBII (HYMENOPTERA:

BRACONIDAE) PARASITIZES HYLOBWS WEEVILS

IN WISCONSIN: NEW HOST GENUS AND

GEOGRAPHIC RECORDS1

Lynne K. Rieske2, David W.A. Hunt2*3, Kenneth F. Raffa2

ABSTRACT: Microctonus pachylobii adults emerged in the laboratory from field-collected
pine root tip weevils, Hylobius rhizophagus and pales weevils, Hylobius pales. This is the first
report of M. pachylobii parasitizing a species of Hylobius, and the first known hymenop-
teran parasite of//, rhizophagus. Microctonus pachylobii is also reported from Wisconsin for
the first time.

The genus Microctonus (Hymenoptera: Braconidae) is widespread,
and some species have been used successfully against adult Coleoptera
in biological control programs (Loan 1967, Clausen 1978). One of these
species, M. pachylobii Muesebeck, has been recorded exclusively from
the pitch-eating weevil, Pachylobius picivorus (Germar), in the south-
eastern United States (Muesebeck 1961, Krombein etal. 1979). Although
related parasites greatly reduce host fecundity (Clausen 1978), the effects
of M. pachylobii development on host weevils are unknown.

Recently we discovered M. pachylobii parasitizing two additional
hosts, the pine root tip weevil, Hylobius rhizophagus Millers, Benjamin,
and Warner, and the pales weevil, Hylobius pales (Herbst). Adults were
collected in central and northwestern Wisconsin during September and
October, 1988. The weevils were collected from screen traps (Raffa &
Hall 1988) in pine plantations. They appeared healthy during routine
feeding and host-finding bioassays.

Twenty-eightM pachylobii ( 15 females, 13 males) emerged from adult
males and females of//, rhizophagus between November 9 and Decem-
ber 8. In addition, four M pachylobii (3 females, 1 male) emerged from
adult H pales. The wasps are endoparasitic. We observed up to 5 final
instar wasp larvae emerging from a single host, and then burrowing into
the substrate to pupate. Adult wasps emerged approximately six days
later, and lived for several days. Larval wasp emergence had no exter-
nally visible effects on the weevils, except a slight tearing of host tissue at
the abdominal apex. Internal reproductive structures were greatly re-
duced. Parasitized adult weevils lived for two days after wasp emergence.
The cause of death could not be directly attributed to parasitism by
M. pachylobii.

The distribution of H rhizophagus is limited to the Great Lakes
region, where it is part of a weevil complex causing extensive damage to

•Received January 20, 1989. Accepted April 17. 1989.

-Department of Entomology. University of Wisconsin. Madison, Wisconsin 53706

-^Present address: Agriculture Canada, Harrow, Ontario, Canada.

ENT NEWS 1(H)(4): 153-154. September & October. 1989

154 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

plantation pines (Kearby & Benjamin 1969). Larval feeding destroys the
roots and may serve as an infection court for secondary pathogens
(Kearby & Benjamin 1969). Hylobius pales is widely distributed through-
out eastern North America (Clark. 1975). While a few natural enemies
have been associated with Hylobius radicis Buchanan and Hylobius pales
(Shenefelt & Millers 1960, Finnegan 1962, Clark 1975), there are no pre-
vious records of hymenopterans parasitizing H rhizophagus.

This is the first record of M. pachylobii on a host other than P. picivorus,
and the first record of this parasite in the northern United States. Addi-
tional biological studies will help determine if this parasite can aid in
biological control of damaging Hylobius species.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We would like to thank Steven Krauth, University of Wisconsin, and Paul Marsh, Sys-
tematic Entomology Laboratory. USDA. for M. pachylobii identification, and Steven C.
Krause and Daniel K. Young for commenting on this manuscript. This research was sup-
ported by the Christmas Tree Producers Associations of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Michigan
and Illinois, the Wisconsin Department of Agriculture Trade & Consumer Protection Sus-
tainable Agriculture Grant 8825, USDA Insect Pest Science 86-CRCR- 1-2077, USDA
Forestry and Rangeland Renewable Resources 86-FSTY9-0210, and the University of
Wisconsin-Madison College of Agricultural and Life Sciences.

LITERATURE CITED

Clark, E.W. 1975. Reproductive diapause in Hvlobius pales. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.

68: 349-352.
Clausen, C.P. 1978. Introduced parasites and predators of arthropod pests and weeds: A

World Review. USDA ARS Ag. Handbook No. 480. Washington, D.C.
Finnegan, RJ. 1962. The pine root collar weevil, Hylobius radicis Buch., in southern

Ontario. Can. Entomol. 94: 11-17.
Kearby, W.H. and D.M. Benjamin. 1969. Life history and damage of the pine root tip

weevil, Hvlobius rhizophagus. in Wisconsin. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 62: 838-843.
Krombein, K.V., P. D. Hurd, Jr., D.R. Smith and B.D. Burks. 1979. Catalog of

Hymenoptera in America north of Mexico, Vol. 1 : Symphyta and Apocrita (Parasitica).

xvi + 1 198 p. Smithsonian Inst. Press. Washington, D.C.
Loan, C.C. 1967. Studies on the taxonomy and biology of the Euphorinae (Hymenoptera:

Braconidae). II. Host relations of six Microctonus species. J. Econ. Entomol. 60: 236-

240.
Muesebeck, C.F.W. 1961. A newOpius and two new species of Microctonus (Hymenoptra:

Braconidae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 56: 57-61.
Raffa, K.F. and D.J. Hall. 1988. Seasonal occurrence of pine root collar weevil, Hylobius

radicis (Coleoptera: Curculionidae), in red pine stands undergoing decline. Great

Lakes Entomol. 21: 69-74.
Shenefelt, R.D. and I. Millers. 1960. A new species ofBracon from the pine root collar

weevil. Can. Entomol. 92: 872-874.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 155

AGGREGATION BEHAVIOR IN A NEOTROPICAL

OWLFLY, CORDVLECERVS MACLACHLANI

(NEUROPTERA: ASCALAPHIDAE)1

Charles V. Covell Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: A cluster of the owlfly species Cordulecerus muclachlani Selys was observed
on a branch overhanging a tributary of the Comte River in French Guiana on March
30, 1986.

On March 30, 1986, 1 was travelling by motorized canoe up a narrow
tributary of the Comte River in French Guiana, approximately 7 kilo-
meters north of the village of Cacao. While the purpose of the ride was to
reach a good spot for collecting the butterfly, Morpho menelaus, I obser-
ved a tightly-packed cluster of insects on the under side of leaves on a
branch of a broad-leafed tree overhanging the stream. It was approx-
imately 7 feet above water level in a heavily shaded area. The insects
appeared to be owlflies (Ascalaphidae); but we passed the site before I
had a chance to collect any. The time was about 10:00 AM. At about
noon, we returned downstream, and the aggregation was still intact. I
swung my insect net as our canoe passed beneath it, and secured 8
specimens. The insects were indeed owlflies. Some of them had entirely
clear wings, while others had a hindwing pattern of large dark spots.
While the number of owlflies comprising the aggregation is unknown,
the group covered an irregular area roughly 30 cmA

Later, Ellis G. MacLeod of the University of Illinois tentatively iden-
tified some of the series as Cordulecerus maclachlani Selys, and John D.
Oswald of Cornell University later verified this determination. The
species is polymorphic; but whether spotted and non-spotted morphs
represent sexual dimorphism has not yet been established.

The present account is the first report of aggregation behavior in this
species. However, Penny ([1982] 1981: 405) refers to a Dr. Engleman's
report of an aggregation of Cordulecerus elegans at the tip of a branch at
dusk in central Amazonia. Further, Philip J. DeVries (personal com-
munication) has observed aggregation behavior in owlflies in Panama
and Costa Rica. Among the 5 species in 3 genera he has recorded are 2
Cordulecerus species. He is investigating owlfly aggregation phenomena
in greater depth.

While no such aggregation behavior has yet been described in North
American species of Ascalaphidae. it appears that it may be widespread

'Received April 17. 1989. Accepted May 8. 1989.

-Department of Biology. University of Louisville. Louisville. K.Y. 40292.

ENT. NEWS 100(4): 155-156. September & October. 1989

156 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

in neotropical species, particularly those in the genus Cordulecerus.

The author thanks P.J. DeVries, E.G. Macleod, and J.D., Oswald for
their assistance. Voucher specimens are in the collections of J.D. Oswald,
E.G. MacLeod, and the University of Louisville, KY.

LITERATURE CITED

Penny, N.D. [1982] (1981). Review of the generic level classification of the New World
Ascalaphidae (Neuroptera). Acta Amazonica 11: 391-406.

SOCIETY MEETING OF MARCH 15, 1989

NATURAL CONTROL OF THE GRAPE LEAFHOPPER
IN CALIFORNIA VINEYARDS

By Dr. David W. Williams

The grape leafhopper, Erythroneura elegantula, is a native species that evolved on wild
grape which grows on moist flood plains. It adapted quickly to introduced commercial
grape varieties and soon became a pest in California vineyards. While it does not appear to
diminish crop yields, its sheer abundance at times causes considerable damage to leaves
and it can be a nuisance to grape harvesters. Insecticide spraying in the 1940's resulted in
resistance and the appearance of secondary pests due to the elimination of natural con-
trols. The mymarid v/asp, Anagrus epos, is a parasite of leafhopper eggs and effectively con-
trols the grape leafhopper in its normal riparian environment, but not always in the drier
vineyard habitats. Dr. Williams of the USDA Beneficial Insects Laboratory in Newark, DE
described a control strategy whereby an imported blackberry, a food plant of the native
Blackberry leafhopper, was planted near vineyards. While grape is deciduous, blackberry
is evergreen and thus can sustain year-round populations of leafhoppers and their parasites
including Anagrus. Consequently, the population otAnagrus is higher earlier in the year
and can parasitize grape leafhoppers in their first generation before they get out of control.
The complex interplay of native and introduced plants, their pest, parasites of pests, and
humans emphasized to the audience that there are few simple solutions to insect con-
trol problems.

In the general discussion preceding Dr. Williams' talk several members described
recent lepidopteran experiences. Dr. Charles Mason attended a meeting in Mexico on the
European corn borer. As a side trip, he and several other participants visited one of the
overwintering sites of the monarch butterfly. He showed slides of the dense congregations
that weigh down the limbs of spruce forests at an altitude above 10,000 feet. He expressed
concern that local forestry practices threaten these overwintering sites. Howard Boyd
visited and was quite impressed with the Day Butterfly Center at Calloway Gardens in Pine
Mountain, GA. President Roger Fuester reported that during 1988 fewer than one million
acres of forest were defoliated by gypsy moth caterpillars. This is the lowest level since the
mid 1970's, and is considerably below the approximately 13 million acres defoliated in
1981.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 157

FEEDING PREFERENCE AND ADULT SURVIVAL

OF HADRAULE BLAISDELLI (COLEOPTERA:

CIIDAE) ON DIFFERENT HOST FUNGI

(POLYPORACEAE)1

Patricia C. Klopfenstein^, Robert C. Graves-^

ABSTRACT: The mycetophagous ciid beetle Hadraule blaisdelli was reared on the sporo-
carps of four species of polyporoid fungi. There was a pronounced correlation among pre-
ference, amount consumed, and adult survival rates on these fungi in this order: Bjerkandera
fumosa, Coriolus versicolor, Ganoderma applanation, and Phellinus everhartii. Feeding, pre-
ference, and survival rates generaly correlate with the hardness of the sporocarp, although
other factors may be involved. Adult beetles fed on powdered sporocarps were able to con-
sume more and had better survival rates.

Hadraule blaisdelli (Casey) is one of the smallest species of Ciidae
with an average adult length of only 1 .5 mm. It inhabits the sporocarps of
long-lasting woody shelf fungi (mostly Polyporaceae). Both larvae and
adults bore into the spore-fruits and feed on hyphae and spores. Larger
aggregations are frequent and 1000 or more adult beetles may exist
within a single sporocarp.

The Ciidae in general are obligate mycetophages which will com-
pletely riddle a large sporocarp, leaving only a hollow shell, or small
broken pieces, which become part of the forest floor debris. Ciids con-
stitute a major force in the eventual destruction of wood-rotting fungus
conks (Rehfous 1955, Graves 1960, Matthewman and Pielou 1971, Ack-
erman and Shenefelt 1973). Rehfous (1955) cited ciids as pioneer species
which invade fresh sporocarps. Graves (1960) found Ciidae in all suc-
cessional stages in fruiting-bodies, and that the abundance of individuals
increased with the aging of the sporocarps (Graves 1960). These beetles
may constitute a major portion of the consumer biomass of fungus conks
(Matthewman and Pielou 1971).

Hadraule blaisdelli was originally described in the genus Maphoca by
Casey in 1900, later transferred to Diphyllocis, and placed in Hadraule by
Lawrence ( 197 1 ). This species is distributed in western North America,
and, in California, is found in Lower and Upper Sonoran. Transitional,
and Boreal Life Zones (Lawrence 1974). Hadraule blaisdelli has been
collected from more than a dozen species of host fungi; also, it is the only
North American ciid known to infest fungus specimens in herbarium

'Received May 8, 1989. Accepted May X. 1989.

2Present address: 1 133 Glenapple St.. Vandalia, OH 45377

3 Department of Biological Sciences. Bowling Green State University. Bowling Green, OH
43403-0212

^To whom reprint requests should be addressed.

ENT. NEWS 1(H)(4): 157-164, September & October. 1989

158 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

collections (Lawrence 1971).

Host preference in Ciidae was discussed by Paviour-Smith (1960),
Lawrence (1967a, 1967b, 1971, 1973, 1974), and Ackerman and Shenefelt
(1973). Feeding preferences have also been studied in other myceto-
phagous Coleoptera such as Bolitotherus cornutus (Panzer) (Liles 1956,
Heatwole and Heatwole 1968) and Tetratoma fungorum F. (Paviour-
Smith 1964, 1965). Paviour-Smith (1960) used the term "headquarters"
for the fungus host(s) in which a particular beetle species most com-
monly breeds and successfully completes its life cycle. Lawrence (1973)
discussed these "headquarters" or "host-preference groups" in great
detail. Hadraule blaisdelli has a broad host range and it is difficult to
determine from existing records any preference for a particular group of
host fungi (Lawrence 1973).

Lawrence (1973) stated that the old Friesian "form genera" of poly-
poroid fungi, e.g., Polyporus, Fomes, etc., as defined by Overholts (1953)
and modified by Lowe and Gilbertson ( 1961 ) and others, are too broad to
be of great use in insect feeding preference studies. We follow Lawrence
(1973) in using a classification based on Donk (1971), Bondarzew and
Singer ( 1941 ) and others. The names of each fungus species used in this
study are listed below followed by the former names in parentheses:

Bjerkandera fumosa (Persoon ex Fries) Karsten (= Polyporus fumosus)
Coriolus versicolor (L. ex Fries) Quelet (= Polyporus versicolor)
Daedaleopsis confragosa (Bolton ex Fries) Schroeter (=Daedalea

confragosa)

Ganoderma applanatum (Persoon ex Wallroth) Patouillard (= Fomes

applanatus)

Phellinus everhartii (Ellis and Galloway) Ames ( =Fomes everhortii)

MATERIALS AND METHODS

The//, blaisdelli used in this study originated with a colony found in a
dry specimen of Daedaleopsis confragosa which had been collected in
Saugatuck, Allegan County, Michigan in March. 1957, by Robert and
Anne Graves. There were no obvious signs of insect infestation at the
time the fungus specimen was collected, placed in an envelope and
sealed. When opened in July, 1970, there were 900-975 H. blaisdelli adults
and numerous larvae present. We assumed that a few individuals had
been in the specimen when collected and had multiplied since. The
possibility of a herbarium infestation (Lawrence 1973, 1974) seems highly
unlikely but cannot be ruled out, and, if this were the case, the original
source of the beetles is unknown. Additional fungi were provided and a
stock culture was then developed from the original group. Specimens

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 159

from this culture were used in all experiments.

Hadraule blaisdelli colonies can survive indefinitely on dry fungi
without the addition of water. Apparently they are able to use metabolic
water, a prerequisite for a successful herbarium pest. A well-developed
cryptonephridial association of the Malpighian tubules with the rectum
is present (Klopfenstein 1972).

In feeding preference and survival studies we tried to eliminate cer-
tain variables such as differences in texture, shape, size, and compact-
ness of the sporocarp. Fungus samples were first cut into pieces (P.
everhartii had to be sawed), and then ground by passing through a grinder
several times. The remaining powder was placed in plastic boxes (12.7
mm square by 3. 175 mm deep), tamped, and moistened with 2-3 drops of
water. This dried into compact pellets which could be placed into the cul-
ture dishes. Pellets allowed easier viewing of the beetles which are dif-
ficult to find in entire sporocarps. Entire pieces were also used in some
experiments.

In each experiment the same number of beetles was added to a small
vial along with a sample of fungus. Beetles were removed from the stock
culture with a fine brush, examined to make sure they were alive (they
play dead when disturbed), and placed in the vials. The sexes can only be
distinguished on dead, slide-mounted specimens so an equal numberof
each sex in each vial could not be guaranteed.

A small piece of filter paper was placed in each vial and a drop of
water was added every three days. Experiments were done in the dark
except for counting and addition of water. The room temperature averaged
23°C with only minor fluctuations.

It should be stressed that these studies were done with adult beetles.
Larvae are small (a fraction of a mm in early stages), fragile and difficult
to handle. They burrow into the fungus samples and it is impossible to
find and count them without damage.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

In order to determine which fungus species were more conducive to
survival of//, blaisdelli, 1 g of each species (ground and formed into
pellets) was placed in separate Stender dishes. Fifty adult beetles were
added to each dish and the survivors were counted after 20 and 30 days.
This experiment was done three times, and the average number of sur-
vivors is shown in Table 1. Figure 1 shows the average percentage of sur-
vivors on each host species. After 20 days, survival was 92% on B.fumosa,
83% on C. versicolor, and 64% on G. applanatum and P. everhartii. But after
30 days, the survival on B.fumosa was 89.3%, while the beetles survived
about half as well on C. versicolor (38.6%), and less well on G. applanatum

160 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

(25.3%) and P. everhartii (9.3%). By use of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov good-
ness of fit test (Zar 1984) it was shown that the differences in survival on
these four species were significant beyond 0.001.

As the fungi had been powdered, one might assume that variations in
hardness had been eliminated. However, the difficulty in chewing very
hard fungi such as P. everhartii, even when powdered, may still be a pro-
blem for such small beetles. Another important factor is the nutritional
value of the fungi (Gilbertson 1984, Martin 1979). H. blaisdelli has a
relatively enormous gut which fills most of the body cavity and is nor-
mally packed with hyphae and spores (Klopfenstein 1972). This indicates
that a large volume of food must be consumed in order to obtain ade-
quate nutrition. At room temperature (23°C) 50 adults ate 0.01 g of B.
fumosa in an 8-day period, or 0.025 mg per beetle per day. The average
weight of an adult beetle is 0. 134 mg. Therefore the average adult//, blais-
delli will consume 18.7% of its weight in B. fumosa per day. The beetles
survived best on B. fumosa. The differences in the quantity of different
fungus species eaten by the beetles is statistically significant beyond
0.001 according to ANOVA (analysis of variance) (Zar 1984). While the
beetles consumed a greater quantity of all fungus species when the
sporocarps were ground, there is still a statistically significant difference
(beyond 0.001, ANOVA) between the amounts eaten of each species. On
harder and/or less nutritious host species, the beetles may be unable to
consume enough and their survival is reduced.

In order to discover if there were differences in the feeding rate with
different species of fungi, 50 adult beetles were placed in each of four
vials with 1 g of fungus (powdered and formed into pellets) and allowed
to remain for 20 days. This experiment was repeated three times. The
beetles ingested greatest amounts of B. fumosa followed by C. versicolor, G.
applanatum, and P. everhartii (Table 1).

A similar experiment using fungi in the natural state correlated well
with the preceding (Table 1 ). Figure 2 shows the weight of natural fungus
consumed compared with that which had been ground. Grinding enabled
the beetles to eat more of each species, but the difference is most notice-
able in the relatively hard species, G applanatum and P. everhartii, in
which double or triple the weight was consumed when the fungus was
ground. P. everhartii has the heaviest and hardest sporocarp of any which
were available to us, and, after sawing it, we estimated it to be harder than
oak wood. Lawrence (1973) cited only one ciid, Malacocis brevicollis
(Casey), known to breed in this fungus species. It is apparent that hard-
ness of the sporocarp is at least one factor which may inhibit survival
of Ciidae.

In the host preference studies, four small vials (6 mm in diameter)
were placed on their sides like spokes of a wheel within a covered petri

Vol. 100. No. 4, September & October 1989 161

dish. To each vial the same amount of one of the four fungus species was
added. One hundred beetles were placed in the center of the dish. After
four days the number of beetles in each vial were counted. This experi-
ment was repeated three times. The numbers of beetles present in each
vial were as follows: B. fumosa (69, 57, 64), C. versicolor (4, 11, 8), G.
applanatum (2, 5, 3) and P. everhartii (\,0, 3). The average percent of those
beetles showing a preference for B. fumosa was 84%, C. versicolor 10%, G
applanatum 4%, and P. everhartii 2%. It is obvious that, of the four species
of fungi used in these experiments, H. blaisdelli preferred these in the
order listed above and shown in Figs. 1 and 3. These data are statistically
significant beyond 0.05.

From these experiments we can draw the following conclusions. A
colony of Hadraule blaisdelli survived for years on dry specimens of
Daedaleopsis confragosa. When given a choice among four other species
of fungi, the adult beetles preferred B. fumosa, C. versicolor, G. applanatum
and P. everhartii in the order named, and also ate more of and survived
best on these fungi in the same order. The strong correlation among pre-
ference, weight of food consumed, and survival is shown by Figs. 1,3 and
4. It is also obvious that, of the four experimental fungi, B. fumosa is far
superior to the others as a host. It appears doubtful that H. blaisdelli could
survive on P. everhartii in nature.

Lawrence (1973) discussed the structural characteristics of poly-
poroid fungi in detail. He divided the North American species into four
"host preference groups" with respect to Ciidae. Most ciid species are
associated with one of these preference groups, but some, such as H.
blaisdelli are polyphagous, and no preference group is apparent (Law-
rence 1973). The fungi used in our experiments included representatives
of three of these four groups: 1 ) Coriolus Group (Coriolus), 2) Hirshioporus
Group (not represented), 3)Phellinus Group (Phellinus), and 4) Ganoderma
Group (Bjerkandera, Daedaleopsis, and Ganoderma).

Our results indicate that, although H. blaisdelli is a polyphagous
species, there are still pronounced differences in host preferences as well
as the ability to feed and survive on the experimental fungi. Hardness of
the sporocarp is at least one factor that appears to correlate with these
differences. H. blaisdelli has not been reported from Bjerkandera fumosa
in nature but Lawrence ( 1 973, 1 974) recorded it from the closely related B.
adusta (Willd. ex Fries) Karsten ( = Polyporus adustus). Both B. adusta and
B. fumosa are monomitic and remain relatively soft. Ten other ciid
species are known to breed in B. adusta (Lawrence 1973). Coriolus ver-
sicolor is one of the tremetoid group of fungi and is leathery in texture:
Lawrence (1973) recorded 16 species of Ciidae breeding in this species.
Daedaleopsis confragosa has a firm fruiting body with large irregular
openings; Lawrence (1973) reported 3 species of ciids breeding in it (one

162

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

HOST PREFERENCE
SURVIVORS

Fungus Species

C.v. Go.

Fungus Species

Re

HOST PREFERENCES
Mg CONSUMEDl

SI

> 3

3 c
(/) o

Mg CONSUMED?
No. SURVIVORS!

C.v. Q.a,

Fungus Species

Be,

Fig. 1. Host preference (average percent of beetles showing a preference) compared with
survivors (average percent of beetles surviving after 30 days.).

Fig. 2. Average amounts of fungi consumed (mg) by 50 beetles in 20 days. Comparison of
amounts eaten using ground fungus and natural fungus.

Fig. 3. Preference (average number of beetles out of 100 found on each fungus species after
four days) compared with the average amount (mg) of natural fungus consumed by 50
beetles in 20 days.

Fig. 4. Average amount of ground fungus consumed by 50 beetles in 20 days compared with
the average number of survivors (out of 50 beetles) after 20 days.

B.f. - Bjerkandera fumosa; C.v. - Coriolus versicolor, G.a.
Phellinus everhartii.

Ganoderma applanatum; P.e.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989

163

of which was our//, blaisdelli record). It is interesting that Paviour-Smith
(1960) noted that "a type of structure appears to be reached in the really
tough trimitic fungi (Daedalea quercina) where no species even tries to
live." Ganoderma applanatum is trimitic, hard and tough, and yet 10
species of North American Ciidae are known to breed in this species
(Lawrence 1973). Phellinus everhartii is dimitic and extremely dense and
hard with only one breeding ciid known.

In the polyphagous H. blaisdelli, hardness of the sporocarp is an
important limiting factor. Hardness correlates generally with pre-
ference, feeding, and survival in experiments with four diverse and
unrelated genera of fungi. It is interesting that/*, everhartii, when ground,
is consumed in much greater amounts (Fig. 2) and that survival is then
comparable to the softer G applanatum (Fig. 4). As these beetles may eat
nearly a fifth of their body weight in dry fungus per day, the nutritional
value of the host must also play an important part in survival.

Table 1. Survival of and amount of fungus consumed by Hadraule blaisdelli on four species
of fungi (averages of three experiments using 50 individuals each).

Fungus species

Average i

number of adults

Average amount of fungus

surviving

(out of 50)

consumed (m
after 20 days

g) by 50 adults

after

after

20 days

30 days

natural

ground

B. fumosa

46.0

44.7

25

29

C. versicolor

41.5

19.3

18

22

G. applanatum

32.0

12.7

5

12.5

P. everhartii

32.0

4.7

3.5

10.5

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We are grateful to John F. Lawrence for his determination of//, blaisdelli and for his
helpful comments. Josiah L. Lowe determined all species of fungi used in our experiments.
Patrick J. Dailey prepared the figures. Anne C. Graves and Anita E.Graves performed the
statistical tests. Their aid is greatly appreciated.

LITERATURE CITED

Ackerman, J.K. and R.D. Shenefelt. 1973. Notes concerning Ciidae (Coleoptera) as-
sociated with macro-fruiting bodies of higher fungi (Basidiomycetes) in Wisconsin.
Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 75: 55-62.

Bondarzew, A. and R. Singer. 1941. Zur Systematik der Polyporaceen. Ann. Mycol. 39:
43-65.

Donk, M.A. 1971. Progress in the study of the classification of the higher Basidiomy-
cetes, p. 3-24. /// R.H. Petersen (ed.). Evolution of the Higher Basidiomycetes. An Inter-
national Symposium. Knoxville. Tenn.: Univ. of Tennessee Press, 562 p.

164 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fogel, R. 1975. Insect mycophagy, a preliminary bibliography. USDA Forest Service

General Technical Report PNW-36. 1-21.
Gilbertson, R.L. 1984. Relationships between insects and wood-rotting Basidiomycetes.

In. Q. Wheeler and M. Blackwell (eds.). Fungus-Insect Relationships, pp. 130-165.

Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 514 pp.
Graves, R.C. 1960. Ecological observations on the insects and other inhabitants of woody

shelf fungi (Basidiomycetes: Polyporaceae) in the Chicago area. Ann. Ent. Soc. America

53: 61-78.
Heatwole, H. and A. Heatwole. 1968. Movements, host-fungus preferences, and lon-
gevity of Bolitotherus cornutus (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. America 61:

18-23.
Klopfenstein, W.G. 1972. Morphology of the digestive and reproductive systems of adult

Hadraule' blaisdelli (Casey), (Insecta: Coleoptera: Ciidae). M.A. Thesis. Bowling

Green State University, Bowling Green, Ohio.
Lawrence, J.F. 1967a. Biology of the parthenogenetic fungus beetle Cis fuscipes Mellie

(Coleoptera: Ciidae). Breviora. no. 258: 1-14.
. 1967b. Delimitation of the genus Ceracis (Coleoptera: Ciidae) with a revision

of North American species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 136: 91-144.

1971. Revision of the North American Ciidae (Coleoptera). Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. 142: 419-522.

_. 1973. Host preference in ciid beetles (Coleoptera: Ciidae) inhabiting the fruit-

ing bodies of Basidiomycetes in North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 145: 163-
212.

1974. The ciid beetles of California (Coleoptera: Ciidae). Bull. California

Insect Survey 17: 1-41. Univ. of California Press: Berkeley.
Liles, M.P. 1956. A study of the life history of the forked fungus beetle, Bolitotherus cornutus

(Panzer) (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae). Ohio J. Sci. 56: 329-337.
Lowe, J.L. and R.L. Gilbertson. 1961. Synopsis of the Polyporaceae of the southeastern

United States. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 77: 43-61.
Martin, M.M. 1979. Biochemical implications of insect mycophagy. Biol. Rev. 54: 1-21.
Matthewman, W.G. and D.P. Pielou. 1971. Arthropods inhabiting the sporophores of

Fomes fomentarius (Polyporaceae) in Gatineau Park, Quebec. Canadian Ent. 103: 775-

847.
Overholts, L.O. 1953. The Polyporaceae of the United States, Alaska, and Canada. Univ.

Michigan Studies, Sci. Ser. 19: xiv + 466 p.
Paviour-Smith, Kitty. 1960. The fruiting bodies of macrofungi as habitats for beetles of

the family Ciidae (Coleoptera). Oikos 11: 43-71.
1964. Habitats, headquarters and distribution ofTetratoma fungorum F. (Col.,

Tetratomidae). Ent. Month. Mag. 100: 71-80.

1965. Some factors affecting numbers of the fungus beetle Tetratoma fungorum

F. Jour. Animal Ecology 34: 699-724.
Rehfous, M. 1955. Contribution a Tetude des insectes des champignons. Bull. Soc. Ent.

Suisse 28: 1-106.
Zar, J.H. 1984. Biostatistical Analysis. 2nd Ed. Prentice-Hall. Englewood Cliffs, NJ. 718 pp.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 165

EREMOCOR1S BOREALIS AND E. FERUS

(HETEROPTERA: LYGAEIDAE) AS HOUSEHOLD

PESTS IN PENNSYLVANIA AND

CONNECTICUT1

A.G. Wheeler, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: An unusual infestation of the rhyparochromine lygaeid Eremocoris borealis is
reported, the bugs congregating on the siding of a mountain home in Pennsylvania and
causing a nuisance indoors. During hot, dry weather in August 1988, this seldom-collected
species, a feeder on fallen birch and conifer seeds, apparently had migrated from the litter
layer of the surrounding birch-hemlock forest. The related E.ferus is noted as creating a
similar problem in Connecticut from late July to late August 1988. These appear to be the
first records of North American rhyparochromines as household pests.

Excluding temporary ectoparasites of warmblooded animals (Cimi-
cidae) and obligate hematophagous reduviids of medical importance
(Triatominae), few North American Heteroptera are consistent house-
hold pests. Among phytophagous heteropterans, only the boxelder bug.
Boisea trivittata (Say), is a recurrent nuisance in and around homes.
Various true bugs, however, cause occasional problems indoors. Wheeler
(1982) reviewed the scattered literature on these periodic invaders, not-
ing that lygaeids of the genera Blissus (subfamily Blissinae) and Nysius
(Orsillinae) have been mentioned most often among Lygaeidae that
enter houses. Unusual infestations of the blissine Ischnodemus falicus
(Say) and the lygaeine Melacoryphus lateralis (Dallas) also have been
reported (Wheeler, 1982 and references therein). The so-called birch cat-
kin bug, Kleidocerysresedae{ Panzer), develops on mature seeds of birches,
ericaceous shrubs, and other common landscape plants (Wheeler, 1976).
and this ischnorhynchine lygaeid may congregate on sidewalks and
enter houses (Wheeler, 1975).

During the hot, dry summer of 1988, a species of the largest lygaeid
subfamily, Rhyparochrominae, created a problem for one Pennsylvania
family. Herein, an outbreak of Eremocoris borealis (Dallas) is recorded,
and a similar infestation of the related E.ferus (Say) in Connecticut dur-
ing summer 1988 is noted.

Eremocoris borealis (Dallas)

Sweet (1977) raised this rhyparochromine of the tribe Drymini from

'Received May 25. 1989. Accepted June 22. 1989.

-Bureau of Plant Industry. Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. Harrisburg. PA

17110.

ENT. NEWS 1(H)(4): 165-168. September & October. 19S9

166 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

synonymy under E. ferus (Say), stating that these cryptic species are
behaviorally and reproductively isolated. The principal morphological
character used to separate the two is tibial pilosity: E. borealis with hind
tibia sparsely pilose, appearing nude; tibia with long, erect hairs in E.
ferus (Sweet, 1977).

A seed bug of cool coniferous forests, E. borealis ranges in the East
from Newfoundland south through New England and into Tennessee
and North Carolina along the Appalachians; it occurs in Michigan and
Wisconsin and in western North America is known from Alberta, British
Columbia, Montana, and Oregon. Adults of this bivoltine lygaeid over-
winter, and the bugs feed on fallen seeds of birch, Betula spp.; eastern
hemlock, Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr.; and red spruce, Picea rubens Sarg.
(Sweet, 1964, 1977).

As characteristic inhabitants of the litter layer, rhyparochromine
lygaeids are infrequently collected; many species are poorly represented
in collections. It was somewhat surprising, then, that a pest control
operator submitted rhyparochromine nymphs (on 15 September 1988)
for identification, noting that the bugs were causing a severe problem in
and around a house nearTower City (Schuylkill Co.), Pennsylvania. The
nymphs had been collected dry and were in poor condition. To provide a
more complete determination, additional specimens were requested. On
19 September one E. borealis adult (deposited in the Pennsylvania Depart-
ment of Agriculture insect collection) was submitted with fourth and
fifth instars of this species.

Two days later I visited the property to obtain details about the infes-
tation and to see what plants were present on the grounds and in the sur-
rounding area. No landscape plants in the small yard seemed likely to
have favored an invasion by E. borealis, but the property was situated at
the base of a mountain (elevation about 300m) and surrounded by a
birch-hemlock forest. Trees present, in addition to sweet birch, Betula
lenta L., and eastern hemlock, were American beech, Fagus grandifolia
Ehrh.; black gum, Nyssa sylvatica Marsh.; and oaks, Quercus spp. Domi-
nant understory plants were blueberries, Vaccinium spp.; hayscented-
fern, Dennstaedtia punctilobula (Michx.) Moore; mountain laurel. Kalmia
latifolia L.; and sweetfern, Comptonia peregrina (L.) J.M. Coult. The habitat
was thus similar to that described for this species in New England
(Sweet, 1964).

On 21 September, only one adult was collected by processing hemlock
leaf litter in a Berlese funnel, but large numbers of E. borealis must have
been present in the litter layer 4 to 6 weeks earlier. During August, the
homeowner related that the bugs had amassed on siding, about 2 m from
the ground, on the west side of the house. If such aggregation behavior

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 167

had been described by telephone, a boxelder bug problem would have
been suspected.

While bugs were present on siding, other individuals ( mostly nymphs,
judging from the samples submitted for identification) invaded the
house. They were observed crawling on the walls and carpet and were
particularly annoying in the kitchen, where they infested cupboards,
and the bathroom. A pest control specialist asked to alleviate the pro-
blem applied insecticide granules around the foundation of the house.
Whether this treatment was responsible for the small numbers of E.
borealis observed in late September is not known.

Eremocoris ferus (Say)

During summer 1988, E. ferus created a similar problem for a home-
owner in Naugatuck, Connecticut. The bugs, first noticed about late July,
congregated on the porch, especially under a rug. They were swept up
each day, but more individuals would appear the following day. usually
in mid-to late afternoon. After contending with the infestation for nearly
a month, the homeowner decided to have the porch sprayed with insec-
ticide (D. Comstock and K.A. Welch, personal communication).

DISCUSSION

Eremocoris borealis and E. ferus can be added to the list of Lygaeidae
recorded as household pests and to the unusual or miscellaneous pro-
blems that occasionally confront pest control specialists. Although some
might dismiss such infestations as insignificant. Mallis ( 1982) emphasized
that what a pest control operator or entomologist might consider minor
can well be a major problem to the homeowner or tenant involved.

To my knowledge, these are the first records of North American mem-
bers of the large lygaeid subfamily Rhyparochrominae creating a house-
hold nuisance. The distribution of E. borealis is not well known, owing to
its long confusion with E. ferus. Because Sweet (1977) and Ashlock and
Slater ( 1988) did not cite a Pennsylvania record for£. borealis, the present
report represents the first for that state.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank D. Myers (Terminix International) lor making a repeat collection of/-, borealis,
J.F. Stimmel and K. Valley (PDA-BPI) for reviewing the manuscript. D. Comstock (Nauga-
tuck, CT) for providing details of the E. ferus infestation, and K.A. Welch (Connecticut
Agric. Exp. Stn.. New Haven) for allowing me to report information on /. ferus in
Connecticut.

168 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Ashlock, P.D. and A. Slater. 1988. Family Lygaeidae Schilling, 1829 ( = Infcricornes

Amyot and Serville, 1843; Myodochidae Kirkaldy, 1899; Geocoridae Kirkaldy. 1902).

The seed bugs and chinch bugs. Pages 167-250/V? T.J. Henry and R.C. Froeschner, eds.

Catalog of the Heteroptera, or true bugs, of Canada and the continental United States.

E.J. Brill, Leiden.
Mallis, A. 1982. Miscellaneous household pests. Pages 863-893 in A. Mallis. Handbook of

pest control, 6th ed. Franzak & Foster, Cleveland, Ohio.
Sweet, M.H. 1964. The biology and ecology of the Rhyparochrominae of New England

(Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Part I, II. Entomol. Am. 43: 1-124, 44: 1-201.
Sweet, M.H. 1977. Elevation of the seedbug Eremocoris borealis (Dallas) from synonymy

with Eremocoris ferns (Say) (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). Entomol. News 88: 169-176.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1975. Birch catkin bug — a nuisance insect. Pa. Pest Control Q. Spring

issue, p. 4.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1976. Life history of Kleidocerys resedae on European white birch and

ericaceous shrubs. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 69: 459-463.
Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1982. Bed bugs and other bugs. Pages 319-351 in A Mallis. Handbook

of pest control, 6th ed. Franzak & Foster, Cleveland, Ohio.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE GENETICS OF SOCIAL EVOLUTION. M.D. Breed and RE. Page. Jr. 1989.
Westview Press, Boulder & San Francisco. 213 pp. $36.50 sc.

Purpose of book is to initiate a synthesis of thought on how genetics structures the
behavior of individual animals that live within complex social systems.

THE BUTTERFLY GARDEN. M. Tekulsky. 1985. Harvard Common Press, Boston. 144
pp. $8.95 pbk.

Guide to gardening for butterflies and attracting them by the growing of common
plants and flowers which they use for food and nectar.

SUPPLEMENT TO: A CATALOGUE CHECKLIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OI
AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. CD. Ferris, ed. 1989. The Lepiodopterists' Society.
Memoir No. 3. 103 pp. $6.00 for members of Lepidop. Soc. $10 for non-members. Order
from Dr., Charles V. Covell, Jr., Dep't. Biology, Univ. of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292

This volume reflects nomenclatural changes published since Memoir No. 2, plus some
corrections of errors in that work.

AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF THE SPIDERS OF WASHINGTON. R.L. Craw-
ford. 1988. Burk Museum, Univ. of Washington. 48 pp. $4.00.

A checklist is presented of 760 spider species currently known from Washington State.
Each entry includes reference to the best illustrated description and a list of coded
Washington localities.

Vol. 100. No. 4, September & October 1989 169

A LABORATORY AERATION SYSTEM
FOR REARING AQUATIC INVERTEBRATES1

Lynda D. Corkum, Elizabeth C. Hanes^

ABSTRACT: A dependable aeration system that can simultaneously provide a consistent,
continuous air supply to several hundred small (500 mL) containers is described for rear-
ing aquatic invertebrates. A laboratory air line or aquarium pump provides sufficient pres-
sure to force air through main lines of clear plastic tubing that branch into shorter
stoppered lengths. Air is fed into individual tanks by plastic capillary tubing, both ends of
which are fitted with hypodermic needles. One needle is inserted into the main air line; the
second needle is attached to the inner tank wall to project beneath the water surface.

A reliable aeration system is often essential when rearing aquatic
invertebrates or when using a large number of aquatic chambers in
laboratory experiments. A consistent, continuous air supply can be dif-
ficult to maintain. Here, we describe a simple, dependable system suit-
able for simultaneously providing air to many small (500 mL) units.

The aeration system consists of a main line of clear plastic tubing
(inner diameter (I.D.), 4.8 mm; outer diameter (O.D.), 8 mm) that leads
from an air outlet source through a filter tube (Balston DFU Grade BK)
to a five-gang valve splitter. The filter removes particulate matter that
may pass through the air line. Lines of tubing extend from each valve of
the splitter. Branch lines, 0.5 m long, can be added with three-way valves
or T-connectors. All tubes are stoppered at their distal end (neoprene
plugs that cap insect genitalia vials work well and fit snugly into the tub-
ing). Commercial aquarium clamps also may be used to stopper tubes.
Short sections of blind tubes connected by cross tubes are preferable to
one long tube to insure a continuous even supply of air throughout the
network (Fig. 1).

Smaller (capillary) tubes (I.D., 0.8 mm; O.D.. 2.4 mm) are connected
to the network of lines using hypodermic needles. We use Yale 21G 1.5
(38.1 mm) bevelled, disposable hypodermic needles (Becton-Dickinson
& Co.). Alternatively, surgical tubing and needles, available in a variety
of sizes, may be substituted. The needles are prepackaged with plastic
syringe connectors. To expose the open, cross-sectional end of the metal
needle for air passage, we use two pairs of pliers to remove the plastic
connector from each needle. It is advisable to wear safety glasses during
this procedure.

The blunt end of a needle can be pushed into the capillary tubing. We

'Received M;irch 20. 1989. Accepted April 29. 19X9.

-Department of Biological Sciences. University of Windsor, Windsor. Ontario N9B 3P4,
Canada.

ENT. NEWS 1(H)(4): 169-172, September & October, 1989

170

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Fig. 1. Schematic of aeration system. A main airline leads through a filter (F) to a five-valve
gang splitter (S). Capillary tubing (C) from main air line (M) is attached to each rearing
tank (T).

Vol. 100. No. 4. September & October 1989

171

Fig. 2. Rearing tank, emergence lid. aeration tubing and syringes. Hatched area of lid rep-
resents nylon hardware cloth.

172 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

fit lengths (15 to 25 cm) of capillary tubes with needles at each end. We
use one needle to puncture the outer wall of the main tubing and push the
point in so that the needle rests in the airspace of the tubing; the capillary
tube trails away from the main line. Typically, we have inserted up to 15
capillary leads along one 0.5 m tube length.

The distal needle of each capillary tube is rigid and relatively easy to
secure to the inner wall of a rearing tank with its tip below the water sur-
face. We have found 500 mL Styrofoam containers to be especially suit-
able for rearing because the needle can be driven through the lip of the
container (or lid) to project beneath the water surface (Fig. 2). The con-
tainers may be set up in pairs along either side of the main aeration
lines.

Our containers (opening, 10.8 cm; depth, 6.8 cm) and lids were pur-
chased from a restaurant supply company for a nominal fee ($50/500
containers and lids). The containers are sturdy enough to hold several
cm of sediment and are filled with dechlorinated tap water. Marking
pens can be used to label treatment numbers on the side of the container.
We also use a dash-dot treatment code on the upper lip. In addition,
color-coded dress pins may be inserted on the upper lip to aid in dis-
tinguishing containers.

We modify the lids of the containers to retain emerging specimens.
The central portion of each lid is cut out leaving a 1-cm rim to which we
attach nylon hardware cloth. When larger emergence cages are required,
we use 2-L plastic tubs (depth, ca. 15 cm) that stand over the entire unit.
Large areas of plastic are removed and replaced with nylon hardware
cloth attached to the frame.

We have successfully used this inexpensive set-up in numerous
applications. Although we typically use a laboratory air line, a powerful
electric aquarium pump provides sufficient pressure to power the sys-
tem. Also, the aeration system can be housed in an environmental room
or growth chamber whenever temperature control is necessary. In our
most recent work on the effects of larval density and food limitation on
growth of a mayfly (Ephemeroptera) species, we used the aeration sys-
tem to maintain 250 containers. This set-up required 20 m of regular tub-
ing, 50 m of capillary tubing and 15 T-connectors. Such dependable
aeration systems can contribute to the successful rearing of aquatic
invertebrates.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank Robert L. Baker, Jan J.H. Ciborowski, John E. Havel and Zsolt E. Kovats for
their comments on the paper. Funding was provided by a grant from the Natural Sciences
and Engineering Research Council of Canada to LDC. Reference to trade names does not
imply endorsement of commercial products.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 173

SUPERIORITY OF APHAENOGASTER OCCIDENTALIS

IN CONFRONTATIONS WITH SOLENOPSIS INVICTA

(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1

Stanley R. Jones, Sherman A. Phillips, Jr. 2

ABSTRACT: The interspecific confrontational responses of Aphaenogaster occidentalis
and Solenopsis invicta were elucidated by placing individual workers of each species
together in petri dishes and observing their behavior continuously for 30 min. Although S.
invicta was the aggressor, it could not penetrate the cuticle of A occidentalis with its sting.
Aphenogaster occidentalis was able to apply its venom topically in the majority of these con-
frontation trials, which resulted in paralysis of S. invicta workers within 5 min., and subse-
quent death within 30 min. These observations represent only the second report in which
another species has been successful in confrontational trials with S. invicta.

The red imported fire ant, Solenopsis invicta Buren, is both an urban
and agricultural pest throughout much of the southeastern United States
(Lofgren, 1986). This species is aggressive toward other ant species (Jones
and Phillips, 1987) and has replaced much of the native ant fauna by
direct interference or by competition (Wilson and Brown, 1958; Reagan
etai, 1972;Whitcomb<?/tf/., 1972; Hung and Vinson, 1978). To date, only
Lasius neoniger Emery has been shown to be confrontationally superior
ioS. invicta (Bhatkar et al., 1972). Herein, as part of an ongoing larger pro-
ject to identify potential competitors, we report the successful response
of a second ant species, Aphaenogaster occidentalis Emery, in confron-
tational interactions with S. invicta.

A colony of A. occidentalis was collected from Boulder, Colorado;
colonies of S. invicta were collected from Kerrville, Texas. The confron-
tational responses of these species were tested by placing a worker of
each species together in 60 by 20 mm petri dishes, the sides of which were
coated with Fluon to prevent ant escape. Each of the 25 replications was
conducted at 28°C under fluorescent lighting at 70-75% relative humidity.
Interspecific interactions of the 8 major, 7 media, and 10 minor workers
ofS. invicta when paired with the monomorphic workers of A. occidentalis
were observed and recorded continuously for 30 min.

Of the 25 paired trials, 22 (88%) resulted in paralysis of S. invicta
workers within 5 min. (7 major, 6 media, and 9 minor workers). Only
three S. invicta individuals recovered within the 30 min. (2 major and 1
media worker). Those individuals not recovering after 30 min. died as a
consequence of the venom of/4, occidentalis. In two of the trials, there was

'Received September 6, 1988. Accepted April 14. 1989.

-Department of Agronomy. Horticulture, and Entomology. Texas Tech University. Lub-
bock, Texas 79409.

ENT. NEWS 1(K)(4): 173-175. September & October, 1989

174 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

an avoidance of contact, whereas one trial resulted in death of A. occi-
dentalis as a consequence of being stung in the area of the hypopharynx
by a minor Solenopsis worker.

In all trials, S. invicta was the aggressor regardless of caste, but in most
cases was apparently unable to penetrate the cuticle of A. occidentalis
with its sting. Although "gaster flagging" has been observed in S. invicta,
whereby venom droplets are dispersed through the air by raising and
vibrating the gaster (Obin and VanderMeer. 1985), this behavior was not
observed in these trials. Only after considerable provocation did A.
occidentalis extrude its sting and topically apply venom to 5. invicta. The
venom droplet was rapidly absorbed through the cuticle by S. invicta,
causing violent convulsions and shaking in a prone position, with legs
outstretched and perpendicular to the body axis. Within 1 5-45 seconds,
the affected S. invicta individual curled ventrally with its head near its
gaster and remained motionless, with death ensuing shortly thereafter.
With one exception, the venom of S. invicta, which is topically active
against other ants (Schmidt, 1986), had no observable effect on A.
occidentalis.

Virtually nothing is known about the biology of A. occidentalis. Most
species of this cosmopolitan genus nest in either the soil, dead branches
of trees, or rotting logs (Smith, 1979). Although the venom of S. invicta is
known to be composed ofpiperidine alkaloids (Blum etal, 1958;Jouvenaz
et ah, 1972). attempts to isolate and characterize the venom of A. occiden-
talis have thus far proven unsuccessful (J.O. Schmidt, pers. comm.).
However, the poison gland product of Aphaenogaster fulva Roger and A.
tennesseensis (Mayr) is a tobacco alkaloid, anabaseine, and is reported to
serve only as an attractant in A. fulva ( Wheeler etal., 1981). Based on our
observations, the poison gland product of A. occidentalis serves as a
potent and effective toxin for defense and is the first such report for this
species and for species in this genus. However, because of the highly effi-
cient recruitment system employed and the relatively large number of
workers that typify S. invicta colonies, any results obtained from one-on-
one interspecific confrontations may not necessarily reflect those that
might be obtained from colony-versus-colony confrontations even if the
range of these two species overlapped.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We thank L. Chandler, R. Sites, and H. Thorvilson, for their reviews of this manuscript,
and J.O. Schmidt (Dept. of Entomology, University of Arizona) for information pertaining
to ant venom. We also thank Andre Francoeur (Universite du Quebec a Chicoutimi) for
identification of Aphaenogaster occidentalis. A voucher specimen is in his collection (acces-
sion no. 12561). This is contribution no. T-4-239, College of Agricultural Sciences. Texas
Tech University.

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 175

LITERATURE CITED

Bhatkar, A., W.H. Whitcomb, W.F. Buren, P. Callahan, and T. Carlysle. 1972. Con-
frontation behavior between Lasius neoniger (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and the
imported fire ant. Environ. Entomol. 1(3): 274-279.

Blum, M.S., J.R. Walker, P.S. Callahan, and A.F. Novak. 1958. Chemical, insecticidal
and antibiotic properties of fire ant venom. Science. 128: 306-307.

Hung, A.C.F. and S.B. Vinson. 1978. Factors affecting the distribution of fire ants in
Texas (Myrmicinae: Formicidae). Southwest. Nat. 23: 205-213.

Jones, S.R. and S.A. Phillips, Jr. 1987. Aggressive and defensive propensities o{ Solenop-
sis invicta (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) and three indigenous ant species in Texas. Texas
J. Sci. 39(2): 107-115.

Jouvenaz, D.P., M.S. Blum, and J.G. MacConnell. 1972. Antibacterial activity of
venom alkaloids from the imported fire ant. Solenopsis invicta Buren. Antimicrob.
Agents Chemother. 2: 291-293.

Lofgren, C.S. 1986. History of imported fire ants in the United States, pp. 36-47. In Lofgren.
C.S. and R.K. Vander Meer [eds.]. Fire ants and leaf-cutting ants: biology and manage-
ment. Westview Press. Boulder.

Obin, M.S., and R.K. Vander Meer. 1985. Gaster flagging by fire ants (Solenopsis spp.):
Functional significance of venom dispersal behavior. J. Chem. Ecol. 11(12): 1757-
1768.

Reagan, T.E., G. Coburn, and S.D. Hensley. 1972. Effects of mirex on the arthropod
fauna of a Louisiana sugarcane field. Environ. Entomol. 1: 588-591.

Schmidt, J.O. 1986. Chemistry, pharmacology, and ecology of ant venoms, pp. 425-508. In
T Piek (ed.). Venoms of the Hymenoptera: biochemical, pharmacological and be-
havioural aspects. Academic Press, London.

Smith, D.R. 1979. Superfamily Formicoidea. In Krombein, K.V., P.D. Hurd. Jr.. DR.
Smith, and B.D. Burks, ed. Catalog of Hymenoptera North of Mexico, Vol. 2. Smithsonian
Inst. Press, Washington, D.C. 1323-1467 pp.

Wheeler, J.W., O. Olubajo, and C.B. Storm. 1981. Anabaseine: Venom alkaloid of
Aphaenogaster ants. Science. 21 1: 1051-1052.

Whitcomb, W.H., H.A. Denmark, A.P. Bhatkar, and G.L. Green. 1972. Preliminary
studies of the ants of Florida soybean fields. Florida Entomol. 55: 129-142.

Wilson, E.O. and W.L. Brown, Jr. 1958. Recent changes in the introduced population of
the fire ant Solenopsis saevissima (Fr. Smith). Evolution. 12: 21 1-218.

SPRUCE BUDWORM LITERATURE COLLECTION

An extensive collection of spruce budworm literture has been donated to the Raymond
H. Folger Library. University of Maine, by the USDA Forest Service. The collection con-
tains over 5000 items including U.S. and Canadian federal agencs reports, experiment sta-
tion documents, symposia proceedings, books, and journal articles. It is believed to be the
largest collection in existance of material on the spruce budworm.

These materials are available for use by writing to Mary F. Casserly, Head of Collection
Development. R.H. Folger Library. Univ. of Maine. Oron. MI) 04469

176 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ITHYTRICHIA MEXICANA, (TRICHOPTERA:

HYDROPTILIDAE), A NEW SPECIES

OF CADDISFLY FROM MEXICO1

S.C. Harris, A. Contreras-Ramos^

ABSTRACT: The genus Ithytrichia is reported for the first time from Mexico and is rep-
resented by a new species, /. mexicana. The structural details of the male terminalia are
illustrated and compared with the two closely related North American species.

The Holarctic genus Ithytrichia is represented by two species in North
America. Ithytrichia mazon Ross is apparently restricted in distribution,
known only from Illinois and Arkansas, while/, clavata Morton is widely
distributed with records from Quebec to British Columbia and south to
Pennsylvania, Texas and California. Ithytrichia clavata has also been
recorded from the Palearctic region as has /. lamellaris Eaton (Marshall,
1979). The genus has not been previously reported south of the continen-
tal United States (Bueno-Soria and Flint, 1978). Recent blacklight col-
lecting by the junior author in Tamaulipas, Mexico, revealed the presence
of a new species in this genus.

Terminology for genitalic structures generally follows that of Marshall
(1979). The holotype will be deposited at the National Museum of Natural
History, Smithsonian Institution.

Ithytrichia mexicana, new species

(Fig. 1)

This species is closely related to both /. clavata and /. mazon and
shares several genitalic characters. As with /. clavata (Ross, 1944; fig.
457A), the inferior appendages of/, mexicana are tapered distally in ven-
tral view. However, in lateral view the ninth segment of/ mexicana is
wide at the posterior apex as in/ mazon (Ross, 1944; fig. 458B). This com-
bination of characters and the flared apex of the subgenital plate readily
distinguish I mexicana from the above species.

Male. Length 3 mm. 24 antennal segments. Brown in alcohol. Segment VII with ven-
tromesal process extending about 1/3 length of segment VIII. Segment IX in lateral view
tapering distally, posteroventral apex wide with short sclerotized knob; in dorsal and ven-
tral view, posterolateral margin acutely sclerotized at apex, internally with sinuate, sclero-
tized bands dorsolateral^ extending into segment VIII. Segment X fused with IX, mem-

jReceived March 18, 1989. Accepted May 8, 1989.

-Aquatic Biology Program, Department of Biology, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa,
Alabama 35487.

ENT NEWS 100(4): 176-178, September & October, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989

177

branous dorsally. Inferior appendages rectangular in lateral view, tapering subapically; in
ventral view, wide basally and nearly contiguous mesally. tapering distally to rounded apex
bearing several stout setae. Subgenital plate in ventral aspect flared posteriorly with mesal
incision, bearing six setae, four lateral and two mesal. Phallus tubular, wide basally, roun-
ded at apex with ejaculatory duct protruding ventrally; paramere at midlength partially
encircling shaft.

Holotype, male. Mexico: Tamaulipas. Municipio de Gomez Farias, Rio Frio at head-
waters. La Poza Azul, 6 km S Gomez Farias, 7 August 1988, A. Contreras and A Moreno,
blacklight.

Figure 1 . Ithytrichia mexicana n. sp., male genitalia. A Lateral view. B. Ventral view. C. Dor-
sal view. D. Phallus, dorsal view.

178 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The Geological Survey of Alabama is gratefully acknowledged for providing facilities
and supplies to the senior author. We thank Arnulfo Moreno and Luis Trigo for their help
in collecting. Oliver S. Flint, Jr. and Patrick O'Neil were helpful in their reviews of the
manuscript. Peggy Marsh typed several drafts of the manuscript and Ron Bates photo-
graphed the plate. This publication is contribution number 121 of the Aquatic Biology Pro-
gram. University of Alabama.

LITERATURE CITED

Bueno-Soria, J. and O.S. Flint, Jr. 1978. Catalogo sistematico de los tricopteros de Mex-
ico (Insecta: Trichoptera), con algunos registros de Norte, Centra y Sudamerica. An.
Inst. Biol. Univ. Nal. Auton. Mexico. 49. Ser. Zoologia 1:189-218.

Marshall, J.E. 1979. A review of the genera of the Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera). Bull.
British Mus. (Natur. Hist.) Entomol. 39: 135-239.

Ross, H.H. 1 944. The caddis flies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Natur. Hist. Surv.
23:1-326.

BOOKS RECEIVED AND BRIEFLY NOTED

THE PLANT-FEEDING GALL MIDGES OF NORTH AMERICA. R.J. Gagne. 1989.
Comstock Publ.. Cornell. 356 pp. $45.00

Acompendium of current knowledge on biology, pest status, recognition, and literature
on plant-associated cecidomyiids. Covers more than 900 species. First seven chapters
cover biology, anatomy, classification, generic key to larvae associated with plants, dis-
tribution, galls, and collection, rearing and preparing gall midges for study. The bulk of the
book consists of keys to plant damage by gall midges, arranged by plant families. Galls of
388 species are illustrated by 24 color photographs and 434 line drawings. Will be a classic
reference for years to come.

CATALOGUE OF PALAEARCTIC DIPTERA Vol. 6, Therevidae - Empididae and Vol 8,
Syrphidae - Conopidae. A Soos and L. Papp, eds. 1988 and 1989. 435 and 363 pp.
$208.00 ea.

Two more volumes in the multi-volume work that catalogues the main taxonomic,
nomenclarural and distribution data of 25,000 fly species described from the Palaearctic
Region.

ILLUSTRATED KEYS TO THE FAMILIES OF TERRESTRIAL ARTHROPODS OF
CANADA 1. MYRIAPODS. D.K. McE.Kevan and G.G.E. Scudder. 1989. Biological Sur-
vey of Canada, Ottawa. 88 pp. Spiral bdg.

First in a planned series of separate keys to the major groups of arthropods of Canada
and northern United States. This small, well illustrated publication covers the Myriapoda.
or the centipedes and millipeds.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 179

MISSISSIPPI RECORDS OF PLECTOPTERA PICTA
(BLATTODEA: BLATTELLIDAE) AND ATA EN1 US
ROBUSTVS (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)1 2

J.R. MacDonald, R.L. Combs, Jr.3

ABSTRACT: Plectoptera picta (Blattodea: Blattellidae) and Ataenius robustus (Coleoptera:
Scarabaeidae) are reported for the first time from Mississippi.

One specimen of the Neotropical cockroach, Plectoptera picta Saussure
and Zehntner, was collected 6 Aug. 1986 at the White Sands unit of the
Mississippi Agriculture and Forestry Experiment Station, 15 km W of
Poplarville, Pearl River Co., Mississippi. This species, not previously
known from Mississippi, has been reported from Texas, Louisiana.
Virginia, North Carolina, Mexico, and Costa Rica (Nickle and Gurney,
1985). The specimen was collected near the base of a ca. 75 cm. dia. oak
(Quercus sp.) in a pasture.

Twelve specimens of Ataenius robustus Horn, originally reported as
Ataenius (sp. new) (MacDonald and Combs, 1985), were collected 15 km
W of Starkville, Oktibbeha Co., Mississippi as follows: 14 Sept. (1). 25
Sept. (2), 1981; 28 April (1), 17 Aug. (1), 15 Sept. ( 1), 13 Oct. (1). 15 Oct. (3).
29 Oct. (1), 1 Nov. (1), 1982. Specimens were collected in a pasture from
cowpats of the following ages: 4 hr. ( 1 ), 24 hr. ( 1), 48 hr. (3), 96 hr. (6), 168
hr. (1). This species is also a new record for Mississippi and has been
reported from Arkansas, Illinois, Iowa. Kansas. Missouri, Nebraska.
New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Dakota, and Wisconsin (Cartwright.
1974). Voucher specimens of both species have been placed in the Mis-
sissippi Entomological Museum, Mississippi State University.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors would like to thank DA. Nickle. Systematic Entomology Laboratory
USDA for determination of P picta and Robert D. Gordon Systematic Entomology
Laboratory. USDA for determination of^. robustus. Further, the manuscript review pro-
vided by T. Schiefer. R. Brown and R. Luttrell is greatly appreciated

deceived January 17. 1989. Accepted April 5. 1989.

-Approved as assigned No.l J-7003 by the Mississippi Agricultural and Forestry Experi-
ment Station.

^Department of Entomology. Mississippi Agriculture and Forestry Experiment Station.
Mississippi State University. Drawer EM. Mississippi State. MS 39762.

ENT. NEWS 1(H)(4): 179-1X0. September & October. 19S9

180 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

LITERATURE CITED

Cartwright, O.L. \914.Araenius, Aphotaenius, and Pseudataenius of the United States and
Canada (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodiinae). Smithsonian Contiih. to Zool.
No. 154

MacDonald, J.R. and R.L. Combs. 1985. Scarabs collected from cattle feces in north-
east Mississippi. J. Agric. Entomol. 2: 200-206.

Nickle, D.A. and A.B. Gurney. 1985. Confirmation of the Neotropical cockroach Plectop
tera picta Saussure and Zehntner in the United States (Blattodea: Blattellidae). Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Wash. 87: 187-190.

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 19, 1989

PHOTOGRAPHIC ESSAY ON SOME INSECT MATING SYSTEMS

By David Funk

Milkweed beetles come in pairs: they always seem to be mating. Certain stick insects
have been reported to consort for three months. However, for most insects nuptual encoun-
ters are considerably shorter and less conspicuous. To observe them requires persistance
and patience. To photograph them requires ingenuity as well. It was not voyeurism that
attracted the largest attendance for a membership meeting in many years ( 19 members and
27 guests). It was primarily the expectation of seeing spectacular photographs of insects
taken by David Funk, award-winning insect photographer and entomologist from the
Stroud Water Research Center in Avondale, Pennsylvania. This expectation was fulfilled.

Whether by song, perfume, flashing lights or distinctive appearance, insects are able to
attract and find mates. Much of this courtship activity occurs at twilight or at night when
visual predators (and most entomologists and photographers) are least active. Because
Dave has an interest in the nocturnal lives of insects, the audience was treated repeatedly to
amazing behavior that is common but rarely observed. The song of crickets is familiar
enough on late summer evenings but the encounters they initiate are not. After attracting a
mate, the male tree cricket transfers a spermatophore to the female. The spermatophore not
only contains sperm for fertilization but after mating it can be eaten by the female for
nourishment. The size, number and sperm content of spermatophores vary in different
species in relation to various male strategies to improve their mating success and to nourish
females they have mated. From a pit near the base of their wings, some male tree crickets
produce exudates for the female to feed upon in order to prolong mating and enhance the
chances for fertilization. The bush cricket male sacrifices its wings in this endeavor.

For many insects reproduction is the primary goal of a short adulthood where little or
no feeding occurs. Synchronous emergence in mayflies and cicadas is thought to saturate
the appetite of available predators to insure that some individuals survive to reproduce.
Sexual dimorphism reflects courtship behavior. Male mayflies, for example, have very
large eyes that are used to see females at dusk. In moths where pheromones are produced,
males have large antennae for detecting the aitractuants. Sometimes the roles are reversed
as in scorpionflies that, after capturing a meal for two, produce a pheromone to attract a
female. Predators that evolve to mimic these signals have an easy meal. Mr. Funk showed a
picture of a bolas spider that emits the pheromone of a noctuid moth and feasts on the
males of a couple of species.

(Continued on page 182)

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 181

FURTHER NOTES ON PREPARATION
OF EXUVIAE OF PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA1

David B. Wahl2

ABSTRACT: Modifications of previous methods for preparing cast exuviae of larval
parasitic Hymenoptera are: 1) use of Euparal rather than Hoyer'sasa mounting medium.
2) careful removal of the exuviae with forceps to minimize ultrasonification, and 3) use of
cold concentrated K.OH or NaOH in cases where cocoon contents are cemented together
and refractory to ultrasonification.

Since publication of an earlier paper on preparation of cast larval
exuviae (Wahl, 1984), additional experience has led me to suggest some
alternative methods.

I do not advocate the use of Hover's as a mounting medium. Conver-
sations with curators have cast doubts upon the longevity of such slides,
even when "properly" rung. Euparal is very satisfactory, both for its
undoubted permanence and ease of use. After clearing, the final mani-
pulation of the exuviae is done in 70% ethanol, after which it is transferred
to 95% ethanol for several minutes, and then mounted directly in
Euparal. A week (approximately) of curing the slide at 40-50°C is
necessary. If small bubbles of air are trapped under the cover slip, this
heating period will cause either their migration to the outer edge of the
cover slip or their resorption.

The typical contents of an ichneumonoid cocoon consist of the
meconium (a large yellowish or brownish body of feces within the perit-
rophic membrane), the pupal exuviae (appearing as tighly wadded tran-
slucent cuticle with associated white fecal pellets), and the larval exuviae
(light to dark brown in color). The latter are usually extended to some
extent and attached (or wound about) the other contents. Careful
manipulation with fine forceps will often suffice to remove the larval
skin without resorting to ultrasonification of the cocoon contents. This
reduces both the preparation time and the chances of tearing or other-
wise damaging the fragile larval exuviae. When the cocoon contents are
tightly bound together in a homogeneous mass, however, ultrasonifica-
tion should be used to both loosen the components and get rid of
fecal matter.

Occasional specimens will be found that have the cocoon contents
firmly cemented together into a dark brown object that is resistant even
to ultrasonification. Judicious use of cold concentrated KOH or NaOH

'Received March S. 1989. Accepted April 24. 1989.

-American Entomological Institute. 3005 SW 56th Ave.. Gainesville, Florida 32608.

ENT NEWS 100(4): 181-182, September & October. 1989

182 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

gives excellent results in these cases. One pellet of KOH or NaOH is dis-
solved in two milliliters of water and the cocoon contents are placed in
this solution for 15-20 minutes. This is usually sufficient to loosen the
cocoon contents and allow the larval exuviae to be removed. The exuviae
are then placed in a weak acidic solution (I use one drop of glacial acetic
acid in two milliliters of water) to neutralize the previous basic solution,
and then transferred to Nesbitfs for clearing.

LITERATURE CITED

Wahl, D. 1984. An improved method for preparing exuviae of parasitic Hymenoptera. Ent.

News 95: 227-228.

SOCIETY MEETING OF APRIL 19, 1989

(Continued from page 180)

The other main attraction of the evening was the presentation of the Calvert Prize to
David Zonies, a ninth grade student at North East High School in Philadelphia. He dis-
played his project concerning the life-shortening effects of ultraviolet radiation on Droso-
phila melanogaster. The first runner-up, Danielle Anctil a ninth grade student at Upper
Dublin High School in Fort Washington, Pennsylvania, displayed her project on the wood
preferences of termites.

Harold B. White
Corresponding Secretary

SOCIETY'S INSECT FIELD DAY

The third annual Insect Field Day of The American Entomological Society was held
for members and friends of the society on Saturday, June 17, 1989. at Lebanon State Forest
in the New Jersey pine barrens. The primary purpose of these field days is to conduct an
activity that may help to stimulate interest in insects among amateurs and students, some
of whom may be budding entomologists. A total of 76 persons, including 64 adults and 12
children, attended the event which featured insect displays, field trips, and informa-
tional programs. -H.P.B.

ACID-FREE PAPER

Effective with this current, September - October, 1989 issue, ENTOMOLOGICAL
NEWS is now being printed on acid-free paper. -H.P.B.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989 183

DAMAGE TO WOODY PLANTS BY THE LOCUST

LEAFMINER, ODONTOTA DORSALIS

(COLEOPTERA: CHRYSOMELIDAE),

DURING A LOCAL OUTBREAK IN AN

APPALACHIAN OAK FOREST1

Charles E. Williams2

ABSTRACT: Estimates of feeding damage to woody plants by adult locust leafminer.
Odontota dorsalis, were made during a local outbreak in an Appalachian oak forest. Thir-
teen woody plant species were recorded from the outbreak area in southwestern Virginia,
but only six (46.2%) sustained damage from locust leafminer feeding. Black locust received
the heaviest damage. Red and chestnut oaks, sugar maple, black cherry, and hawthorn sus-
tained moderate feeding damage. Possible causes of the outbreak are discussed.

The locust leafminer, Odontota dorsalis (Thunberg), is the most com-
mon insect pest of black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia L.) in the eastern
United States. Feeding by adults and larvae of this beetle causes the
extensive "scorching" of black locust leaves that is often evident in
late summer.

Larvae of O. dorsalis are oligophagous, mining the leaves of black
locust and a few other leguminous plants (Dominick 1938; Poos 1940;
Wheeler 1980). Adults, however, have a broad host range and primarily
feed on woody species such as apple, oak, elm, beech, dogwood and
hawthorn as well as black locust (Hopkins 1896; Houser 1918; Dominick
1938; Johnson and Lyon 1976). Outbreaks of locust leafminer adults in
suburban and agricultural areas can cause severe damage to shade and
fruit trees (Houser 1918; Dominick 1938).

Little is known about the feeding ecology of adult locust leafminer in
natural plant communities compared to the abundance of information
from managed systems. A recent localized outbreak of the locust leaf-
miner in a southern Appalachian oak forest provided an opportunity to
document the feeding preferences of this insect in a diverse natural sys-
tem. Here I provide a list of woody plants recorded from the outbreak
area and estimates of the intensity of feeding damage to each species as
well as discuss possible causes of the outbreak.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This study was conducted on Peters Mountain, near Narrows, Giles
Co., Virginia, where I first noted large numbers (up to 25 per leaf) of O.

iReceived January 15. 1989. Accepted April 17. 1989.

-Department of Biology. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Blacksburg.
VA 24061. Present address: Department of Biology. Washington and Lee University,
Lexington. VA 24450.

ENT. NEWS 100(4): 183-187. September & October. 1989

184 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

dorsalis adults feeding on leaves of northern red oak (Quercus rubra L.)
and chestnut oak (Q. prinus L.) on 12 June 1988. The outbreak was con-
fined to an area of ca. 0.25 ha, located on an exposed, northeasterly slope
at an elevation of ca. 750 m.

Woody vegetation was sampled on 28 June when the browning of
damaged leaf tissue facilitated estimation of feeding damage. The
majority of O. dorsalis adults had dispersed from the outbreak area, thus
total damage for the season could be estimated. Vegetation was sampled
in four 30 X 2 m belt transects, each divided into a series of contiguous 5 X
2 m quadrats, centered in the outbreak area. One transect was placed
parallel to the ridge on the main body of soil before a rock outcrop, and
the other three were placed perpendicular to the first transect, each
separated by 10 m. Woody plants were recorded by species and diameter
in each transect and classified as overstory (stems > 10 cm dbh), under-
story (stems > 2.5 but < 10 cm dbh), or saplings (stems < 2.5 cm dbh).
Nomenclature follows that of Radford et al. (1968). Voucher specimens
have been deposited in the VPI & SU herbarium.

Density (number of stems per hectare), basal area (m2 per hectare),
and frequency (percent occurrence in quadrats) were determined for
overstory and understory trees. To describe the relative importance of
woody species in the outbreak area, importance values (relative density
+ relative basal area + relative frequency) were calculated for overstory
and understory species (Curtis and Mcintosh 1951). Importance values
are presented as average percentages of the total. Importance values for
saplings were calculated as average percentages of relative densities and
frequencies (Adams and Stephenson 1983).

The extent of feeding damage to woody plants in the outbreak area
was determined visually. All leaves on the distal 1 m of five randomly
selected branches of all trees in the transects (n = 112) were scrutinized
for O. dorsalis feeding damage [e.g., the characteristic "scraping" of upper
leaf surfaces (Dominick 1938)]. In sapling and understory species, scan-
ning of leaves was done directly at eye level, but for most overstory
species binoculars were used to inspect feeding damage. Damage es-
timates were placed into four classes: 1) no feeding by O. dorsalis; 2) <
25% of leaf area damaged by O. dorsalis; 3) 25 to 50% of leaf area damaged
by O. dorsalis and 4) > 50% of leaf area damaged by O. dorsalis. All
damage estimates were made solely by the author to minimize observer
bias. Broad percent damage classes were used since the precision of
visual estimation of plant damage is poor at small intervals (Ruesink
and Kogan 1975).

One-way analysis of variance was used to detect mean differences in
feeding damage among woody plants in the study site. Individual dif-
ferences in feeding damage means were determined by Duncan's multi-
ple range test. Because there were no significant differences in damage

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 185

estimates within species among forest strata, damage estimates for each
species were pooled and pooled means were used for comparisons
among species. Associations of woody plant importance and feeding
damage estimates were examined with Pearson correlation coefficients.
Data were log-transformed before analysis and all statistical tests were
conducted at the P > 0.05 significance level.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The composition and importance of woody plants in the outbreak
area are presented in Table 1 . Chestnut oak dominated the forest overstory
and was also an important tree species in the understory and sapling
strata. Northern red oak, black walnut (Juglans nigra L.), and mockernut
hickory [Carya tomentosa (Poir.) Nutt] occurred sparingly in the over-
story. The understory stratum was dominated by redbud {Cercis canaden-
sis L.), with chestnut oak, mockernut hickory and six other woody species
[Celtis laevigata Willd. (sugarberry), Acer saccharum Marsh, (sugar
maple), Pinus virginiana Mill. (Virginia pine), Rhus typhina L. (staghorn
sumac), Prunus serotina Ehrh. (black cherry), Q. rubra] found in lesser
amounts. Sugarberry, hawthorn (Crataegus coccinea L.) and redbud
dominated the sapling stratum, whereas saplings of northern red oak,
black cherry, black locust, and shagbark hickory [Carya ovata (Mill.) K.
Koch] occurred at low levels. The ground layer in the outbreak area was
not sampled quantitatively but was dominated by herbs, particularly
Canada leaf-cup (Polymnia canadensis L.). No leafminer feeding was
observed on this species.

Feeding damage estimates differed significantly among woody plants
in the outbreak area (P < 0.0001; Table 1). The most heavily attacked
species was black locust. Although black locust is the primary larval host
of O. dorsalis in southwestern Virginia ( Dominick 1938), none of the sam-
pled trees were mined by larvae. Despite heavy feeding damage (> 50%
of the leaf area destroyed) caused by adult beetles, black locust was of lit-
tle importance in the outbreak area; it occurred only at low numbers as
saplings. Red and chestnut oaks, sugar maple, black cherry and hawthorn
sustained moderate levels of feeding damage by O. dorsalis. Feeding
damage in these species ranged from substantial skeletonizing of leaves
(ca. 50% of leaf area eaten in some oaks) to a few localized scrapes on the
leaf surface (hawthorn). Among the moderately damaged species,
northern red oak appeared particularly favored as leaves of this species
were often heavily skeletonized. The remaining woody plants — black
walnut, shagbark and mockernut hickories, redbud. sugarberry. Virginia
pine and staghorn sumac — bore no evidence of feeding by O. dorsalis.
Thus of a total of thirteen woody plants recorded from the outbreak area,
only six species (46.2%) sustained damage from locust leafminer feeding.

186 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A positive but nonsignificant association between feeding damage
estimates and the importance of woody plants was observed for the out-
break area (r = 0.76, P = 0.09).

Outbreaks of locust leafminer are often described as patchy in dis-
tribution and short in duration (e.g., Dominick 1938). The patchiness of
locust leafminer outbreaks has been ascribed to recruitment of adults
from nearby overwintering sites (Dominick 1938) and localized reduc-
tions in black locust foliage that concentrate adults on patches of palat-
able plants (e.g., Houser 1918). Unfortunately, I can only speculate on the
origin of the outbreak on Peters Mountain. Although conditions favor-
able for overwintering of locust leafminer adults [e.g., a dense shrub
layer and heavy litter accumulation (Dominick 1938)] occurred in the
outbreak area, these conditions were also common in the surrounding
forest. Moreover, emergence of overwintered O. dorsalis adults in south-
western Virginia begins in early May and is completed before mid-June
(Dominick 1938 and pers. obs.); therefore, it seems unlikely that the out-
break was the result of the emergence of adults from patchy overwinter-
ing habitat.

It is also unlikely that the abundance of black locust influenced the
patchy nature of the outbreak. First, black locust comprises a small pro-
portion of the forest vegetation on Peters Mountain (Adams and
Stephenson 1983) and second, the composition of vegetation in the out-
break area, particularly the species attacked by O. dorsalis, did not differ
from the composition of the surrounding forest matrix; thus patchwise
colonization of woody plants is improbable. Recent evidence suggests
that stress, particularly drought stress, may predispose plant pop-
ulations to insect herbivore outbreaks (Mattson and Haack 1 987). Given
the dry, exposed, ridgetop location of the outbreak area, it seems feasible
that the eruption of O. dorsalis may have been mediated by plant stress.
Moreover, the dry summer of 1988 may have accentuated the droughty
nature of the shallow soils in the outbreak area. Drought-stressed plants
differ physically (e.g., greater infrared reflectance, leaf yellowing) and
chemically (e.g., increased levels of soluble nitrogen and sugars in tissues)
from non-stressed plants and so may be more attractive or acceptable to
insects (Mattson and Haack 1987). Thus drought-stressed trees associated
with exposed ridgetop soils, may partially explain the localized nature of
the locust leafminer outbreak on Peters Mountain. Culbertson (1915)
also surmised that drought was a factor in large-scale eruptions of the
locust leafminer in southern Indiana.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank Tom Wieboldt, Associate Curator, VPI & SU Herbarium, for identifying Crataegus
coccinea. The Nature Conservancy, Virginia Chapter, permitted access to the Peters Moun-
tain site. W.W. Hargrove, C.L. Staines, AG. Wheeler, Jr., K. Williams, and several anony-
mous referees provided constructive reviews of the manuscript.

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 187

Table 1. Importance values and mean feeding damage estimates to woody plants caused by
the locust leafminer, Peters Mountain, Virginia, 1988. Means of feeding damage classes for
each tree species represent pooled estimates for overstory, understory, and sapling strata
[Damage classes include: l)no feeding by O. dorsalis;!) < 25% of leaf area damaged by O.
dorsalis; 3) 25 to 50% of leaf area damaged by O. dorsalis and 4) > 50% of leaf area damaged
by O. dorsalis]. Means followed by the same letterdo not differ significantly (Duncan's mul-
tiple range test, P < 0.05).

X Percent Importance Value
Species Overstory Understory Saplings X Damage Class

Quercus prinus

87.2

12.7

11.3

2.36bc

Q. rubra

6.7

2.9

7.5

2.57b

Juglans nigra

4.7

_

_

l.OOd

Carya ovata

—

—

2.2

l.OOd

C. tomentosa

1.4

11.9

—

l.OOd

Cercis canadensis

—

51.3

17.9

l.OOd

Celtis laevigata

—

7.5

27.4

l.OOd

Acer saccharum

—

4.2

—

2.00bc

Pin us virginiana

—

3.6

—

1 .OOd

Rhus typhina

—

3.0

—

l.OOd

Primus serotina

—

2.8

7.7

2.00bc

Crataegus coccinea

—

—

21.5

1.94c

Robinia pseudoacacia

—

—

4.5

3.50a

LITERATURE CITED

Adams, H.S. and S.L. Stephenson. 1983. A description of the vegetation on the south
slopes of Peters Mountain, southwestern Virginia. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 110: 18-22.

Culbertson, G. 1915. A new enemy of the black locust. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 26: 185-
186.

Curtis, J.T. and R.P. Mcintosh. 1951. An upland forest continuum in the prairie-forest
border region of Wisconsin. Ecology 32:476-496.

Dominick, C.B. 1938. Notes on the locust leafminer. Chalepus dorsalis Thunb. J. Econ.
Entomol. 31: 186-189.

Hopkins, A.D. 1896. Some notes on insect enemies of trees. Can. Entomol. 28: 243-250.

Houser, J.S. 1918. Destructive insects affecting Ohio shade and forest trees. Ohio Agric.
Exp. Stn. Bull. 332:231-235.

Johnson, W.T. and H.H. Lyon. 1976. Insects that feed on trees and shrubs. Cornell
University Press. Ithaca, NY. 463 p.

Mattson, W.J. and R.A. Haack. 1987. The role of drought in outbreaks of plant-eating
insects. BioScience 37: 110-118.

Poos, F.W. 1940. The locust leafminer as a pest of soybean. J. Econ. Entomol. 33: 742-
745.

Radford, A.E., C.R. Bell, and H.E. Ahles. 1968. Manual of the vascular flora of the
Carolinas. University of North Carolina Press. Chapel Hill. NC.

Ruesink, W.G. and M. Kogan. 1975. The quantitative basis of pest management: sampl-
ing and measuring, pp. 309-351. In R.L. Metcalf and W.H. Luckmann (eds). Introduc-
tion to insect pest management. John Wiley and Sons. New York. 587 p.

Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 1980. Japanese pagodatree: a host of locust leafminer. Odontota dorsalis
(Thunberg) (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae). Coleopts. Bull. 34: 95-98.

188 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

INCORPORATION OF SLIDE-MOUNTED

MATERIAL INTO ENTOMOLOGICAL

COLLECTIONS1

Laurent LeSage^

ABSTRACT: A polypropylene slide box is described and illustrated. Details are given on
how to incorporate slide-mounted material into collections of pinned insects or into collec-
tions preserved in alcohol.

Slide-mounted material usually consists of genitalic structures or
other parts of prime importance in the identification of specimens.
Unfortunately, this critical material is usually stored separately, and
consequently is often neglected or ignored, and is sometimes misplaced
or even lost. This duplication in storage increases the risk of loss of either
the dissected parts or the original specimens. Different codes (often
changing with years) used by different scientists make the retrieval of the
material more complicated, if not impossible. Another problem with the
slide-mounted material is actually related to the fact that for some
groups of insects this mounting technique is not used any more. For
example, male aedeagi or female spermathecae of beetles are now moun-
ted on transparent plastic plates pinned directly under the speci-
mens instead of being mounted on slides. In the Canadian National
Collection (CNC), as in other museums, there are hundreds of old slide-
mounted genitalia of beetles or other insects which have to be incor-
porated into the main collection or stored in one way or another. On the
other hand, the small plastic boxes are not recommended for large
collections of insects where almost all specimens are mounted on slides
(Chironomidae, Ceratopogonidae, mites, etc.).

The aim of the present paper is to describe a convenient type of mi-
croscope slide box, and to explain how some of the problems exposed
above can be solved using it. As pointed out by an anonymous reviewer
this type of slide box is not really "new" (since, according to his com-
ments, these boxes have been used at the USNM for the curation of
several families of Diptera for more than ten years) but it is the first time
that its utilization is thoroughly discussed.

DESCRIPTION

The Marin Laboratory SupplyR (MLS) slide box is injection-molded

'Received October 3. 1988. Accepted March 23. 1989.

-Agriculture Canada, Biosystematics Research Centre. Ottawa, Ontario, K1A 0C6.

ENT. NEWS 100(4): 188-192, September & October, 1989

Vol. 100, No. 4. September & October 1989 189

of durable polypropylene plastic with luted inner walls for insertion of
slides (Fig. 1 ). These boxes, made by Marin Laboratory Supply ( P.O. Box
4019, San Rafael, CA 94903, USA), cost only US $35.00 a gross (144).

Each box measures 83 mm (3 1/4"), 29 mm ( 1 1/8"), and 16 mm (5/8")
deep. A single box holds five standard microscope slides. Slides are
easily inserted, removed, and protected with a snap-top, positive lock.

For pinned insect collections

The following discussion refers to drawers and trays of the United
States National Museum (USNM) system cabinets used at the Canadian
National Collection (CNC) but applies as well to the California Academy
of Sciences (CAS) or the Cornell University (CU) system cabinets which
are slightly broader.

The MLS slide boxes are especially convenient for type material or
other important reference specimens. For safest curation, the specimen
is pinned in a separate small tray preceeding the tray with the slide-
mounted material. If one wants to save space, the original specimen can
be pinned on the left side of a 4x1 tray whereas the slide box containing
the pertinent slide(s) is placed on the right side; it is advisable to secure
the slide box with insect pins to avoid side movements of the slide box
with the tray. The MLS slide boxes are transparent enough that the top
slide label(s) can be read through the sides (Fig. 2). Therefore, slides can
be incorporated directly without any rewriting of labels. Slides of the
same taxon are stored together. Specimens with structures mounted on
slides are pinned in a tray of appropriate size preceeding the tray with
slide boxes. The slide holding capacity of the USNM system trays is:

4"xl" tray: 5 slides (Fig. 1)

4"x2"tray: 10-15 slides

4"x4" tray: 25-30 slides (Fig. 3)

4"x8" tray: 55-60 slides

The maximum slide holding capacity is reached when slide boxes lay
on the side; in that case a general label should be attached to the side to
identify the slide box contents; self-stick labels are the most convenient
for this purpose. This additional work can be eliminated by removing
one box and placing another horizontally for instantaneous access to
the label of the slide inserted at the top of the slide box. It must be men-
tioned here that this method is not recommended if slides are not com-
pletely dried because cover slips and structures in the medium will
eventually slide down. The easiest way to avoid these eventual problems
is to place all the slide boxes horizontally inside the trays.

After all slide boxes have been properly placed in appropriate trays
they are incorporated with the pinned collection and handled as regular
trays filled with insects (Fig. 4).

190

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figures 1-5. 1. Sample of a Marin Laboratory Supply microscope slide box. 2. Slide
with genitalia of a beetle mounted on it and placed in small insect tray; the data of the label
are readily legible through the box plastic. 3. Larger insect tray containing 25 slides (5
slides a box); one microscope slide box is placed horizontally to show the label of a
slide. 4. Example of slides boxes incorporated with insect trays. 5. Example of slide
boxes incorporated with insect vial rack.

Vol. 100, No. 4, September & October 1989

191

192 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Of course, there must be some sort of coding to associate original
specimens and mounted parts, but since both are placed side by side in
the collection, their association is very easy without searching through
hundreds of slides stored in separate slide cabinets. On the other hand,
the curation of slides with MLS slide boxes is no better than any other
systems if slides are not properly associated, coded, or organized. If cor-
rectly used, they are, in my opinion, superior to other existing systems in
the curation of slide-mounted material and their incorporation with
main pinned specimens or with collections preserved in alcohol.

For material stored in alcohol

The procedures explained below apply to alcohol collections stored
in vial racks as in the CNC (Fig. 5). The main advantage of this system is
the possibility of retrieving single vials very quickly, much faster than
when vials are stored together in large jars filled with alcohol.

The vial rack system also offers the possibility of keeping the material
mounted on slides (abdomen of Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Chirono-
midae; mandibles of larvae; various appendages for compound micro-
scope study, etc. . .) side by side with the associated specimens preserved
in alcohol. The curation of slide-mounted material within the vial rack is
less expensive than the purchase of separate slide cabinets. The MLS
slide boxes prove again to be excellent for the curation of this kind of
slide-mounted material, provided it is completely dried, otherwise drift-
ing of cover slips is very likely to happen.

The slide-mounted material is properly separated, associated with
the specimens preserved in alcohol and placed in slide boxes. The
original specimens preserved in alcohol are placed first in the vial rack,
followed by the slide box with the proper associated slide mounted parts.
The slide boxes, 2 mm thinner than the diameter of 3 dram vials ( 1 8 mm)
utilized in the CNC, fit perfectly in racks. Again, labels of the slides can
be read directly through the sides of the slide boxes.

CONCLUSION

Not only are the new MLS slide boxes durable, safe, and inexpensive,
but their use allows the incorporation of slide mounted material with
main pinned or alcohol collections. At the same time, the elimination or
the simplification of the code systems reduces the risk of future confu-
sion. Finally, the side by side arrangement of original specimens and
their slide mounted dissected parts provides the fastest way to retrieve
both.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank my colleagues E.C. Becker and L. Masner for their useful reviews of the
manuscript.

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1 ) provide the names of two qualified
individuals who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and ( 2 ) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name( s) of recognized institution(s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or. if in the standard system,
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating, in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration,
including all legends, is 41/^ x 6Vi inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics, morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of $15.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7.00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

~T " ! ^!R

1 his publication is available
in microform from University
Microfilms International.

i ..ill h.ll In i' rtim 521-.1U44 I )i mull ini|iiir\ 111
University Mil rofilfllS InL'riuilioiidl. J(M) North
Ztsub Ro.nl. Aim ArU<r. Ml 4bll)6

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED FOR BOOK. News/reprints on New World Papilionidae, especially juveniles,
hybridizations, behavior, and space fillers (cartoons, poetry, stories, with copyright data).
Cash or book offered for items used. Contact K. Brown. CP6588. Barao Geraldo, Cam-
pinas. Sao Paulo. Brazil 13082.

WANTED: German-English Science Dictionary. 4th ed. ( 1978), by Louis De Vries & Leon
Jacolev; McGraw-Hill. Inc.. New York. Please write beforehand, stating condition and
price. Richard G. Robbins. Dept. of Entomology. Museum Support Center. Smithsonian
Institution. Washington. D.C. 20560.

12-PAGE CATALOG OF LEPIDOPTERA: Unusual species from South & Central
America, Europe. Far-East. Africa etc. Specialists in Papilionidae. European butterflies
and Morpho (45+ species inc M.rhetenor (9). M..insuralies (9). M.titei (9), M.godarti (9).
M.adonis (9). Books & more. Latest catalog $1. or $6 for year's catalogs. Established 1976.
TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY CO, Apartado 695 1. San Jose 1000A. COSTA RICA. Cen-
tral America

COSTA RICA - LEPIDOPTERISTS/ENTOMOLOGIST EXPEDITION PROGRAM:

Visit lowland, montane rainforest lodges. Field-trips included. Collect, photograph or
study Lepidoptera. We obtain permits. Costa Rica has 10% of world butterfly species! Low
cost, personal attention, year-round. Brochure/photo - 75c US stamp. TRANSWORLD
BUTTERFLY CO. Apartado 6951. San Jose 1000A. COSTA RICA. Central America.

AVAILABLE from the author: Peterson Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America.
Casebound. $18; soft cover. $13; postpaid in U.S. Charles V. Covell Jr.. Dept. of Biology.
Univ. of Louisville. Louisville, KY 40292

WANTED: interested individuals to exchange arthropod specimens. I am interested in
exchanging arthropods from my locality for specimens from yours. J. Linam. 416 N.W.
Monroe Ave. Piedmont. OK 73078.

FOR SALE: Unbound journals: J. Economic Ent. 193 l-1970(complete). 1977-1983(1 miss-
ing); Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer. 1955-1982 (3 missing); Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 1965-1985 (4
missing). Make offer to: F. Rohwer. A.E.L.. Univ. of Maryland. Frostburg. MD 21532 (301-
689-3115).

U

S3 '

USISSN0013-872X
NOVEMBER & DECEMBER, 1989 NO. 5

ENTOMOL

,v

100TH ANNIVERSARY ISSUE

Our Centennial number

193

100 years of contributions to the science and literature

of entomology through the pages of Entomological News

Lewis P. Kelsey 1 95

North American entomological societies and their publica-
tions in 1890 and the early Entomological News

William H. Day 200

The birth of Entomological News and a century

of editors Howard P. Boyd 207

A brief history of The Practical Entomologist and its
contributions to economic entomology

Carol A. Sheppard 212

A visit to the tomb of Thomas Say in New Harmony,

Indiana T. J. Spilman 224

George H. Horn, William G. Wright, and the problems created
by the discovery of Dinapate wrightii (Coleoptera:
Bostrichidae) Kenneth W. Cooper 228

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 25, 1989
OBITUARY: Lewis P. Kelsey
PUBLISHER'S STATEMENT
MAILING DATES
INDEX: Volume 100

199
194

227
248
245

THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published bi-monthly except July-August by The American
Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia,
Pa., 19103, U.S.A.

The American Entomological Society holds regular membership meetings on the fourth
Wednesday in October, November, February, March, and April. The November, February
and April meetings are held at the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia. Pa. The
October and March meetings are held at the Department of Entomology, University of
Delaware. Newark, Delaware.

Society Members who reside outside the local eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey,
and Delaware area are urged to attend society meetings whenever they may be in the vicinity.
Guests always are cordially invited and welcomed.

Officers for 1989-1990: President: Roger W. Fuester; Vice-President: Joseph k Sheldon:
Recording Secretary: Vincent Ventre: Corresponding Secretary; Harold B. White;
Treasurer: Jesse J. Freese.

Publications and Editorial Committee: Howard P. Boyd. Chr.. D. Otte. and Paul M
Marsh.

Previous editors: 1890-1910 Henry Skinner ( 186 1-1926); 1911-1943 Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967 R.G. Schmieder( 1898-1967); 1968-1972 R.H. Arnett, Jr.; 1973-
4/1974 R.W. Lake.

Subscriptions: Private subscriptions for personal use of members of the Society, domestic
and foreign: $5.00 per year postpaid. Subscriptions for institutions such as libraries,
laboratories, etc., and for non-members, domestic and foreign: $15.00 per year postpaid.
Communications and remittances regarding subscriptions should be addressed to EN-
TOMOLOGICAL NEWS, The American Entomological Society, 1900RaceSt., Philadelphia,
Pa. 19103. U.S.A.

Back issues of most numbers may be obtained by writing to the office of The American
Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. U.S.A.

Membership dues: $7.00 per year (regular); $4.00 per year (student).

Manuscripts and all communications concerning same should be addressed to the editor:
Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade Road, Tabernacle Twp., Vincentown, New Jersey 08088,
U.S.A. Manuscripts will be considered from any authors, but papers from members of the
American Entomological Society are given priority. It is suggested that all prospective authors
join the society. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the AIBS Style
Manual for Biological Journals and should follow the style used in recent issues of
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Three doublespaced, typed copies of each manuscript are
needed on 81: x 1 1 paper. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if accepted, they
will be published as soon as possible. Articles longer than eight printed pages may be published
in two or more installments, unless the author is willing to pay the entire costs of a sufficient
number of additional pages in any one issue to enable such an article to appear without
division.

Editorial Policy: Manuscripts on taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology, ecology,
behavior and similar aspects of insect life and related terrestrial arthropods are appropriate for
submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Papers on applied, economic and regulatory
entomology and on toxicology and related subjects will be considered only if they also make a
major contribution in one of the aforementioned fields.

(Continued on inside of back cover)

Postmaster Ifundeliverable, please send form 3579 to Howard P. Boyd, 232 Oak Shade
Road, Tabernacle Twp. , Vincentown, New Jersey 08088, U.S.A.

SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT VINCENTOWN, NEW JERSEY, 08088, USA.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 193

OUR CENTENNIAL NUMBER

With this issue, Entomological News completes its 100th year of publish-
ing papers of significance in the science of entomology. One has only to
read the paper in this issue by Lewis P. Kelsey, a past president of this
society, on taxonomic papers and descriptions of new species and other
taxa published in these pages over the years, to realize the great number
of important contributions this journal has made to both the science and
literature of entomology.

Another paper relates some of the early history of Entomological News
and discusses North American entomological societies and their publi-
cations in 1890, the year Entomological News was founded. This was pre-
pared by William H. Day, another past president of the society.

As the current editor of Entomological News. I thought it might be
interesting to dig back through past issues, as Lew Kelsey has done for
new taxa, to look into the founding and editorial history of this journal
over the past 100 years. This revealed the interesting fact that for 78 years
in the 100 year history of Entomological News, this journal was edited by
just three early and outstanding entomologists: Henry Skinner. Philip
Calvert, and Rudolph Schmieder. What a tremendous contribution
these three made to this journal, to our society, and. through the pages of
this journal, to the science of entomology.

I commend your attention to three other papers of historic interest.
One concerns a little known and short lived, but nevertheless significant,
early publication of The American Entomological Society, The Practical
Entomologist. This was the very first journal on economic entomology
published in North America. The paper is a fine contribution from Carol
A. Shepard.

The second paper is a report of a visit by Theodore Spilman to the
New Harmony, Indiana home of Thomas Say, one of the founders of
The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This is an amazing
story of the discovery of the present location and use of the white marble
slab on which Thomas Say's epitath is incised. I suggest that here is a
challenge and an opportunity to rescue, preserve, and properly display a
valuable artifact of early entomological and Academy memorabilia.

The third paper, contributed by Kenneth W. Cooper, recalls a deter-
mination error made by George H. Horn, an early president, for 16 years,
of The American Entomological Society. Horn's initial error in deter-
mination of the world's largest bostrichid beetle, misleading informa-
tion regarding its type locality, and subsequent character defamation of
its discoverer, William G. Wright is an intriguing tale of error, misinfor-
mation, and pursuit, almost as good as a murder mystery.

M 1 0 WO

!94 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

In conclusion. I wish to express my appreciation for the honor and
priviledge of serving as the current editor of Entomological News over the
past 1 5 plus years. It is a challenging and rewarding experience which I
hope to be able to continue for many years to come.

- H.P.B.

LEWIS P. KELSEY

Lewis Preston Kelsey died at his home in Boyertown. PA on Oct. 8. 1989. He had been
suffering from a high fever for a few days and had called a physician who advised he come
in right away for an examination. Lew continued to prepare his breakfast and apparently
dropped dead in the middle of this preparation. He was found by his daughter about 2
hours later.

Lew was born in Kuling. China on July 1. 1914. the son of Dean L. and Rev Preston
Kelsey. His father was director of the Kuling YMCA. When Lew was 12 years old his family
returned to the USA. They settled in White Plains. NY and Lew graduated from Roosevelt
High School in Yonkers. NY in 1933. He obtained a B.S. degree in Agronomy from Cornell
University and worked as a Soil Scientist for the USDA in New York and Vermont from
1938-41 when he entered the Army Air Corps where he rose to the rank of Staff Sergeant. He
served as a weather observer in the Middle East. Africa, and Europe. While in the service he
married Nancy McGilvray of Brooklyn. NY who was serving as a Sergeant in the WAC.

After the war Lew taught Pomology at the NY State College at Cobleskill. At that time he
also began graduate work in Entomology at Cornell where he was awarded the M.S. and
Ph.D. degrees in 1950 and 1954 respectively.

He was appointed Assistant Professor of Entomology at the University of Delaware in
1955 and had progressed to Professor by the time he retired in 1979.

Lew produced numerous scientific publications, the most notable of which were a Cor-
nell memoir on the morphology of the dobsonfly or hellgrammite. and a Smithsonian
monograph on the scenopinid flies of the world. He was the world's authority on that
family of flies and continued working with them after he retired in 1979. Specimens from
museums in many countries around the globe were sent to him for confirmation and/or
identification. He was a gifted illustrator, a fact which clearly shows in his publications on
the scenopinids.

Lew was a long time enthusiastic and dedicated member of the Lions Clubs in Newark.
DE and Boyertown, PA. He served as President in the Boyertown, PA Lions Club. He
assembled an impressive collection of stamps and had a remarkable series of entomologi-
cal stamps from around the world. In addition. Lew was an excellent carpenter and a mas-
ter gardener, especially raising chrysanthemums which won top prizes at shows in the
middle Atlantic States.

He was a member of Alpha Zeta. Phi Beta Kappa, and Sigma XL and had been an active
member and past President of the American Entomological Society. He was also a member
of the Entomological Society of America.

His wife died a few years before Lew. He is survived by his daughter Barbara, wife of
George Gibson of Boyertown. and by a brother, a sister, and one granddaughter.

- Dale F. Bray.

Emeritus Professor of Entomology.
University of Delaware. Newark. DE

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 195

100 YEARS OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE SCIENCE

AND LITERATURE OF ENTOMOLOGY THROUGH

THE PAGES OF ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Lewis P. Kelsey

ABSTRACT: Featured contributions from the early years of Entomological News are
reviewed. Totals of new taxa described over the past 100 years are presented and tabulated.
Of 4372 new species described, the greatest number were Diptera (1230 or 28%) followed by
Hymenoptera (755 or 17%), Lepidoptera (609 or 14%), and Coleoptera (483 or 1 1%). In addi-
tion. 362 new genera were described as well as four new families.

While discussing topics that might be included in a centennial issue
of Entomological News, members of the (executive) council of The Ameri-
can Entomological Society felt it would be very interesting to know what
impact Ent. News has had in the publications of new species over the past
100 years.

Being one of the few retired members of the council, this author
agreed, with some trepidation, to undertake this review. It isn't often that
one has the time, inclination, or opportunity to review 100 years of a
publication!

In addition, after reading the lead editorial in Vol. I, No. 1, 1 became
interested in seeing how well the several editors of Ent. News had adhered
to its originally announced goals. It soon became quite evident that the
editors wished to provide a service to lay persons who were interested
in insects.

A careful review of the first ten years of Entomological News has pro-
duced a number of interesting points, especially when comparisons are
made with current issues of the journal. Factually, the average number of
pages per annual volume over the initial ten years was 280, or 28 pages
per issue. Of these, slightly over half, or from 14 to 17 pages contained
papers submitted by entomologist authors. The number of these in each
issue varied from five to eight brief papers averaging two or slightly over
two pages in length. Many, if not most, of these were in the form of brief
notes and reports of field activities and observations rather than the
result of extended research. There were a limited number of descriptions
of new taxa, most of which were rather limited in scope as was the prac-
tice in those early years. Among the many well known entomologists
who published rather frequently in Ent. News during those early years
were: Philip P. Calvert, T.D.A.Cockerell, W.J. Holland. George H. Horn.

Past president. The American Entomological Society: Emeritus Professor of Entomol-
ogy, University of Delaware.

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 195-199. November & December. NS9

196 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Henry Skinner, Annie Trumbull Slosson, J.B. Smith, and H.F. Wickham.

Some indication of the level of information offered in the earliest
issues of this journal may be deduced from an interesting series often
short and very rudimentary papers on the basics of entomology and the
relationships of the orders. These were entitled "Elementary Entomol-
ogy" and were signed by "P.P.C." (Philip P. Calvert). These were based
on excerpts from Comstock's "Introduction to Entomology" and Pac-
kard's "Entomology for Beginners". This series first appeared in the May
1890 issue under the title. "What is an Insect". In succeeding issues, other
titles which followed were "The General Structure of Insects", "Regions
and Appendages of Insects: The Moveable Parts of the Head", "The
Thorax, the Legs", "The Wings", "The Abdomen - Internal Anatomy",
"Internal Anatomy (concluded)", "Classification of Insects", and "The
Orders of Insects". The total pagination for all ten papers was only 28
pages - surely an elementary course! Following these initial papers, the
series was continued under the same overall title of Elementary Entomol-
ogy and was expanded to cover other subjects authored by different
individuals.

Beginning in September, 1892, a new feature appeared entitled
"Notes on Economic Entomology" edited by Prof. John B. Smith. Sc.D.,
Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ. This feature, which averaged
between two and one half to three pages per issue and continued with
some irregularity through Vol.14, 1903, discussed pertinent pest prob-
lems and suggested control measures. This, together with the early publi-
cation of the Practical Entomologist (Shepard, this issue), is clear evidence
of the concerns of these early and forward-looking entomologists about
the practical applications of their knowledge in the field of economic
entomology.

In marked contrast with today's Entomological News, nearly one half,
or from 1 1 to 14 pages of each issue were devoted to several continuing
features, chief of which were four to five pages in each issue listing and
reviewing recent entomological literature, including serial journals as
well as books, from all around the world. This became so voluminous,
however, that after Vol. 7, only subject matter was included, and after Vol.
13, only major works were reviewed. Beginning with Vol. 21, references
were listed by source, author, and subject under general topics or orders.
Beginning with Vol. 39, a numbered list of periodicals was presented
once or twice a year and references carried the number rather than the
title of the periodical. When this service was discontinued at the end of
Vol. 69 (1958), over 160 periodicals were being reviewed. This service
enabled readers without ready access to large entomological libraries to
keep up on topics of interest in their particular fields of interest.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 197

Another feature was the publieation of minutes and reports of activities
of entomologieal societies, elubs. and soeials so as to acquaint readers
with the activities of entomologists in other parts of the country and the
world. Two to three pages were called "Notes and News" and contained
"Entomological Gleanings from all quarters of the Globe". Another one
and a half to two pages were titled "Doings from Societies" and carried
reports of activities and events from entomological societies from around
the country and the world. Societies most frequently included were The
American Entomological Society, the associated Entomological Section
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, the Feldman Collecting Society, the
Newark (N.J.) Entomologists' Social, the Pacific Coast Entomological
Society, the Chicago Entomological Club, the Entomological Society of
Nova Scotia, the Florida Entomological Society. Ohio Entomologists.
Kansas Entomological Society, and the Rocky Mountain Conference
of Entomologists.

The country wide and even world wide coverage of these features,
coupled with the name change of the society from The Entomological
Society of Philadelphia to The American Entomological Society that
had taken place on February 23, 1867. provides substance to the suspi-
cion that at least some of these early entomologists had aspirations
(visions?) of becoming more than just a local entomological society! This
suspicion is furthersubstantiated with knowledge of the joint meeting of
the Association of Economic Entomologists, the Entomological Section
of the Academy, The American Entomological Society, and the Feld-
man Collecting Social held at the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia on December 29, 1904, to discuss the desirability of organ-
izing a national entomological society. The result of this and subsequent
meetings was the formation, in 1906, of the present Entomological
Society of America.

In general. Entomological News, during its first decade, seems to have
served as a clearing house for correspondence and subscribers. A couple
of other early but short lived features entitled "Queries and Answers"
and "Identification of Insects for Subscribers" appear to have been pur-
poseful efforts to stimulate this exchange and. of course, circulation. In
both regards. Dr. Skinner and the journal achieved real success, for cir-
culation reached 550 by 1898, not bad for a limited audience journal that
started from scratch, only nine years earlier!

Just for a moment, it may be interesting to contrast some of the above
figures with today's Entomological News. Today, each issue consists
mainly of papers submitted by authors. The number of papers in each
double (two month) issue averages about ten. Fifty percent of these
papers range from three to five pages in length, 85% range from two to
seven pages, and eight percent are eight or more pages in length. Today,

198 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

all papers are submitted to two authorities in their respective field for
peer review, a policy that had not been consistently followed prior to its
application in 1978 by our current editor, Howard Boyd. The only con-
tinuing features in Ent. News today are the excellent reports of meetings
of The American Entomological Society currently written by the society's
corresponding secretary, Harold B. White, and books received and briefly
noted along with occasional book reviews. Current circulation is nearly
750.

Following are the results (see Table 1 ) of the count of the descriptions
of new species, genera, and families, in ten year increments, that have
been published in the pages of Entomological News over the past 100
years. No descriptions of subspecies, forms, varieties, or aberrations
were counted although I estimate there may have been between 750 to
1000 of these. In total, 4372 new species, 362 new genera, and four new
families were described. Over the past 15 to 20 years there have been
fewer new species described but there have been numerous papers with
redescriptions using newer descriptive techniques, genitalia studies, and
electron microscope illustrations of diagnostic characters not available

Table 1. New species and new genera described in Entomological News, Vols. 1 - 100,
1890- 1989.

"8

a

ea

■c

>>

2

*s

ea

ea
u
u

a

u

a.

2
u

a

ea
u
u

a

cd
i-i

a>
+■»
a
o

CO

V

a
0

c

ea

c

order
poda,

*
•
ec

c

o

o

o

"O

V

u

JZ

t- 0

-—

u

o

O

0

1
u

X

£
o

X

u
o
U

3

a

s

£

X

1

Othe
Dipl

Tota
spec

New
gene

Volumes

1- 10

4

8

4

25

20

223

60

111

8

20

483

30

11- 20

16

38

26

31

61

135

99

216

11

44

677

60

21- 30

19

29

47

62

76

136

249

198

27

56

899

86

31- 40

12

6*

82

9

74

60

198

40

34

32

547

34

41- 50

2

4

8

22

94

11

89

28

5

14

277

24

51- 60

4

0

11

35

54

15

143

20

6

80*

368

36

61- 70

9*

0

17

18

29

12

113

51

11

67

327

29

71- 80

0

7

13

18

34

13

171

64

35*

85

440

44

81- 90

0

8

19

20

21

4

90

11

19

16

208

13

91-100

0

2

13

37

20

0

18

16

2

38

146

6

Totals 66 102 240 277 483 609 1230 755 158 452 4372 362

Percent 2 2 6 6 11 14 28 17 4 10 100

*New family described in addition to new species.

**New genera figures in addition to new species; not included in species figures.

Vol. 100. No. 5, November & December 1989 199

or used by earlier authors. There have also been numerous papers deal-
ing with reassignments to different genera, listings of synonymies, and
nomen nudum by authors working on monographic studies, many of
these by workers at the U.S. National Museum (Smithsonian Institution)
and the Insect Identification section of the U.S.D.A.

It seems clear to me that over the past century the editors of Entomo-
logical News have generally followed the guidelines published in Vol. 1.
As a result. Entomological News has made a significant contribution to
both the science and literature of entomology and it continues to be a
leading journal in which to publish short taxonomic papers.

Ed. note: The above compilation was completed and paper written a short while before the
recent death of the author. Thus, it is being published posthumously. Please see the
obituary for Lewis P. Kelsey on page 194.

SOCIETY MEETING OF OCTOBER 25, 1989

BIOLOGICAL CONTROL OF EUONYMUS SCALE
Bv Dr. Robert Hendrickson

At one time in the Delaware Valley. Euonymus was a common ornamental shrub. That
changed as the plants were attacked by the Euonymus scale. Uraspis euonymi. an
immigrant scale insect that causes discoloration, defoliation and sometimes death. Frus-
trated by a choice between spraying insecticides or having unsightly plants, many home
owners instead removed the plants. Nurseries no longer supply susceptible species. Dr.
Robert Hendrickson of the USDA Beneficial Insects Laboratory in Newark. Delaware has
worked on the control of Euonymus scale and reported that the scale can be successfully
controlled by a couple of coccinellid beetles, Chilocorus kuwanae and Cybocephalus nip-
ponicus, introduced from the Orient by the USDA.

Chilocorus is about 6mm long and easy to handle in the field. Cybocephalus. on the other
hand, is extremely difficult to work with according to Dr. Hendrickson. These scale pred-
ators are very small, only about 1mm long, and they feed and develop under the scale
covers where they can't be seen. Natural dispersal of a few km per year at best has been
augmented by tedious field capture and release in new areas for both species. Where they
have become established, they may provide almost complete control. For example. The
National Arboretum in Washington D.C. had a large collection of Euonymus that was
under attack a few years ago. Now it is difficult to find a single scale there. This success stor\
has been repeated elsewhere in the 9 states where the beetles have become established In
the future some of the more attractive but scale-prone Euonymus species may once again
become common residential shrubs as a result of the work of Dr. Hendrickson and his
associates.

Before Dr. Hendrickson's talk the 12 members and 3 guests at the University of
Delaware meeting discussed the merits of making the Monarch Butterfly the national
insect. There was considerable support for the idea. Among the points made were the Mon-
arch's wide distribution, its familiarity to the public, its beauty and its interesting biology.

- Harold B. White.
Corresponding Secretary

200 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

NORTH AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL

SOCIETIES AND THEIR PUBLICATIONS IN 1890

AND THE EARLY ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

W.H. Day1

ABSTRACT: On the 100th anniversary of Entomological News, it is noteworthy that only
four North American entomological journals have been published without interruption
for a longer period. The News was intended for short papers and newsworthy items, such as
reports of meetings of numerous societies, new literature citations, obituaries, reviews of
basic entomology, economic entomology, and other related subjects. The new journal con-
tained articles by most well-known entomologists of the day. and its circulation steadily
increased.

Entomological News has been of service to entomologists since the first
issue in 1890. Only four entomological journals in North America that
have been published continuously are older. The 100th anniversary of
the News provides an opportunity to review the state of entomology,
especially its societies and journals, at the time the News was organized.

By 1890, the United States had experienced 40 years of unparalleled
expansion. The western territories had been opened for settlement and
the population had tripled (aided by 17 million immigrants) to 63 million
(Hambidge, 1940), while railroads proliferated, accelerating the move-
ment of agricultural products, manufactured items, and people. Two-
thirds of the population was engaged in agricultural production
(Hambidge, 1940), and crop losses caused by insects were frequent and
often severe. Consequently, interest in scientific agriculture and ento-
mology grew rapidly.

Entomological Societies

At the time Entomological News was initiated, there were six entomol-
ogical societies in North America that produced serial journals (Table 1 ).
Five of these were in the United States. All except the American Associa-
tion of Economic Entomologists, and perhaps the Entomological Society
of Canada, were organized and operated by amateur and professional
entomologists who lived in the general area of their Society's headquarters.
This is still the case today; only a few organizations are large enough to
afford a central administrative staff for routine activities, and the travel
costs for board members from distant points so they can meet regularly
for policy decisions.

Most or all of the original entomological societies had some mem-

Past President, The American Entomological Society; USDA-ARS Beneficial Insects
Research Laboratory. 501 S. Chapel St.. Newark. DP. 19713

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 200-206, November & December. 1989

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 201

bers from outside the immediate area, and some also had a small num-
ber of residents in other countries. Persons in these two groups were often
referred to as "corresponding" members, to differentiate them from the
local, "resident" members. It is interesting that at least some individuals
were members of two or more societies well before the turn of the century,
and that many occasionally attended meetings in distant cities. Such
travel by train, for distances up to 200 or 300 miles, did not require more
time than travel today does by air or car.

It is a little-known fact that the present Entomological Society of
America, now the largest organization of entomologists in the hemis-
phere, had its beginnings in 1904, in Philadelphia. It was organized dur-
ing joint meetings of the American Entomological Society, the related
Feldman Collecting Social, and Entomological Section of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, together with the association of
Economic Entomologists and the Entomological Club of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science (Allen, 1960).

The importance of Pennsylvania, particularly Philadelphia, in the
early development of entomology in North America was recognized by
Skinner (1911), who called this state "the cradle of entomology in
America". He described the pioneering work in Pennsylvania by John
Bartram in the mid-1700's; Thomas Say, F.V. and J.F. Melsheimer, and
Titian Peale in the early 1800's; and E.T. Cresson, G.H. Horn, J.L.
LeConte, and the American Entomological Society in the mid- 1800's.

One feature that each of the early entomological societies had was a
unique seal or emblem (Downey and Nelson, 1968). Nearly all included
an insect, and were displayed on the covers of society publications. The
American Entomological Society seal featured Dynastes tityus (L.), the
very large "Hercules beetle", and the motto "Festina lente" (advance
prudently).

Entomological Journals

At the time the first issue of Entomological News was published, there
had been a total often entomological serials in North America, and five
were still being printed (Table 2). This 50% survival rate is surprisingly
high, considering that most societies did not have a large number of
members and thus were not likely to have significant financial reserves,
that all were operated by amateur publishers, and especially that this was
done in "spare" time. Moreover, E.A. Schwarz (1891) stated that most
American entomologists subscribe to few. if any. journals-. Despite this

"Presumably they used society or local museum libraries. Important entomological con-
tributions were also being made in the 19th century by the developing federal and state
experiment stations, as well as by agricultural newspapers and organizations (see Barnes
(1985) for additional information).

202 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

low level of support, he concluded that the six serials of the day (includ-
ing Entomological News) compared favorably with the 19 then published
in Europe, considering the much larger (4-fold) population there, and
the lower printing costs on the Continent.

It is also noteworthy that of the five entomological journals extant
when the News was begun, four are still being produced, 100 years later
(Table 2). This is evidence of the continuing great importance of insects
to agriculture and man, as well as the wise guidance and unselfish sup-
port by the leaders and members of the parent societies.

The Early Entomological News

In the first issue of Entomological News in 1890, E.M. Aaron outlined
some of the objectives of the new journal. In addition to scientific papers,
it was to include "Notes and News", "Queries and Answers", "Exchanges",
"Doings of Societies", and "Entomological Literature". Many of these
subjects had been missing from American entomological literature
since the demise of the Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society,
Papilio, and Entomologica Americana, according to Osborn (1937). The
usefulness of these sections to the many subscribers who were not close
to a major entomological library, and to amateur entomologists, must
have been considerable.

Although these sections might be considered to be of minor impor-
tance today, I suggest that reading them (and the accompanying editorials)
provides a much deeper understanding of the personalities and the
atmosphere of entomology in the past than does a review of scientific
papers.

Aaron (1890) also indicated that the new journal would be enlarged
and modified, as the subscribers desired. An obiturary section was
added the first year, and steadily grew in size and scope. Although
published articles provide a partial (though often scattered) record of the
professional accomplishments of entomologists, it is an unfortunate fact
that the lives of most entomologists are documented only after their
death. Thus, obituaries are a prime source of information for historical
studies, and this is evidenced by the large number of references to
Entomological News obituaries in Wade (1928), Essig (1931), and Mallis
(1971).

In the third year, an "Economic Entomology" section was added,
under the editorship of John B. Smith of Rutgers. This was the second
time that the American Entomological Society contributed to the litera-
ture on economic entomology, the first having been 27 years earlier,
when The Practical Entomologist was initiated (see the article by Sheppard
in this issue). This publication was the first serial published by an

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989 203

entomological society in the Western Hemisphere to deal with economic
entomology.

It appears that the News was the first entomological periodical (Skinner.
1900) to publish a photograph by the then new "half-tone" process
(January 1891). This was the first economical means of printing photo-
graphs; the cost was about 20% of reproducing line drawings by litho-
graphy. The first color News illustration, using the 3-color method,
appeared in the April 1900 issue.

Many of the well-known entomologists of the day published in the
News, from the first issue. Although several were local American En-
tomological Society members, such as Calvert, Cresson. Fox, Horn, and
Skinner — most contributors were from other areas, including Ashmead.
Blatchley, Beutenmuller, Blaisdell, Cockerell, Davis, Dyar, Edwards,
Gillette, Holland, Jones, Lugger. Osborn, Slosson, Townsend, Weed. Van
Duzee, and Williston.

The editor (Skinner, 1891 ) emphasized his desire to provide material
of interest to all subscribers, from amateurs and students to teachers,
professors, and researchers. Short discourses (based on Comstock's and
Packard's texts) on morphology, biology, classification, and other basic
subjects were added, as well as insect poems, jokes, anecdotes from
newspapers (some of which were obvious exaggerations), an insect iden-
tification service, and even articles with a philosophical or religious
slant. This broad approach evidently was effective, for the News' circula-
tion reached 550 copies before its 10th anniversary (Skinner 1898), and
the size of each volume increased from 168 to 500 pages before its 20th
year (Allen, 1960).

Entomological News has continued to thrive, despite competition
from an increasing number of entomological and natural science publi-
cations. This success is the result of several factors, the most important of
which are a long series of able and enthusiastic editors, the strong finan-
cial backing by the parent society, a willingness to evolve to suit chang-
ing conditions, and bequests by several committed society members. I
trust that the News will still be an important part of American entomology
for the next 100 years!

204 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Table 1. Chronology of Entomological Societies

Operating
No. Founded Society in 1890c

1. 1859k American Entomological Society ("AES") +

(until 1866 known as Ent. Soc. of Philadelphia)

2. 1863 Entomological Society of Canada +

(1871-1949 known as Ent. Soc. of Ontario)

Brooklyn (N.Y.) Entomological Society +

Cambridge (Mass.) Entomological Club +

New York Entomological Club

(predecessor of no.8; ceased operations in 1885)

Entomological Society of Washington (D.C.) +

American Association of Economic Entomologists +

New York Entomological Society

Pacific Coast Entomological Society

Hawaiian Entomological Society

Entomological Society of America

(also name of joint society formed by this

society and no. 7 in 1953)

3.

1872

4.

1874

5.

1880

6.

1884

7.

1889

8.

1892

9.

1901

0.

1904

1.

1906

aThis list includes only organizations which published serial journals, and that were
organized prior to 1908, fifty years after the AES was founded.

"Erroneously listed as "1958" in Downey & Nelson (1968).

cThe year that Entomological News was first published.

Some of the above data are from Sabrosky ( 1956), and all entries have been checked against
this excellent reference.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989

205

Table 2. Chror

lology of Serial Entomological Journals

No. Date3

Journal

Society

Longevity
ranking*-

1. 1861-

Transactions American
Entomological Society
(1861-67 as Proceedings
Entomol. Soc.
Philadelphia)

American Entomol.
Society

1

2. 1865-67

Practical Entomologist

American Entomol.
Society

~

3. 1868-

Canadian Entomologist

Entomological Soc.
of Canada

2

4. 1874-

Psyche

Cambridge (Mass.)
Entomol. Club

3

5. 1878-85

Bulletin Brooklyn

Brooklyn Entomol.

-

15.

Entomol. Society
(reinstated in 1912)

1881-85 Papilio

(merged in 1885 with
no. 8)

Proceedings Entomol.
Society Washington

Entomologica Americana
(reinstated in 1926)

Proc. Amer. Assoc.
Econ. Entomol.
(succeeded by no. 14)

Entomological News

J. New York Entomol.
Society

Proc. Pacific Coast
Entomol. Society

Proceedings Hawaiian
Entomol. Society

Journal of Economic
Entomol.

1908- Annals Entomol. Soc.
America

7.

1884-

8.

1885-90

9.

1889-

1906

10.

1890-

11.

1893-

12.

1901-30

13.

1906-

14.

1908-

Society

New York Entomol.
Club

Entomol. Soc. Wash.

Brooklyn Entomol.
Society

Amer. Assoc, of Econ.
Entomologists

Amer. Entomol. Soc.

New York Entomol.
Society

Pacific Coast Entomol.
Society

Hawaiian Entomol.
Society

Amer. Assoc. Econ.
Entomol.. to 1952;
Entomol. Soc Amer.
1953-

Entomol. Soc. Amer.

5
6

aIf begun by 1908.

bBy Entomological Society of Ontario. 1871-1949.

cIf published to present without interruption.

Some of the above data are from Sabrosky ( 1956). and all entries have been checked again si
this comprehensive reference.

206 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

I thank J. K. Barnes, R.W. Fuester, T. J. Spilman, and A G. Wheeler, Jr. for carefully
reviewing the manuscript and suggesting improvements, S. Roth and B. R. Witmer for typing,
and M. Morgan, office secretary of the AES, for bibliographic assistance.

LITERATURE CITED AND OTHER PERTINENT REFERENCES3

Aaron, E.M. 1890. Announcement. Entomol. News 1:1-3.

Alexander, C.P. 1959. The development of American dipterology. Trans. Amer. Entomol.

Soc. 85:303-313.
Allen, H.W. 1960. The history of the American Entomological Society. Trans. Amer.

Entomol. Soc. 85:335-372.
Barnes, J.K. 1985. Insects in the New Nation. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 31:21-30.
Boyd, H.P. 1984. The library of the American Entomological Society, and a brief review of

the Society's association with the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Entomol. News 95:131-136.
Bradley, J.C. 1959. The influence of the American Entomological Society upon the study

of Hymenoptera. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 85:277-301.
Calvert, P.P. 1931. A list of the existing entomological societies in the United States and

Canada. Entomol. News 42:126-130.
Downey, J.C. and J. M.Nelson. 1968. Seals and emblems of North American entomologi-
cal societies. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 14:278-282.
Essig, E.O. 1931. A history of entomology. McMillan, New York. 1029 pp.
Gurney, A.B. 1976. A short history of the Entomological Society of Washington. Proc.

Entomol. Soc. Wash. 78:225-239.
Hambidge, G. (ed.) 1940. Farmers in a changing world. USDA Yearbook of Agriculture.

U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 1215 pp.
Howard, L.O. 1909. The Entomological Society of Washington. Proc. Entomol. Soc.

Wash. 11:8-18.

1924. On entomological societies. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 26:25-27.

. 1930. A history of applied entomology. Smithsonian Misc. Publ. 84:

564 pp.
Ma 11 is, A. 1971. American entomologists. Rutgers Univ. Press. New Brunswick. 554 pp.
Osborn, H. 1937. Fragments of entomological history. Published by the author. Colum-
bus, Ohio. 394 pp.
Sabrosky, C.W. 1956. Entomological societies. Bull. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 2:1-22.
Schwarz, E.A. 1891. North American publications on entomology. Proc. Entomol. Soc.

Wash. 2:5-23.
Skinner, H. 1891. The ideal journal. Entomol. News 2:1 19.

1898. The distribution of entomologists. Entomol. News 9:68.

. 1900. Editor's remarks. Entomol. News 11:434-5.

1911. One hundred years of entomology in the United States. Proc. 1st

International Congr. Entomol., Brussels. (1910): 425-432.
Wade, J.S. 1928. A bibliography of biographies of entomologists, with special reference to

North American writers. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 21:489-520.
Weiss, H.B. 1936. The pioneer century of American entomology. Published by the author.

New Brunswick, N.J. 320 pp.
Wheeler, A.G. Jr., and K. Valley. 1978. A history of the Entomological Society of

Pennsylvania. 1842-1844 and 1924-present. Meisheimer Entomol. Ser. 24:16-26.

- A numberof references not cited in the text have been included here for those interested in
additional reading. Most are older papers that contain unique information but have not
been cited for many years.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 207

THE BIRTH OF ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS AND
A CENTURY OF EDITORS

Howard P. Boyd

ABSTRACT: Circumstances leading to the establishment of Entomological News are
recounted and the chronology of early editorships is traced. Three early entomologists.
Drs. Skinner, Calvert, and Schmieder, combined, served as editors of Entomological News
for 78 years of its 100 year history.

As has been previously published, most recently in the September-
October 1984 issue of Entomological News that was devoted to the 125th
anniversary of The American Entomological Society ( Boyd, 1 984), when
The American Entomological Society reached agreement with the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, on December 17, 1875, to
meet at and occupy quarters within the academy's building, a part of that
agreement was that the members of the society would form and con-
stitute the entomological section of the academy. Thus it was at a meeting
of the Entomological Section of the Academy, on October 24, 1889, that
Eugene M. Aaron moved that "this section shall, beginning with January
1890, publish its proceedings, and such short notes as may be offered, at
or near the first of each month, that all matters pertaining to this journal
be referred to the entire publication committee, with full powers". That
publication committee consisted of Ezra T. Cresson, Charles A. Blake,
and Benjamin H. Smith representing The American Entomological
Society, and Henry Skinner and Philip Laurent representing the
Entomological Section of the Academy.

At a subsequent meeting on November 28, 1 889, the publication com-
mittee further considered the matter and decided that such a publica-
tion, if properly, wisely, and economically managed, could be maintained
and could become a useful and valuable adjunct to both the section and
the society. It was proposed and decided that this new publication would
consist of at least 160 pages annually, to be published in ten monthly
parts, except July and August, to be of uniform size with the Transactions
of the society, with the title "Entomological News and Proceedings of the
Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia".
The subscription price was set at one dollar per annum but it was to be

Past president. The American Entomological Society; Editor, Entomological News; Hon-
orary Associate, Department of Entomology, The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 207-21 1. November & December. 1989

208 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

free to members and associates of the section. Expenses were to be met by
receipts from subscriptions and advertisements plus whatever sum the
section could appropriate from its funds, with the understanding that
any deficit would be met by a contribution, not to exceed $100 per
annum, from the funds available to the publication committee of the
society. This new publication was to be under the management of the
joint publication committee of the section and the society and this joint
committee would elect an editor and an advisory committee of four per-
sons to conduct the publication. At this same November 28 meeting,
Aaron was elected editor of the new journal to begin publication in
January, 1890, E.T. Cresson was elected treasurer, and George H. Horn,
E.T. Cresson, and Henry Skinner constituted the advisory committee.
Dr. Horn moved that the section be asked to allow Philip P. Calvert to
associate with them. Other interesting details concerning these two
meetings and a third meeting on December 9, 1889, are reviewed under
the title, "In Retrospect", in the July, and continued in the November,
1943 issues of Entomological News by Ezra T. Cresson, Jr. (Cresson, 1943).

In the lead announcement on pages 1-3 of the initial issue, Vol. I, No.
1, mailed on January 15, 1 890, editor Aaron stated that "the Entomologi-
cal Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with the
cooperation and financial aid of The American Entomological Society,

have decided to publish, begining with this number, a journal " From

all of the above, it is clear that, although technically, at least on paper.
Entomological News was initiated as an academy publication, in reality it
actually was a joint operation of both the academy and the society. Cer-
tainly members of The American Entomological Society, most notably
Philip P. Calvert, Ezra T. Cresson, George H. Horn and Henry Skinner
accepted and executed major responsibilities and the society itself
guaranteed at least part of the necessary financial backing for this new
journal. This arrangement continued for the first 35 years that Ent. News
was published, until the sectional organization of the academy was
abolished in 1924, following which Ent. News officially became a wholly
society publication without any formal announcement other than cover
and masthead name changes.

Aaron's tenure as the journal's initial editor was very brief. He
authored the announcement on pages 1 -3 of Vol. I, No. 1 , but he served as
editor for only the first two issues, January and February 1 890. Following
this, Henry Skinner (M.D.) took over as editor for the March 1890 and
subsequent issues. Even though Aaron apparently edited the first two

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989 209

issues, the title or cover page for Vol. I, 1890, credits Henry Skinner as
editor for the entire volume year.

Starting in May of 1892. Skinner wrote a series of interesting edi-
torials, usually one to one and a half pages in length, most of which
addressed pertinent entomological matters or issues of the day. His first
editorial was entitled "Entomological Rubbish" and was on the subject
of the proper and improper methods of pinning and mounting speci-
mens, and on the proper sizes of pins. Another editorial, in the April 1 893
issue, reviewed publication policies of the journal, such as the fact that
Entomological News was for papers too short to be accepted in the Transac-
tions, that papers should be limited to two printed pages, and that papers
would be printed in the order in which they were received, policies that,
except for the two page limitation, are still in place today. In the Septem-
ber. 1982 issue, he editorialized humorously on the trials and tribulations
of an editor processing poorly written manuscripts from authors.

Skinner continued aseditoruntil he resigned on October 12. 1910. to
become effective December 1 5, 1 910. he thus having served, according to
his own statement, a total of 21 years. His letter of resignation was
published in Vol. XXI. No. 1. January, 191 1 issue of Entomological News.
He then was appointed editor emeritus and Philip P. Calvert, who had
served as associate editor since January, 1 893, was appointed editor and
Ezra T. Cresson, Jr. associate editor. Skinner continued as editor emeritus
until his death, at age 65, on May 29, 1926. Skinner justifiably believed
that during his tenure as editor. Entomological News had weathered its
"nursery period" and had come "of age". Without question. Skinner set
the stage for the future success of the journal and was the first of three
outstanding editors to have served Entomological News over its long
history.

The second of the early editorial giants was Philip P. Calvert who ser-
ved as editor of Entomological News for 33 years, much longer than any
other editor in its history. Having served as associate editor from 1 893 to
1910, and then as editor from 1911 to 1943, a total of 51 years, no other
individual contributed so much to the long term success of Entomological
News. When he resigned his editorship, it was stated that for 33 years he
had "been seasoning the News with his own particular flavor which in
terms of the kitchen we might describe as well salted, with a judicious use
of pepper. The pepper may have caused an eye to smart now and again
but we think the consensus of opinion is that the flavor has been agree-
able." (Ent. News. 1944 LV ( 1 ) pg. 2)

210 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

It was during his tenure as editor that Entomological News officially
became a publication of The American Entomological Society, in 1925,
upon the dissolution of the sectional organization of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia in 1924. Dr. Calvert submitted his
resignation as editor on September 29, 1943 and this was accepted on
October 28, 1943, at which time he was elected editor emeritus (see Ent.
News,Vol. LV,No. 1, January 1944). Hecontinued as editor emeritus until
his death, at age 90, on August 23, 1961.

Following the resignation of Dr. Calvert as editor, it is no wonder
that, apparently, no one was willing to try to step into his shoes so, begin-
ning in January 1 944, the publication committee of the society decided to
continue the editorship in the hands of the editorial board and named
A. Glenn Richards and Rudolph G. Schmieder as co-editors. However,
the masthead for all issues of the journal for the next three years, from
January 1944 through December 1946, carried the name of Dr. Calvert as
editor emeritus, followed by a mere listing, in alphabetical order, of E.T.
Cresson, Jr., E.J.F. Marx, J.AG. Rehn, AG. Richards, and R.G. Schmieder
as members of the editorial staff without the designation of any indi-
viduals) as actual editor(s) or co-editor(s). In contradiction to this,
however, in a memorial biography of Dr. Schmieder, published in the
March 1 968 issue of Entomological News, Schmieder is credited with hav-
ing been editor beginning in 1945. In any event, beginning with the
January 1947 issue, without any textual announcement, the name of
Rudolph G. Schmieder appears as editor of Entomological News.

Dr. Schmieder was the third and last of the three early giants in the
editorship history of Entomological News. Between the three of them.
Skinner, Calvert, and Schmieder, they covered and accounted for 78 of
the current 100 year editorial history of the journal. As stated in his
memorial biography, Schmieder's "greatest service to the society lay in
his meticulous editing of the News for many years, with no return except
the personal satisfaction of a somewhat onerous task well done". He con-
tinued to serve as editor right up until his sudden passing, at age 69, on
August 23, 1967.

Editorship since the passing of Dr. Schmieder is modern history and
needs no elaboration. Subsequent editors have been Ross H. Arnett, Jr.,
Robert W. Lake, and Howard P. Boyd. These are included in Table 1.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989

211

Table 1. Editors of Entomological News

Editor

Tenure

Aaron

1890 (Jan. & Feb.)

(#'s 1 &2)

Skinner

1890- 1910

Calvert

1911- 1943

Editorial staff with
Richards & Schmieder
as co-editors

1944 only or
1944 . 1946

Schmieder

1945 or
1947 - 8/1967

Arnett

11/1967-8/1972

Lake

1973-4/1974

Boyd

5/1974 - present

Period

a

2 mos.

20 yrs..

10 mos

. or 21 yrs

33 yrs.

1 yr. or

3 yrs.

24 yrs..

10 mos or

22 yrs..

10 mos

5 yrs.. 1

! mos.

1 yr.. 4

mos.

15 yrs..

8 mos.

(to date)

Available records often do not agree on exact dates.

LITERATURE CITED AND OTHER PERTINENT REFERENCES

Aaron, E.M. 1890. Announcement (of new journal). Entomol. News. 1(1): 1-3

Allen, H.W. 1960. The History of The American Entomological Society. Trans. Amer.

Entomol. Soc. LXXXV (4): 335-372
Anonymous. 1911. Editorial Changes (Skinner resignation; Calvert appointment).

Entomol. News. XXI (1): 1-2
Anonymous. 1944. Philip P. Calvert - Editor Emeritus. Entomol. News. LV (1): 1-2
Anonymous. 1951. Dedication (to Philip P. Calvert). Entomol. News. LXII (1) 1-40
Anonymous. 1968. Rudolf G. Schmieder. 1898-1967. Entomol. News. 79(3): 66-70
Boyd, H.P. 1984. The Library of The American Entomological Society and a brief review

of the Society's association with the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.

Entomol. News. 95 (4): 131-136.
Calvert, P.P. 1926. The Entomological work of Henry Skinner. Entomol. News. XXXVII

(8): 225-233
Cresson, E.T. 191 1. A History ofThe American Entomological Society (of) Philadelphia.

1859-1909. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 5-28
Cresson, E.T., Jr. 1939. A History of The American Entomological Society. Read at 80th

Anniversary of Society. February 23. 1939. (unpubl.) ('.').
Cresson, E.T., Jr. 1943. In Retrospect (Beginning and early growth of ENT NEWS)

Entomol. News. LIV (7): 164-166 and LIV (9): 219-222

212 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE PRACTICAL

ENTOMOLOGIST AND ITS CONTRIBUTIONS

TO ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY

Carol Anelli Sheppard

In August, 1865, The Entomological Society of Philadelphia (pro-
genitor of The American Entomological Society) passed a motion per-
mitting its publication commitee to issue a monthly journal on "popular"
entomology!*. Envisaged as a means to "bring two classes of men, the
scientific and the practical, in closer communication," The Practical
Entomologist would, as such, help dispel the notion that "scientific men
are not sufficiently practical, and that practical men are not sufficiently
scientific" (Ennis et al. 1865). Since the society owned and operated the
printing press used to publish its Proceedings^, which addressed a more
scientific audience, they reasoned that publication of the new periodical
would not present an undue burden. Income generated from adver-
tisements would defray publication costs; scientific contributions would
emanate from entomologists throughout the United States, who would
"most cheerfully lend their gratutious aid," since "it is the happiness of
this class of men to contribute their knowledge for the welfare of
humanity" (Ennis et al. 1865).

Distinguished as the first U.S. journal devoted to economic entomol-
ogy. The Practical Entomologist began publication October 30, 1865.
Curiously, the editorial staff was not cited until the third issue, when
Ezra T. Cresson, James W. McAllister and Augustus R. Grote were
named as editors, with Benjamin D. Walsh serving as associate editor^.
In an article entitled "Introductory," which appeared in the first issue,
the editors denounced the majority of insecticidal "decoctions and
washes," labeling them "as useless in application as they are ridiculous
in composition." Whereas contemporary agricultural journals often
advocated the use of such remedies. The Practical Entomologist offered an
alternative approach to insect control:

"The enquiring Agriculturist who reads this Bulletin must not
expect to find recommended any peculiar brew ... as specific for any

one or all of our insect enemies. He will find, however that the real

conditions of life and the transformations of each species . . . will be
faithfully recorded for his information . . . and that he will be enabled
from the information thus obtained, to determine at what period of

'USDA. ARS. BARC-East, Insect Reproduction Laboratory. Bldg. 306, Rm. 323. Beltsville.

MD 20705

*Numerical superscripts refer to annotations to the text at the end of this paper.

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 212-223. November & December, 1989

Vol. 100. No. 5, November & December 1989 213

the insect's life the greatest quantities can be most readily destroyed
by the simplest means." (Anonymous, 1865a)

Generally written in a straightforward manner that kept scientific
jargon to a minimum, The Practical Entomologist published brief articles
related to insect pests and their identification, natural history and means
of control. The journal's intended audience comprised agriculturists
and horticulturists, as evidenced by the preponderance of adver-
tisements for nurseries, seedhouses. farm implements and periodicals,
e.g., Prairie Farmer, American Bee Journal and Bee Gazette, and the nascent
American Naturalist^. However, at least some scientists gleaned informa-
tion from The Practical Entomologist, since Walsh, who became its sole
editor with Volume II, occasionally sent the journal to his correspon-
dents, the most illustrious among them being Charles Darwin.

Walsh sent Darwin^ the first issue of the journal, in which his article
on the Colorado potato beetle appeared (Walsh 1865a, discussed below),
and his subsequent article on introduced insects in the U.S. (Walsh
1 866a), of which Darwin said, "[it] interested me greatly and seemed very
well done."6 In his book. The Descent of Man, Darwin ( 1 896) cited Walsh's
comments, published in The Practical Entomologist, concerning sexual
dimorphism in the mandibles of corydalids and lucanids?, the tarsi of
carabids and the abdominal appendages of dragonflies^. Baron C. R.
von Osten-Sacken also was pleased to receive the periodical from
Walsh.9

While the majority of articles in The Practical Entomologist were
original, excerpts from Treatise on Injurious Insects, written by the Ger-
man naturalist Vincent Kollar, often appeared in the earlier numbers 10.
A few publications of Asa Fitch, first New York state entomologist, were
likewise extracted 1 '. Among the notable entomologists who published
in the journal were A.R. Grote ( 1 865. 1 866), A.S. Packard ( 1 865. 1 866a-c),
C.V. Riley (1866) and, as mentioned, B.D.Walsh, who published over 100
articles and essays^ in the journal (Henshaw 1889).

Because of his prodigious contributions, Walsh's stylistic and sub-
stantive influence pervade the journal. Through his often trenchant
essays, readers were disabused of entomological misnomers {e.g., "The
three so-called army-worms"), misconceptions ("Borers — the plum-
ugly theory") and misinformation ("Entomology run mad": "A mass of
mistakes") (Walsh 1867a-d). The promotion of scientific fallacies ignited
Walsh's ire. as illustrated by his reaction to a Maryland man. who pro-
posed to sell his Hessian fly control method for $100 per county despite
his patent ignorance of its natural history:

". . . one chief reason why Entomology is in bad repute with the

214 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

generality of Farmers, is that Scientific men usually shrink back
from the disagreeable task of exposing such unmitigated humbugs
as this precious [sic] Maryland scheme. And therefore, I have
thought it good not to mince matters. . . If the paper for which I am
writing, or I myself as an individual, come to grief in consequence,
the more's the pity. I have an invincible dislike for pretentiousness
and charlatanism in all its forms — especially when it proposes to
bleed the American public to the amount of $360,000 for a bag of
moonshine — and come what will of it, I am determined to express
my own honest unbiased opinion on all such subjects." (Walsh
1866b)

A regular feature of the journal was its "Answers to Correspondents,"
which addressed questions and/or specimens sent from readers to the
editors. Initially, Walsh was to have answered only inquiries from western
correspondents (Anonymous 1865b), but he assumed full responsibility
for the column six months after the journal's inception until its demise in
October, 1867. Acting in this capacity, Walsh encountered problems
familiar to today's taxonomists who perform service identifications:

"Your insects arrived in miserable order. Of course if you pack eight
glass vials loose in a box, without even wrapping up each in a
separate paper, some of them will get broken on the road. Besides,
some of your numbers, being marked with pencil on the corks of the
vials. I cannot read with any certainty. Here follow the names of your
insects, so far as I can name them, many being out of the vials and
mashed up with broken glass." (Walsh 1866c)

As editor of The Practical Entomologist, Walsh called upon his ento-
mological correspondents to contribute indirectly to the journal. For
example, if unable to identify Diptera or Coleoptera sent him by readers,
Walsh forwarded the specimens to Baron von Osten-Sacken or John
LeConte, respectively, whose comments and/or determinations would
then appear in print 1 3. At times, these exchanges resulted in the descrip-
tion of new species 14, as was the case with the grape rootworm, Fidia
viticida Walsh, a serious economic pest that could instead have borne
LeConte's name. The latter had given the name, 'Fidia undescribed," to a
specimen sent him by Walsh in 1861; in November, 1866, Walsh wrote
LeConte, reminding him of the insect, which had since been infesting
cultivated grapevines in Kentucky and elsewhere. Walsh continued:

"Now you once observed that insects must be properly named, in
order that Farmers may anathematize them properly. Therefore, as

Vol. 100. No. 5, November & December 1989 215

this Fidia still lacks a specific name ... I thought I would recommend
him to your attention. In case you accept the charge, please send the
results directed to me, including the name & the description if n. sp..
and I will publish the same in the P.E. I could easily, of course, take
the generic name & the fact of its being undescribed from your
mouth, & publish a description myself, thereby acquiring all the
kudos of describing a n. sp. But what you have done is more than half
the battle, & therefore it is but fair that you should give your name to
the species." 15

Six months later, Walsh (1867e) published a description of Fidia
viticida in The Practical Entomologist. Although reference is made to the
new species in one of the three intervening extant letters from Walsh to
LeConte16, it is not revealed how it came to be named by Walsh I7.
Apparently no ill will resulted from the outcome, since their correspon-
dence continued until 1869, the year of Walsh's death.

The apple maggot. Rhagoletis pomonella Walsh, is yet another insect
of economic importance that readers of The Practical Entomologist
brought to Walsh's attention. Aside from the substantial monetary losses
attributed to this pest, current interest in the apple maggot surrounds its
differentiation into host races on its major host plants, hawthorn and
apple (Deihl and Bush 1984; McPheron et al. 1988). The formation of
host races has been proposed as a mechanism of sympatric speciation
(Bush 1975); the shift to a new host provides reproductive isolation
without a period of geographic isolation. It is remarkable that Walsh, in
discussing the apple maggot's host plant shift from wild hawthorn to
introduced apple, postulated that the new species arose in sympatry via
what he termed "phytophagic isolation"^.

Perhaps the most pedagogical articles published in The Practical
Entomologist were the series of three entomological lessons written by
A.S. Packard ( 1 866a-c), in which were discussed the classification, inter-
nal and external morphology and development of insects and related
taxa. Walsh commented on the lessons in a letter to Osten-Sacken:

"I fully agree with your opinion about Packard's articles on Ento-
mology in the P.E. I long ago objected to them in letter to Cresson;
and now that I have control of the paper, there will be no more of
them."19

In all likelihood, Walsh considered Packard's subject matter inap-
propriate for the journal, since Walsh himself referred readers to his Pro-
ceedings publications when their queries required "scientific" rather
than "practical" answers2*). Similarly, in acknowledging a taxonomic

216 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

key that LeConte had prepared^ at Walsh's request, the latter wrote:

"I should have liked to have printed your whole letter to Cresson; but
as the Practical Entomologist is obliged to be as "practical" as possible,
I have been obliged to confine myself to the Analytical Table."22

In keeping with the "practical" format of the journal, Walsh also
refrained from discussions of evolution in The Practical Entomologist,
although he staunchly defended Darwin and elsewhere published evi-
dence supporting his theory of species origin (C.A. Sheppard, manu-
script in preparation).

One of the most famous articles published in The Practical Ento-
mologist concerned the geographic spread of the Colorado potato beetle,
Leptinotarsa decemlineata Say. According to the article, written by Walsh
(1865a), the beetle was endemic to the eastern slopes of the Rocky Moun-
tains, where it fed on native buffalo bur, Solanum rostratum Dun., until
settlers to the area brought with them the potato, Solanum tuberosum L.
Finding the cultivated plant palatable, the beetles allegedly moved east-
ward, "from potato patch to potato patch," the first report of heavy infes-
tations originating from eastern Nebraska in 1859, followed by outbreaks in
Iowa in 1861, and Illinois in 1864.

Casagrande (1985) recently refuted this scenario, in light of evidence
that the beetle had been collected from the Iowa - Nebraska border as
early as 181 1, by Nuttall, and again by Say in 1819-20. As Casagrande
(1985) points out, Walsh apparently was unaware of earlier collections of
the beetle from that area23, and thus, incorrectly interpreted the 1859
Nebraska infestation as the recent eastward movement of the beetle from
Colorado; in fact, the beetle spread as a potato pest from Nebraska both
eastward and westward (Casagrande, 1985).

To Walsh's credit, in an attempt to chronicle accurately the spread of
the beetle, he obtained numerous "first appearance" reports from var-
ious periodicals^ and sought information on the beetle's distribution
from coleopterists:

"It seems to me important, before the thing is forgotten, to collect &
register as far as possible places & dates regarding this matter; & I
have accordingly collected a considerable amount of evidence
thereanent25, & am writing to my correspondents for more. Will you
oblige me by contributing into the general stock what you know
yourself on the subject? I write to Ulke26 by this mail. "27.

Throughout its two year duration, the scope of The Practical Ento-
mologist remained true to its title, but occasionally a political article or

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 217

two peppered its pages. When Townend Glover, first USDA entomol-
ogist, reported that his duties were not restricted to insects, but also
included preserving and arranging "all the objects of general natural history,
such as insectivorous birds, specimens of fruits, textile materials. . ."28.
Walsh exclaimed,

"Can we wonder that, under such circumstances, Mr. Glover's
Report contains scarcely any original investigations. . .? When he
should have been looking after the Bugs, he was set to work on the
Birds; if he attempted an attack upon the Army-worm, he was called
off to unpack a basket of apples. . . Will our rulers at Washington
never learn, that it is bad policy to put a square man into a round
hole? And that, whether round or square, no one man can fit a hole
that is as wide across as the dome of the Capitol?" (Walsh 1866d)

Because of what he viewed as their political impotence, even the farmers
were castigated by Walsh:

"Probably about nine-tenths of the Members of Congress and of our
different State Legislatures are lawyers . . . and the remaining one-
tenth are Physicians, Merchants and Manufacturers, with a very
small sprinkling of Farmers . . . What do they know about Farmers,
except that they have got votes? Or about Farmers' pockets, except
that most of the taxes come out of them? . . . if one-hundredth part of
the pecuniary damage, that is annually inflicted by Noxious Insects
upon the farmers, were inflicted, instead, upon the Merchants or
upon the Manufacturers, thousands of dollars would have been long
ago voted by Congress to discover some remedy or some palliation
of the evil. Why? Because the Merchants, as a class, act in one solid
body; the Manufacturers, as a class, act in one solid body; while the
Farmers of the United States are nothing but a mere rope of sand. It is
the old Greek fable of the bundle of sticks, practically translated into
modern English for the benefit of whom it may concern.'" (Walsh
1866a)

Although the minutes of The American Entomological Society are
devoid of any reference to The Practical Entomologist, the journal's rise
and fall are recounted in its pages. Initially, the journal was distributed
gratuitously, the only charge being for postage at 12 cents per year.
However, by the third issue, publication costs (the greatest of which was
paper) were exceeding the income from advertisements, which was the
sole means of support for the journal. The editors appeared openly
disheartened:

2 1 8 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

"We had, on commencing, every cause to believe, that, by reason of
the large circulation of the Bulletin, those doing business of interest
to the Farmer and Agriculturist would patronize the advertising
columns, and thereby assist us in establishing and maintaining the
only periodical in this country devoted entirely to Practical Ento-
mology. We shall go on, now that we have began [sic], and crowd into
the limited space all the information it will hold ... It is to be regretted
that a work of this kind does not receive more encouragement than it
does, for there is nothing so much needed by Agriculturists as infor-
mation concerning the habits of Insects that are injurious to their
crops of all kinds, with reliable remedies for their destruction."
(Anonymous 1865c)

An exuberant tone opened issue 5, since circulation had approached
nearly 8,000 copies monthly and the advertising columns were nearly
filled:

"The encouragement we have received incites us to new energy.
Three editions of our first three numbers have already been printed,
and from present indication, we shall soon publish a fourth."
(Anonymous 1866a).

The tremendous increase in circulation necessitated a yearly sub-
scription fee of 50 cents beginning with issue 6, since publication expenses
continued to exceed funds generated from advertisements (Anonymous
1866b). However, while people were willing to pay 12 cents postage per
year to receive the paper, they were "very slow in making up their minds
to send 50cts. a year. ~9 The editors made no public statement concern-
ing the paper's finances again until issue 9, when the dire situation was
conveyed in an essay entitled, "Shall this paper be continued another
year?":

"Since we were obliged to stop the gratuitous distribution, and to ask
the small subscription price of 50 cents a year, some appear to think
that there is a screw loose somewhere, and that the Committee, grow-
ing tired of giving the paper away, want to put money into their own

pockets ... This is not so they have, on the contrary, been obliged

to put their hands into their own pockets to the extent of several hun-
dreds of dollars... Certainly this state of things cannot be expected to
continue, nor will the Committee undertake the publication of the
Practical Entomologist another year unless they have some reason-
able assurance that it will be self-sustaining." (Anonymous 1866c)

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989 219

The second year of publication was to have been contingent upon the
guarantee of 5,000 subscribers to the periodical. As a means to this end.
"club" incentives were offered, whereby those sending the namesof 20 or
more subscribers would receive premiums on books of reader interest.30
With the last issue of volume I, the editors announced that although the
goal of 5,000 subscribers had not been met, they believed it would be
reached by the next number; thus, they embarked upon another year
of publication.

Pleas for 10,000 suscribers^ 1 began appearing with the third issue of
volume II, and continued until six issues later, when a publisher's notice
announced, rather acridly, the imminent termination of the periodical:

"It has become very evident that the time has not yet arrived, when
the Agricultural community — to whom economic entomology is of
the most importance — will sustain a work devoted exclusively to
that subject. The devastations of injurious insects will, no doubt,
continue to increase as long as the farmer, gardener and orchardist
remain ignorant of the habits of these insects, and until they learn
how to distinguish their friends from their enemies. They will doubt-
less awake from their apathy when they find that the "Hessian Fly,"
the "Wheat Midge," and the "Chinch-bug" have destroyed the crops
of grain. . . [here follows a list of serious insect pests and associated
crops] ; and then, perhaps, they will — when too late — seek for practi-
cal knowledge. . ." (Anonymous 1867a)

Walsh's experience with The Practical Entomologist left him somewhat
jaded, as the following passage from a letter of Walsh to Darwin
reveals:

"I have recently returned like a dog to his vomit, and again become
Editor of a Monthly Periodical^ (of which I enclose a Prospectus)
devoted to Economic Entomology. I think this time we shall make it
a success; at all events I hope and expect it, which is more than I ever
did as regards the old 'Practical Entomologist,' from the total lack of
business talent and tact in the Society that published it. "33

Still, in an earlier letter to Darwin, Walsh acknowledged that the
association served him well:

"Editing the Practical Entomologist does undoubtedly take up a good
deal of my time, but I also pick up a good deal of information of real
scientific value from its correspondents."™

220 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Indeed, in addition to the cases cited earlier. Walsh learned of and
named several new species through his contact with readers of the jour-
nal. 35 Given that he acted as the journal's sole editor for the second year
but remained totally removed from its business matters, it seems likely
that Walsh felt his efforts had been mismanaged.

E.T. Cresson. a founding member of the society that published The
Practical Entomologist, opined that the journal had to be abandoned
because "the time had not yet come for the agricultural public to realize
the importance and value of such knowledge" (Cresson 1909).
Entomological historian Herbert Osborn (1937) echoed this view, stat-
ing that the number of entomologists was too small, and the agricultural
public too indifferent, to provide adequate support. Another notable his-
torian, L.O. Howard (1930). lavished praises on the journal, stating, "it
seems incredible, in view of the extremely valuable articles, notes and
answers to correspondents which it contained, that it should not have
continued to receive the wide-spread support of farmers and fruit-
growers at the ridiculously small price of 50 cents a year."

Having read through the pages of The Practical Entomologist more
than 50 years after Howard's (1930) writing, this author shares his
sentiments:

"The two volumes abound in sound information. The contributions
by Walsh, written in his vigorous style and indicating everywhere his
opinion of charlatanistic recipies, lend great readability to the jour-
nal even at this date. . . The entomologist of today who does not
spend an hour or so with The Practical Entomologist. . . loses a
great deal."

FOOTNOTES

Minutes of The Entomological Society of Philadelphia for August 14. 1865.

-\

"The Proceedings were superseded by the Transactions of the American Entomological Society,

still in publication.

- Presumably, at least Cresson and McAllister edited the first two numbers, since both
resided in Philadelphia and were organization members of the society: Grote lived in New
York. Walsh in Illinois.

Although currently a scientific journal, the American Naturalist at the time was billed as
"as Popular Illustrated Magazine of Natural History . . . without those technicalities which
often render the mass of such reading tedious and difficult." In The Practical Entomologist
(hereafter PE)//:86( 1867).

5B.D. Walsh to C. Darwin, letter dated Nov. 12, 1865. C.V. Riley Collection, Library of Field
Museum of Natural History. Chicago (hereafter. LFMNH).

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989 221

6Ibid C. Darwin to B.D. Walsh, letter dated Dec. 24. 1866.

7PE//:88(1867)

8PE//: 107 (1867)

9B.D. Walsh to C.R.Osten-Sacken. letters dated Nov. 28. 1866 and Apr. 1. 1867. Museum of
Comparative Zoology. Harvard University (hereafter. MCZ).

10See PE 7:35-37; 46; 69-71; «3; 90 (1866)

1 'See PE A22-23 (1865). The publications extracted were: The current month. Abraxas?
ribearia. Trans. N.Y. State Agric. Soc. 7:461 -469 ( 1847); First and Third Reports. Trans. N.Y.
State Agric.Soc. 74:705-880(1855), and 76:315-490(1857, but misdated and bound as 1856).
Fitch himself never published in PE.

'-The estimate is mine, whereby monthly "Answers to Correspondents" were counted as a
single article rather than individually, as in Henshaw (1889).

l3e.g., seePE//:8;9; 10(1866); PE 11:47 (1867).

l4e.g., see PE//:9;( 1866).

15B.D. Walsh to J. L. LeConte. letter dated Nov. 6. 1866. Collection #B/L493. American
Philosophical Society Library, Philadelphia (hereafter. APSL).

[6Ibid. B.D. Walsh to J. .L LeConte. letter dated Nov. 30. 1866.

''Unfortunately, LeConte's letters to Walsh, if extant, have not been located by this
writer.

18
Although it is impossible to state unequivocally whether he was proposing a conditioned

host plant preference ("Hopkins host selection principle") or a genetically determined one.

Walsh has been cited as the progenitor of both theories by 20th century entomologists (C.A.

Sheppard. manuscript in preparation).

19B.D. Walsh to C.R. Osten-Sacken. letter dated Nov. 28. 1866 (MCZ).

e.g., see "Answers to Correspondents" [to Willie C. Fish] PE 7/: 103. and [to V.T. Cham-
bers! PE//:119(1867).

21Published in "Answers to Correspondents" [to Chas H. Peck) PE //:9 (1866).

22B.D. Walsh to J. L. LeConte. letter dated Sept. 30. 1866 (APSL).

">3

— Walsh ( 1865a) did state that the beetle "was first discoved by Say in 1823 in the regions

bordering on the Upper Missouri river"; perhaps he thought the "regions" were further

upstream than is now known to have been the case, or he believed that adaption to potato

foliage occurred in Colorado rather than at the eastern edge of the beetles range.

The reports are cited in Walsh ( 1865a).

222 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

thereanent-/.e, concerning the matter

2"Henry Ulke, noted coleopterist. (For biographical sketch, see Proc. Entomol. Soc.
Washington 72:105-111 (1910).)

27B.D. Walsh to J. L. LeConte, undated letter (APSL).

From Glover's Report of the entomologist, printed in Annual report of the (U.S.) Com-
missioner of Agriculture (1863), pp. 561-579.

zyE.T. Cresson to J.A. Linter (Asa Fitch s successor as state entomologist of New York), let-
ter dated May 26, 1866, printed in Calvert (1928).

■* PE7:105 (1866); books are listed on p. 116of the same number.

3 J See PE 77:36 ( 1 866); PE 77:48; 60; 76; 82; 85; 88 ( 1 867). These were terse requests set in small
type: "Wanted 10,000 subscribers to the Practical Entomologist"; "We want 5,000 more sub-
scribers to the Practical Entomologist. Will not each present subscriber try to send us
another?" According to Bardolph ( 1948), the journal reached a circulation of 20,000, which
appears to be inconsistent with the circumstances chronicled herein.

J ~The American Entomologist, which Walsh co-edited with C.V. Riley. Walsh died before the
completion of the second volume.

33B.D. Walsh to C. Darwin, letter dated Aug. 29, 1868, record unit 7076, C.V. Riley papers,
1866-1895. scrapbook #9, Smithsonian Institution Archives, Washington, D.C. (here-
after, SIA).

3 B.D. Walsh to C. Darwin, letter dated Feb. 25, 1867, printed in Darwin and Seward
(1903).

35SeePE 77:34 (1866); PE 77:58; 117(1867).

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

For suggesting that I write this paper, thanks are due W.H. Day, and for valuable com-
ments on an earlier draft, I am grateful to H.P. Boyd, W.H. Day, S.W. Fisher, B.A
McPheron, and W.S. Sheppard. I also thank J. Bouseman and W. Ruesink of the Illinois
Natural History Survey, who obtained funds for procurement of letters from APSL and
MCZ; E.H. Smith, who brought to my attention the Walsh to Darwin letter from SIA; and
the following librarians and archivists, who provided research assistance and permission
to publish from archival material: A Blum and R. Coombs (MCZ); W. Cox (SIA); S.
Catlett, B. Horrocks and M.L Levitt (APSL); and B. Williams (LFMNH).

LITERATURE CITED

Anonymous. 1865a. Introductory. Prac. Entomol. 7:4.

1865b. To our western correspondents. Prac. Entomol. 7:13.

1865c. A few words about our paper. Prac. Entomol. 7:17.

1866a. [Untitled). Prac. Entomol. 7:33.

1866b. Special notice. Prac. Entomol. 7:45.

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989 223

Anonymous. 1866c. Shall this paper be continued another year? Prac. Entomol. /:81.

1867a. Publisher's notice. Prac. Entomol. 77:104.

Bardolph, R. 1948. Agricultural literature and the early Illinois farmer. University of

Illinois Press. Urbana. 200 pp.
Bush, G.L. 1975. Modes of animal speciation. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 6:339-364.
Casagrande, R. A. 1 985. The "Iowa" potato beetle, it discovery and spread to potatoes. Bull.

Ent Soc. Amer. 31:21-29.
Calvert, P.P. 1928. Ezra Townsend Cresson. Acontribution to the history of entomology in

North America. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 52 supplement^- lxiii (bound with vol. 53).
Cresson, E.T. 1909. A history of the American Entomological Society. Philadelphia. 1 859-

1909. Amer. Entomol. Soc. Phila. 60pp.
Darwin, C. 1896. The descent of man. 2nd edition. John Murray. London.
Darwin, F. and A.C. Seward, eds. 1903. More letters of Charles Darwin, vol. 1. D.

Appleton and Co., NY. 494 pp.
Deihl, S.R. and G.L. Bush. 1984. An evolutionary and applied perspective of insect

biotypes. Ann. Rev. Entomol. 29:471-504.
Ennis, J, J.H. Bland and J.F. Knight. 1865. A memoir of Thomas Bellerby Wilson. M.D.

Phila. Entomol. Soc. Phila. 38 pp.
Grote, A.R. 1865. A few remarks on silk-producing Lepidoptera. Prac. Entomol. /: 1 3- 1 5.
Grote, A.R. 1866. A few remarks on silk-producing Lepidoptera. Prac. Entomol. 7:38-39.
Henshaw, S. 1889. Bibliography of the more important contributions to American

economic entomology. The writings of B.D. Walsh. U.S. Dept. Agric, Washington. D.C.

95 pp.
Howard, L.O. 1930. A history of applied entomology. Smithsonian Miscellaneous

Collection No. 84. 564 pp.
McPheron, B.A., D.C. Smith and S.H. Berlocher. 1988. Genetic differences between

host races of Rhagoletis pomonella. Nature 336:64-66.
Osborn, H. 1937. Fragments of entomological history. Published by the author, printed by

Spahr and Glenn Co.. Columbus. OH.
Packard, AS. 1865. Notice of an egg-parasite upon the Amerian tent-caterpillar, Clisiocampa

americana, Harris. Prac. Entomol. 7:14-15.
Packard, A.S. 1866a-c Outlines of the study of insects. Prac. Entomol. 7:74-76: 94-95: 106-

107.
Riley, C.V. 1866. The chinch bug. Prac. Entomol. 7:47-48.
Walsh, B.D. 1865a. The new potato-bug. and its natural history. Prac Entomol. 7:1-4.

1866a. Imported insects;-the gooseberry sawfly. Prac. Entomol. 7:1 17-125.

1866b. A new humbug. Prac Entomol. 7:108-1 10.

1866c Answers to correspondents, [to Thos. M'Graw] Prac Entomol.

7:100.

_. 1866d. Entomology all a humbug. Prac. Entomol. 7:39.

_. 1867a. The three so-called army-worms. Prac. Entomol. 77:1 11-1 14.

.. 1867b. Borers — the plum-ugly theory. Prac Entomol. 77:69.

_. 1867c Entomology run mad. Prac. Entomol. /7:66-67.

_. 1867d. A mass of mistakes. Prac. Entomol. //:70.

_. 1867c The grape-vine fidia. Prac. Entomol. 77:87-88.

224 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

A VISIT TO THE TOMB OF THOMAS SAY
IN NEW HARMONY, INDIANA

T. J. Spilman

Thomas Say, often styled the Father of American Entomology, left
Philadelphia near the end of 1825 to take part in a new sociological
experiment. At Pittsburgh he boarded a specially made keel boat that was
nicknamed the Boatload of Knowledge because of the cargo it carried —
scientists, teachers, artists and other intellectuals. Down the Ohio River
they went, until at the southwestern corner of Indiana they made their
way up the Wabash River to settle early in 1826 at a small town called
New Harmony.

This experiment or movement was the brain-child of Robert Owen, a
wealthy Welsh mill owner. He planned to establish a new communal or
communistic system to improve the lot of workers during the industrial
revolution. Owen went to Philadelphia to gather intellectuals to his
movement; it was to be a society led, not by politicians, but by intellec-
tuals, teachers, and scientists. In Philadelphia Owen convinced William
Maclure, a wealthy geologist, to invest in the movement, and it was
Maclure who convinced many scientists. Say included, to join the move-
ment. Maclure had long been Say's sponsor.

To begin his movement, Owen bought the town of New Harmony, a
town that had been built in the wilderness in 1 8 14 by a religious group led
by George Rapp. After the sale, Rapp's group, called Harmonists or Rap-
pites, moved to western Pennsylvania.

Owen attracted many people, later called Owenites, to his movement,
but after only a few years the movement failed and the town returned to
private ownership. Even so, many of the members, including Say, stayed
in New Harmony. It was in that town that Say continued his work on
insects. He became a leader in the town and eventually lived in a great
house formerly used by Rapp and Maclure. In that house Say died on
October 10, 1834.

Say was buried in a grave that is unknown today, according to
Webster (1895:102), but in 1846 his body was moved to a brick under-
ground vault behind the Rapp-Maclure house. Webster's account stated
that the vault was "entirely covered over with earth," but he also de-
scribed the interior of the vault. Perhaps the entrance to the vault was
uncovered at that time. The interior had platforms of solid brickwork; on
the east and west side were the remains of Alexander, Anna, and

Systematic Entomology Laboratory, PSI, ARS, USDA. Natural History Bldg. — NHB
168, Washington DC 20560

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 224-227, November & December. 1989

Vol. 100, No. 5. November & December 1989 225

Margaret Maclure. the brother and sister of William Maclure. On one of
the platforms on the north side of the vault were the remains of Thomas
Say. Atop the north end of the earthen mound was an inscribed, white
marble, memorial shaft dedicated to Say and erected in 1 846. The owner-
ship of the house and tomb and the care that was to be given to the latter
was discussed by Webster (1903:94) and Howard (1903:138). All of these
facts are recorded in the biography of Say by Weiss and Ziegler (1931).

Today the vault itself cannot be seen or opened; it is completely hid-
den under a grass-covered, elongate mound of earth. The memorial shaft
is still in place. The mound and shaft can be seen on the west side of Main
Street, between Church and Granary Streets. Webster's account of access
to the interior of the vault was partially corroborated in a conversation I
had with Anna Deischer in New Harmony in 1980. She told me that her
mother often spoke of descending a few steps into the vault and touching
the bones of Say and others on the platforms. The entrance to the vault
was obviously still open when her mother was a little girl, about 1900. 1
have not been able to determine when the vault was completely sealed.

I met Anna Deischer when she was a guide in Rapp Dweling No. 2, a
large building across Main Street from the vault and the Rapp-Maclure
house. No. 2 was used by the Harmonists as living quarters for many peo-
ple; it was called a Briider Haus. At present, in a large room on the south
end of the first floor there is an antique print shop, called the Bennett-
Slater Newspaper Museum, and it was into this shop that Mrs. Deischer
sent me for more information on Say. On a long, sturdy table was a large,
rectangular, incised, white marble slab, the kind of slab usually seen
covering graves (fig. 1). Incised into the surface of the slab were a few
lines (fig. 2):

THOMAS SAY

Son of Dr Benjamin Say

One of the Founders of the Academy

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

Born in Philadelphia

June 27th 1787

Died at New Harmony

October 10th 1834

I have not been able to determine if the slab was used in the vault or
on the unknown grave. Because of its smooth surface, it is being used in
the print shop as a composing table. A similar slab at the print shop was
incised with the names of Maclures.

Finding the Say slab in the print shop was a surprise, but finding it
hidden under equipment, type, and stacks of paper was even more sur-

226

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Figure 1. Print shop in Dwelling No. 2; Say grave slab on table.

pitSi

m

m M

4t)i :l

'1

n

Figure 2. Part of Say grave slab with incised wording.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 227

prising. The slab could easily be damaged. It should be protected and
exhibited for all to see.

LITERATURE CITED

Howard, L. O. 1903. The tomb of Thomas Say. Canadian Ent. 35:138-139.
Webster, F. M. 1895. Thomas Say — II. Ent. News 6; 33-34. 1 plate.
Webster, F. M. 1903. The tomb of Thomas Say. Canadian Ent. 34:94.
Weiss, H. B., and G. M. Ziegler. 193 1. Thomas Say early American naturalist. Charles C.
Thomas Publisher, xiv and 260 p. illus.

STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT & CIRCULATION

1. Title of publication: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

2. Date of filing: October 31, 1989

3. Frequency of issue: Bimonthly (every other month) except July and August

4. Location of known office of publication: 232 Oak Shade Rd., Tabernacle Twp.,
Vincentown PO, New Jersey 08088

5. Location of headquarters or general business offices of the publishers: 1900 Race St..
Philadelphia, PA 19103

6. Name and address of publisher, editor and managing editor:

Publisher: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St., Philadelphia.
PA. 19103. Editor: Howard P. Boyd. 232 Oak Shade Rd.. Tabernacle Twp..
Vincentown PO, New Jersey, 08088

7. Owner: American Entomological Society, 1900 Race St.. Philadelphia. PA 19103

8. Known bondholders, mortgagees and other security holders owning or holding one
percent or more of total amount of bonds, mortgages and other securities: None

9. For optional completion by publishers mailing at the regular rates: signed

10. For completion by nonprofit organizations authorized to mail at special rates: The
purpose, function and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for
Federal income tax purposes:
Have not changed during preceeding 12 months (checked)

Average No. Actual Number of
Copies Each Copies of Single
Issue During Issue Published
Preceding 12 Nearest to

11 EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION Months Filing Date

A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED 850 850

B. PAID CIRCULATION 0 0

1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CAR-
RIERS. STREET VENDORS AND
COUNTER SALES

2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS

C. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION

D. FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL. CARRIER
OR OTHER MEANS. SAMPLES. COMPLI-
MENTARY. AND OTHER COPIES

(Continued on page 248)

745

-41)

745

740

0

0

228 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

GEORGE H. HORN, WILLIAM G. WRIGHT, AND

THE PECULIAR PROBLEMS CREATED BY THE

DISCOVERY OF THE WORLD'S LARGEST

BOSTRICHID BEETLE, DINAPATE WRIGHTII

(COLEOPTERA: BOSTRICHIDAE)

Kenneth W. Cooper

ABSTRACT: When William Greenwood Wright sent George H. Horn fragmentary
remains of the world's largest bostrichid beetle in 1 885, he unwittingly brought about
that great coleopterist's most unusual blunder- the production of a chimaera, with
attendant problems for Horn. Turn about, Horn's knowing misrepresentation of cer-
tain facts before him unintentionally caused Wright's name to be linked with deceit
and cupidity. Horn's error in originally stating Dinapate wrightii to be "the largest
blind beetle known" is reviewed, variations in his subsequent accounts are dis-
cussed, and an explanation is presented. The factual background for these events is
pieced together leading to the conclusion that Wright is innocent of unsupported
charges against him and a victim of Horn's errors and subsequent accusations by
others.

". . . the last error shall be worse than the first."
Matthew XXVII, 64.

If George H. Horn, President of the American Entomological Society
for sixteen years (1867-68 and 1884-97), member of the Advisory Com-
mittee for the first eight volumes (1890-1897) of Entomological News, and
premier American coleopterist of his time, were alive today to tell us of
any notable misadventure associated with any one beetle among the
nearly 1600 he had described as new, I believe unhesitatingly he would
devote his remarks to Dinapate wrightii Horn. That beetle is the only
recorded borer in our native fan palm and is by far the largest bostrichid
known. To those distinctions must be added that it is one of the few living
beetles described from fragments only, as though from fossilized rem-
nants. Horn's distress over his tribulations with that beetle would surely
heighten were he now to learn that his deviation from the facts before
him had resulted in the defamation of the accomplished naturalist
William Greenwood Wright of San Bernardino, California, discover of
Dinapate, with whom for years thereafter Horn had maintained a
cordial relationship.

Department of Biology. University of California. Riverside. CA 92521

ENT. NEWS 100(5): 228-244. November & December. 1989

Vol. 100, No. 5. November & December 1989 229

Horn's first error: the four accounts of Dinapate and how they
changed.

Horn (1886) laconically tells of his troubles with Dinapate as follows:
"The first fragments of this genus received by me consisted of a hind
body and a head without mouth parts, excepting the mandibles. Suppos-
ing the head (which I now know to be larval ) to belong to the fragments of
body, the genus has been characterized in verbal remarks before the
Academy of Natural Sciences as eyeless, and therefore the largest blind
Coleopter known. The discovery of additional material enables me now
to correct an error which has unfortunately appeared in print." Horn
does not say where the error appeared in print, and a search has turned
up no publication of a suitable date that cites Horn's remarks.

Actually Horn had portrayed the giant bostrichid as blind before
both the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (hereafter the
"Academy") on 24 November 1 885, and the Entomological Section of the
Academy (officially the American Entomological Society since 1867) on
14 December 1885 — an important date. Official handscript minutes of
both meetings, entered in separate ledgers, are in the Academy's Archives.
The relevant remarks made by Horn at the Academy are: The beetle ". . .
is a voracious wood borer. It is two inches long in the female, and over
two inches in the male, or three times the size of the largest allied species.
It is totally blind and is the largest blind beetle yet known." By the time of
Horn's talk on 14 December, the beetle had been baptized. The sec-
retary's minutes state that "Dr. Horn exhibited some drawings oiDinapate
Wrightii. From these the plates will be made that will accompany the
paper upon this insect, which. Dr. Horn states, to be the largest blind
insect known."

Neither Horn's remarks, nor mention of his talk, appear in the
published Proceedings of the Academy. Those made in mid-December
before its Entomological Section were altered before publication (see:
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 12. Proc. xxiv). They state: "Dr. Horn exhibited
fragments of several specimens of Dinapate Wrightii. and drawings
which he had made for the lithographic artist in preparing a plate." They
omit mention of Horn's mistake and imply that the plate exhibited by
Horn at the meeting is the one prepared for the wholly new manuscript
accepted for publication on 28 January 1886 (see: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
13, Proc. ii; signature dated June. 1886).

There is a mysterious third reference: "Note on Dinapate \\ 'rightii n.g.
et n.sp." listed in Henshaw (1886: see pp. 68 and 95) as by Horn and
published in "Science 1885. v. 5. No. 148. p. 2 Proc." That reference would
seem to suggest that here was the item which Horn stated to have ". . .
unfortunately appeared in print." However, that proves not to be the

230 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

case. The cited note, as well as two other items attributed to Horn by
Henshaw, were never published in Science or elsewhere. Why Henshaw
did not withdraw those titles from his list of literature, the two parts of
which were published in July and August of 1886, is a puzzle. First, he
had every opportunity to check whether the titles had been published in
Science in 18851*; second, as documented later (see annotation 6),
Henshaw had received and commented on Horn's (1886) published de-
scription of Dinapate some two to possibly four months before the
signatures containing his own article had been set in type2; finally,
Horn's published description of Dinapate had been reviewed in the issue
and on the page immediately preceeding that of the first part of Henshaw's
article (see: Ent. Amer. 2(3): 64 and 2(4): 65 respectively). All that can be
concluded is that Henshaw's reference to the "Note on Dinapate . . .",
though factually wrong, could not have been just a figment of his imagi-
nation. Such a note surely had been written, had been submitted for
publication in Science sometime toward the close of 1885, but for one
reason or another had not been published.

I have been unable to find any other reference to an account record-
ing Horn's error that appears relevant, considering the time of publica-
tion of Horn (1886). Where then had Horn's premature remark ". . .
appeared in print"? Note that Horn's phrase does not say that his remarks
had been published.

It seems likely that Horn's remarks of 24 November 1 885 had indeed
". ..appeared in print" in signature 26 of the Proceedings of the Academy
for 1885. Signatures 26 and 27 (pp. 385-416) had been printed and were
distributed to the members of the Academy at the regular meeting of 19
January 1886. They contained a number of research articles, the minutes
of the Academy for the nine weekly meetings held in the period 3 Novem-
ber through 29 December 1885, as well as various reports, including that
of the Corresponding Secretary of the Academy (namely Horn). Pre-
sumably the text was distributed to the membership for approval and at
that point was still subject to revisiion and elision. Horn was not present
at that meeting (as the Recording Secretary's handscript record shows)
but as Corresponding Secretary he assuredly received a copy. If the
embarrassing remarks were present in the printed minutes, Horn alone
had cause to seek their removal, as painful for him as that may have
proved.

The conclusion offered is a plausible conjecture, and at this time is
not subject to direct test for no known copies of that "pamphlet" of 19
January 1886 is in the Academy's Archives. Apparently Horn did not dis-
approve of those minutes when they were read for approval at a meeting
early in December, for on 14 December, before the Entomological Sec-

"Thc numerical superscripts refer to annotations to the text at the end of this paper.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 231

tion of the Academy, he had declared Dinapate". . . to be the largest blind
insect known." The Recording Secretary of the Academy certified the
date of distribution of the signatures to members of the Academy to be 19
January 1 886 in a letter dated 4 February 1 886 and printed on the reverse
of the title page for the Proceedings of 1885. Accordingly there was ade-
quate time remaining for revision. The final issue (Part 3) of the Pro-
ceedings for 1885 could not have been distributed to members and
subscribers or sent out in exchange before early February, 1886. The
American Entomological Society acknowledged receipt of a copy of Part
3 at its only February meeting, on the 25th, 1886 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.
13, Proc. ii, 1886).

At that time Horn enjoyed world-wide renown. He was a member of
four distinguished foreign entomological societies among others (see list
in Calvert 1 898, p. xxii). In addition he had recently been elected an hon-
orary member of the Entomologisches Verein zu Stettin (1884) and an
honorary member of the Societe entomologique de France, Paris ( 1 885).
both prestigious honors. The international esteem in which he was held
owed to his extraordinarily wide knowledge of beetles, his exceptional
eye for valuable diagnostic attributes, for his clear, succinct and reliable
descriptions of species and genera, for his excellent monographs, and for
his attention to the works of foreign coleopterists bearing on the North
American fauna. Publication of his manuscript and plate of an eyeless
adult Dinapate, with its larval head, would have proven a monumental
embarrassment to Horn once an articulated specimen or adult head of
Dinapate had been found.

Providentially. Horn was saved from continuing his blunder some-
time between 14 December 1885 and 19 January 1886, or shortly theraf-
ter, as the foregoing dates imply. In that period he received from Wright
two large larvae and a head (lacking ligula and labial palps) and at least
one antenna of an adult Dinapate. Now aware of his mistake, happily for
Horn the new specimens had come at a time when he was still able to
withdraw or alter the unpublished accounts of his remarks, as he evident-
ly did/ However, at least thirty individuals had heard his comments
about "the largest blind beetle (or insect) known." That error certainly
had its ludicrous aspects (but not for Horn) and there remained a strong
likelihood that remarks or correspondence of one or more members of
his audiences would carry far afield, an unpleasant possibility. Horn
(1886) lessened the prospect of damage to his reputation, should revela-
tion of his remarks occur.4 by frankly stating his error and his view of its
"cause" in the paper he finally published, as quoted in the initial para-
graph of this section (q.v.). A similar but much briefer remark was recorded
in the unpublished minutes for the 25 May 1886 meeting of the Aca-
demy.

232

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Although the signature of Horn's publication on Dinapate is dated
January, 1 886 and the article occupies only the first four pages of the first
number of Transactions 13 for 1886, the preprints ("extras" as they were
then called) and the first number of volume 13 (consisting of eight
signatures) were first available for distribution much later.5 Horn mailed
preprints toward the end of March6 and the first number of the Transac-
tions was mailed about a month later.7

Was Horn's synthetic Dinapate a transparent error?

Fewcoleopterists who have never seen adult or larval Dinapate would
fail to be astonished, as I was, on reading Horn's bland statement of his
error in conjoining the eyeless head of a larva with the hinder body of an
adult. How could Horn with a quarter of a century's experience, and
already distinguished author of 179 notes and papers on beetles, deceive
himself thus and seemingly so egregiously? Unwarranted haste would be
my answer,* and not the monster he had unwittingly contrived.

It may be recalled that Horn exhibited his fragments and drawing of
the "blind" Dinapate at the 14 December 1885 meeting of the Entomo-
logical Section of the Academy. The handscript minutes of that meeting
make no mention of skepticism or criticism voiced by any of the ten other
entomologists present. To them it must have seemed a proper beetle,
albeit blind. How would such a chimaera fare today?

Figure 1 : How the chimaera of Dinapate wrightii looked to Horn. The head of an adult has
been replaced with that of a nearly mature larva. The result is a plausible adult beetle. Left:
face view; right: oblique lateral view. Reproduced at 4.5x.

Figure 1 shows aspects of an adult Dinapate provided with a larval
head. It differs from Horn's chimaera (which was assembled as a draw-
ing) by retaining the larval mouthparts in addition to the mandibles and
antennae. It is indeed a convincing looking adult beetle that had lost its
antennae, for the general appearance of the larval and adult head is

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 19S9 233

strikingly similiar in size, shape, heavy tough integument, setation and
eoloration. Most to whom I showed the ehimaera. after closely examin-
ing it. eommented only that its antennae are missing, showing that they,
like Horn and his eolleagues. readily accepted the larval head as that of
an adult beetle. Horn's error was not a foolish one but his haste in this
case was.

What is the type locality of Dinapate'?

Horn (1886) states the type locality to be the "Mojave Desert. Califor-
nia/' However, no known record establishes when, or exactly where.
Wright first found fragments of Dinapate or whether all of the fragments
came from the same locality. Clearly they did not come from one indi-
vidual and that is definitely so for the "specimens" finally described
by Horn.

In the unpublished minutes of the Academy's meeting on 25 Ma\
1 886, Horn is recorded as having remarked that "The imago is as large as
a man's thumb... yet it has not been known until within recent years.1* At
a minimum that suggests the discovery to have been made not later than
sometime in 1884. Though both Horn (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13. Proc.
xix. 1886) and Wright10 had obtained intact adult specimens by rearing
before the close of 1886, it was nearly eleven years later that the first find
of specimens of Dinapate by anyone other than Wright appears to have
been made. Again, no living adult beetle had been found. It is the only
record before 1900 for which there is a bona fide, published account.
However, it was not a chance discovery, and it was not made on the
Mojave Desert.

On 8 February 1897 Henry G. Hubbard, an exceptional collector,
wrote to his friend E. A. Schwarz. a coleopterist at the U.S. National
Museum, that he had just returned from Palm Canyon, at that time about
seven to eight miles south of the small village of Palm Springs. There he
had found the workings oWinapate in logs of the fan palm. Washingtonia
filifera, as well as a disarticulated specimen of the beetle. He mentioned
that the proprietor ("Dr." Wei wood Murray) of the Palm Springs Hotel."
where he stayed, had told him that "Mr. Wright comes almost every year
in September to this place and always goes without a word up the canon.
so that no one here has ever heard of Dinapate." Hubbard wrote that he ". .
. could easily trace the operations of Mr. Wright . . ." and that "Several
logs which Mr. Wright has laid open to the heart gave me an excellent
chance of examining the old borings of the beetle . . .". In them Hubbard
had found dead larvae of Dinapate and their remains. That letter and two
others (of 27 February and 13 March 1897) of a total of six bearing on
Dinapate were published posthumously.12 Their very enjoyable texts
(Hubbard 1899) give the first account of the biology of Dinapate and few
of the many later publications add importantly to what Hubbard had

234 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

observed and thought. From the sections of palm trunk that Hubbard
sent to Schwarz six adult D. wrightii were obtained. Emergence of adults
occurred in Washington, D.C., in the period 29 July to 30 August 1897
(records on file at the U.S. National Museum).

A footnote by Schwarz at the close of Hubbard (1899; v. p. 89) holds
that "While at San Diego, Cala., Mr. Hubbard ascertained that the type
locality of Dinapate wrightii is Palm Springs, Cala. and not the Mojave
desert as stated by Horn." Regrettably Hubbard's notebook in the Smith-
sonian Archives has no mention of this and the only record available is
Hubbard's letter of 1 February 1897 (unpublished). In that letter to
Schwarz, Hubbard says "I found out today where Mr. Wright got his
specimens of Dinapate. It was at Palm Springs Cal." ... "I met today with
Mr. [G. W.] Dunn, a sort of entomologist . . . He knew all about Dinapate
& where it was found. Says it occurs in Sept. & has seen the holes himself
but has never taken the insect. He says Mr. Wright gave away to a dealer
the only good specimen he had as he expected to get more and the dealer
asks $1300 for the specimen,"13 In the very first line of the same letter
Hubbard mentions "On my arrival here at noon on Saturday I found
your letters of Jan. 20th, 21 st, & 22nd . ..". Ironically Schwarz' letter of 21
January 1897 (see Schwarz 1929, pp. 234 - 235) advises Hubbard that
"Coquillett [a government entomologist with much experience in Cali-
fornia]14 says you would enjoy greatly a short stay at Palm Spring[s] in
the Desert where there is a good hotel and where you would have an
opportunity of seeing the native palm trees of California, Washingtonia
filifera. In the dead trunk of one of these trees the giant Bostryc(h]id,
Dinapate wrightii, has been discovered." The Coquillett Notebooks in the
National Archives make no mention of Dinapate. Nor does Schwarz say
Coquillett had told him of the occurrence of Dinapate at Palm Springs.
But most assuredly Schwarz had heard that Dinapate occurs there and in
the fan palm before Hubbard had spoken with Dunn. If not from
Coquillett, from whom or how could Schwarz have obtained his knowl-
edge? And if from Coquillett, from whom did Coquillett learn that fact? It
seems unlikely that either learned this from Horn.

In any case, because of the foregoing, Palm Springs is now regarded
to be the type locality of Dinapate wrightii (Lesne 1909, Fisher 1950). It
must nevertheless be recognized that hotel proprietor Murray's remarks
to Hubbard about Wright's activities of each September in Palm Canyon
have little bearing on whether or not Palm Springs is the type locality.
Murray is said to have moved to Palm Springs (then "Palm Valley") in
1886(Gunther 1984) and his hotel did not open to receive guests until late
in 1886(Bourne 1953, Harrington 1962, Ainsworth 1973). Horn, it will be
remembered, had received fragments of Dinapate by November 1885

Vol. 100, No. 5. November & December 1989 235

and perhaps earlier.

The formally designated lectotype is a male mock-up of fragments of
adult Dinapate (#3560) in the Horn collection at the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Harvard University (Cooper 1986). The fragments
composing it came from a region or regions of the Colorado Desert.
Davis' (1940) comment that "The type material probably came from
Palm Canyon . . ." is the most that can be said. Palm Springs is accord-
ingly an appropriately designated type locality.

The false type locality and the defamation of W. G. Wright

Once it became widely known that the Mojave Desert is not the type
locality of Dinapate, it was inevitably accepted (as their relative statures
assured) that Wright must have deliberately duped Horn about the
source of his specimens. That was first implied by James ( 1906), resident
at the Murray hotel during Hubbard's stay and in a muddled way
familiar with Hubbard's activities. Others reached the conclusion that
Wright had lied to Horn in order to conceal the source of his specimens
or simply echoed that view (Martin 1917,Comstock 1922, Michelbacher
and Ross 1938, Stickney etal. 1950, Baker 1965). It is now the firm belief of
coleopterists interested in Dinapate or its allies. But why would Wright
choose to have his wonderful new beetle described and associated with a
false type locality, for sooner or later that would surely bring his name
into disrepute?

Jaeger (1956) alone has given an explicit, detailed answer to that
question. To summarize: customarily Wright was secretive about his
collecting. If asked where he had been, his answer generally was "Oh, out
on the Mojave." "It was after one of his long drawn-out "Mojave journeys'
that he returned with some very valuable beetles, so unbelievably rare
and unusual in appearance that he offered them for sale and. it is said,
got nearly a thousand dollars a pair for them. At least three such sales
were made before the price came down: to the British Museum, to the
Russian Museum at St. Petersburg, and. I believe, to a museum in Paris."
Underthecircumstances.as Jaeger says, Dinapate" . . .was worth as much
as a vein of gold to Wright." During the golden period of commercialism.
Jaeger says that Wright would first move out onto the Mojave. then camp
until his pursuers ("Many of his friends, either anxious to collect the bee-
tle for their own collections or for possible sale") had tired of waiting and
departed. Wright would then circle to the east of the San Bernardino
mountains and enter the Colorado Desert and Palm Canyon, via the
Morongo Pass, from the north. Such a route would be an arduous one-
way trip of 100 miles or so by horse-drawn wagon, compared with the
more direct eastward route (about 55 miles or slighth more) via the San

236 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Gorgonio Pass. Furthermore, "Wright seldom paused in the village ot
Palm Springs but went directly to the canyon without a word to any-
one."

Wright's time-consuming and necessarily secret tactic for eluding
those who would follow him is said by Jaeger to have succeeded through
the years 1 886 to 1 897. How could Jaeger know at first hand what he des-
cribes so factually? Born in 1 887, he ranged from minus one to nine years
of age in that period. The only information verifiable today provided by
Jaeger's account is that of Wright's sales to the three museums. Inquiries
were made of entomologists at those institutions concerning purchases
of Dinapate from Wright.

Dr. John La Salle, during his research at the Zoological Institute of
the Academy of Sciences of the USSR, Leningrad (the old St. Petersburg
Museum) found no speci mens oWinapate there or any record in its regis-
ter that there ever had been specimens in the collection.

Dr. J.J. Menier, of the Museum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
very kindly sent me a photocopy of the relevant page of the Catalogue des
Animaux Articules, Serie 1 888. The 44th entry for that year records their
sole specimen as newto the collection: "Dinapate Wrightii, Horn. Califor-
nie, . . . Insecte Coleoptere donne au Museum par . . . Horn."

Miss C. M. von Hayek, of the British Museum of Natural History,
wrote that a male and female oWinapate wrightii ( with the locality labels
"California," but not in Wright's hand to judge from the photocopies so
thoughtfully sent me) as well as two larvae, are in fact in the collection.
The Accessions Catalogue lists all four as "Presented by Dr. W. G. Wright,
San Bernardino, California" (italics mine). They were received in 1886
and "presumably early on as the serial number [14] is low." Dr. John La
Salle, nowoftheC.A.B. Institute of Entomology, London, has provided
additional information from the accession records, as well as copies of a
few letters interchanged between Wright and A. G. Butler, Assistant
Keeper of the Zoological Department.15

So much for Jaeger's account. His primary sources seem to have
included Hubbard (1899), James (1906). Martin (1917). and Schwarz
(1929) but his account perhaps draws upon gossip and tales that had
grown over the years among his naturalist acquaintances plus a personal
excess of imagination. Few readers of Jaeger's articles would fail to be
astonished on learning that he was a highly regarded naturalist and very
successful author of non-fictional books of solid worth about Southern
California and its plants and animals.

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 237

Who misstated the type locality, and why?

Correspondence between Wright and Horn concerning Dinapate,
which in principle could resolve many problems of interpretation, does
not appear among preserved papers of either man. Horn had died after a
lengthy illness at the end of November 1897. It is not known whether
news of Hubbard's recent success in finding Dinapate on the Colorado
Desert, at what is presumed to be the type locality, had reached him.
although it had been mentioned in Philadelphia as early as 9 March
1 897 (Smith 1 897). A statement by Horn could possibly have resolved the
dilemma. Wright never answered what James (1906) had implied and
Wright died (in December 1912) long before Martin's (191 7) conclusions
had been published. Of course Wright may not have seen James' book or
had it called to his attention. Even so, no reply to such a charge would be
required other than by a nagging conscience. Fortunately there is one
record, reinforced by publication, that answers the question of who bears
the responsibility for citing the Mojave Desert as the type locality but not
the question why. It absolves Wright, who seems guileless; it is Horn who
bears the responsibility.

The unpublished minutes of Horn's remarks at the Academy on 24
November 1885 commence: "Dr. Horn called attention to a specimen of
coleoptera collected in the Colorado Desert by Mr. Wright16 ... it is the
largest blind beetle yet known." That observation is reported in a note on
that meeting published in the American Naturalist 20:754 for August 1 886:
"Dr. Horn described a large, blind, wood-boring beetle from the Colorado
Desert." So it was not the Mojave Desert but the Colorado Desert (an
arm of the Sonoran Desert) that Wright gave Horn as the source of the
fragments which Horn assembled and described as Dinapate Wrightii.
Had Wright, at that time, specifically designated the area in that desert
which became known as Palm Springs in late 1887 (Gunther 1984),
depending on the year(s) of collection, he might have stated Agua
Caliente, the most widely used name in the period 1875 - 1S86 or less
likely. Palm City (1884 - 1885) or even Palm Valley as the home of
Dinapate.11 Whether he had designated a specific site is not mentioned by
Horn. Oddly. Horn had not stated the Colorado Desert to be Dinapate's
home at any meeting of the Entomological Section of the Academy.

Consider now Horn's public remarks concerning the host plant in
which the larvae of Dinapate live. The unpublished minutes of the
Academy for its meeting of 25 May 1886 record Horn as remarking that
"The trunks of a species of palm. Washingtoniafilifera are so tunnelled by
the larvae of this beetle. Dinapate Wrightii, as to threaten destruction of
the plant." Again, at the meeting of the Academy on 3 August 1886 the
unpublished minutes state that "Dr. Horn exhibited a fragment of the

238 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

trunk of Washingtoniafilifera containing a larva oWinapate and showing
ravages inflicted by the insect on the tree." In the American Naturalist
20: 1000. issued 23 November 1886. it is commented that at that August
meeting of the Academy "Dr. Horn showed a fragment of the palm
Washingtoniafilifera containing a larva of a beetle {Dinapate) recently
described by him."

The above are in striking contrast to Horn's remarks before the
Entomological Section of the Academy. Though the topics were much
the same, the minutes never mentioned that the host is a palm, no less the
specific palm Washingtonia filifera. The host is simply "a tree" and the
portions of the "tree" displayed are described as a "fragment of tree
trunk" or a "section of a tree" (see respectively: Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13.
Proc. xvii and xix; ibid., 14. Proe. vii. 1887).

It is now strikingly clear that Horn's remarks before the Academy
were not intended for either the entomologists' ears (in Philadelphia) or
eyes (anywhere). It is easily seen why.

Dinapate is a very large beetle and obviously must require a very large
plant host peculiar to the appropriate desert. Potential hosts would differ
if the beetle is an inhabitant of the Mojave Desert (high desert) or the
Colorado Desert (low desert) of which Washingtonia filifera is an en-
demic. Sharp ( 1 899) provides an excellent example of such direct reason-
ing. Because Horn (1886) had given the type locality as the Mojave
Desert, Sharp quite rationally but unwisely stated in the renowned Cam-
bridge Natural History that the larva of Dinapate is " . . . found in the
stems of species of yucca."18

By similar reasoning, a determined entomologist knowing either the
true type locality of Dinapate or its plant host but not both, without great
difficulty would soon be able to narrow down the missing element.
Given both the Colorado Desert as habitat and Washingtoniafilifera as
host (or just "native fan palm of California"), even without a definite
desert locality such as Agua Caliente, success in finding Dinapate™ (but
not necessarily in obtaining an adult specimen) would virtually be
assured. Horn, however, provided neither clue to the haunts of Dinapate
in his published article; quite the reverse, he misrepresented where it
occurs. Why?

The answer seems to lie in Horn's (1886) remarks immediately fol-
lowing his listing of the Mojave Desert as the type locality. He says:

"As the habits of this insect and its larva are now being investigated
by Mr. Wright, I refrain from mentioning any matters of this character as
comparatively little is known except its food plant. It is to be expected

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 239

that in the near future we will have full details from him." Horn also com-
ments on Wright as "... a zealous Botanist, for whom neither the
privations incident to an exploration of the Mojave Desert [Wright 1 883]
nor the jealous watchfulness of the Indians [Wright 1884:o] seemed to
have had any terrors."

Injustice to Horn, it is likely that Wright had asked him not to reveal
the locality or host from which the specimens were taken for the reasons
Horn gives in his 1886 description.21 However, naming the Mojave
Desert appears to have been a deliberate deception for at that time the
Mojave and Colorado Deserts were sharply distinguished by all but
laymen.22

Though Horn's decision to cite the Mojave Desert as the type locality
may be regarded by some as defensible (as Horn no doubt would con-
tend), it was, in fact, Horn's worst and last mistake in his extraordinary
affair with Dinapate. Not only did it cause Wright's character to be
defamed, as it has remained to this day, but the gambit was foolhardy. It
would inevitably be found out that the cited type locality was a deception,
to Horn's discredit. It is not the only erroneous type locality on record
associated with an eminent coleopterist (see Leech 1958). but it is per-
haps unique in being an apparently deliberate misrepresentation by a
most eminent and highly regarded entomologist. All that could have
been avoided had Horn simply given California as the type locality:
assuredly imprecise, as was common in those days, but not untrue.

Etymology of Dinapate

Horn (1886) did not discuss the meaning he attributed to the name
Dinapate. Jaeger ( 1956) however does, and would have it believed that"...
Dinapate was coined from two Greek words meaning 'clever deception.'
probably in reference to Wright's wiley tactics."

However, Apate was already employed as the name of a genus of bos-
trichids of generally large size, to both larva and adult of which Dinapate
bears resemblance. - The Greek deinos denotes terrible, fearful, etc. In
the same vein that prompted Dinichthys. Dinosaurus, Dinomis and Dino-
iherium for fish, reptile, bird, and mammal of earlier times thai were
"terrible," impressive monsters of their kind. Horn very likely, in anal-
ogy, coined "Dinapate." By rare coincidence the Greek apate denotes
fraud, deceit, etc. Recalling Horn's initial blind chimaera with a larval
head and an adult body, or the misrepresentations of the type locality, or
both. " Dinapate" becomes what probably was an unintended but very apt
pedantic pun: Terrible fraud!

240 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

CONCLUSIONS

1 ) Horn's remarks on Dinapate and exhibition of a drawing of it as ". . .
the largest blind coleopter known" were recorded in the handscript
minutes of the meetings at which he spoke. Following his discovery that
he had created a chimaera having a larval head and adult afterbody,
neitherthose minutes nor a very likely submission on Dinapate to Science
(not necessarily by Horn) were ever published.

2) The mistaken placing of a larval head on the body of an adult of
Dinapate, as Horn had done using the first fragments of the beetle sent
him by Wright, is not as incredible an error as it would seem. Such a
newly reconsituted chimaera, though eyeless and a giant among bos-
trichids, appears otherwise unremarkable as an adult beetle that had lost
its antennae.

3) Though no correspondence between Wright and Horn is known to
have been preserved, it is shown that Horn was informed by Wright that
Dinapate's habitat is the Colorado Desert and its host the California fan
palm. Wash ington ia filifera .

4) Neither host nor habitat were revealed by Horn ( 1 886) in his paper
on Dinapate, nor in published minutes though he spoke openly of both to
non-entomological audiences, and was so recorded in the handscript
minutes of the meetings. They were not stated in print, perhaps at Wright's
request, so that Wright might continue his study of the biology of
Dinapate at his leisure, which he did.

5) When concealing the type locality in his publication, Horn misre-
presented it — his last error. He gave the Mojave Desert, which is
false.

6) After publication of Hubbard's (1899) investigations which con-
firmed Schwarz' and Dunn's prior knowledge that Dinapate occurs at
Palm Springs, that last error by Horn led to widespread belief that
Wright had deliberately deceived Horn regarding the type locality,
which he had not.

7) A brief history of the defamation of Wright is given and probed.
The claim that Wright sold specimens of Dinapate to three Old World
museums for huge sums is shown to be false.

Annotations to the Text

1. Number 148 of Science, a weekly periodical, is part of volume 6, not 5 as cited by
Henshaw. None of the Science numbers contain any of the three references cited by
Henshaw, nor does Henshaw's (1898) compilation of Horn's entomological publi-
cations.

2. Did Henshaw fail to check No. 148 of Science because he thought Horn's reference to
the printing of his remark before the Academy was actually a reference to the title for
which Henshaw had some reason to believe would appear as he had cited?

3. As will become clear, Horn had still another reason, very important to him. for with-

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989 241

drawing his remarks made at the Academy on 24 November 1885.

4. Which in fact did happen long after Horn's article on Dinapate had appeared, as will be
reported further on.

5. On 25 March 1886, the Publication Committee of the Entomological Section of the
Academy ". . . reported that 96 pages (12 signatures) with seven plates of vol. xiii had
been completed" (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13, Proc. iii, 1886).

6. Horn's preprints were probably mailed close to 29 March. In a letter to Henshaw dated 9
April 1886 (now in the Archives of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard
University). Horn expressed gratification that Henshaw had been pleased by the
Dinapate paper. Coincidentally, a presentation copy of the preprint from W. G.
Wright (signed in his hand), of San Bernardino. California, to an unidentified recipient
(and now in the possession of the California Academy of Sciences) is also dated 9
April 1886.

7. The first number of Transactions 13 (pages 1 - 64, 8 signatures) was received at Harvard
on 30 April 1886 and at the British Museum of Natural History on 8 May 1886. Accord-
ing to R. L. Moroney, Historian in the office of the Postmaster General, the latter date is
compatible with a mailing at Philadelphia ". . . in late April 1886."

8. Horn surely must have realized that complete specimens would turn up through.the
activities of the energetic Wright, as indeed they did in the first quarter of 1886. As
Quine ( 1987) remarks ". . . the more surprising a thing would be if true, the less likely it is .
. ." Horn's failure to wait for an intact example is testimony to the certainty he felt, as
unique as that would be, that Dinapate is eyeless, even though that placed it sharply
apart from all above average-sized insects known.

9. It seemed odd to Horn and ohers that such a large beetle should escape notice and
collection. Though often fairly common in many groves of fan palms in southern
California, it emerges nocturnally and then takes to flight (Martin 1917). Thereafter it is
to be found burrowed into the growing tips of palms (Wymore 1928). As to be expected
from such behavior, very few adults have been hand-collected; most have been obtained
by rearing or cutting them from infested logs in spring (e.g. Garnett 1918).

10. Wright's intact specimens will feature importantly in another context: namely did he
sell specimens to the British Museum of Natural History? The evidence presented per-
mits estimates of when he had them at hand.

1 1 . For a relevant picture, see p. 83 of Ainsworth ( 1 973 ). I n it are displayed Wei wood Murray
and the two large, upright logs of Washingtonia. pocked with exit holes of Dinapate. that
served as gateposts to the Palm Springs Hotel in Hubbard's time.

12. E. A. Schwarz saw to their publication. His footnote to p. 83 in Hubbard (1899) states
"These letters are now, after the death of the author, published without any alterations."
However, when the original copies of the letters (in the Smithsonian Archives) are com-
pared with the published text. Schwarz appears to have been in a spirited editorial
mood. He freely made deletions (in addition to omitting those parts of the letters not
bearing on Dinapate). substitutions, corrections, additions, and changes in punctua-
tion. Happily he altered only what Hubbard wrote, not Hubbard's message.

13. There appears to be no record of that dealer, or of the price of his offering (an apoc-
ryphal tale?). But to readers of Schwarz (1929). that sum of $1300 had appeared to
involve an unexplained, private joke between Schwarz and Hubbard. It is the basis of
an amusing remark that deserves inclusion in any history of the refinding of Dinapate.
When Hubbard sent Schwarz the disarticulated beetle found on his trip to Palm
Canyon, he remarked (13 February 1897. unpublished) "I have put it together with
shellac so that it is really not a bad looking specimen. It has been gnawed a little at the
hinder end. probably by a mouse, and has lost the ends of the antennae, most of its tarsi,
and one or two legs . . .". To which Schwarz replied (19 February) "Of course I dulv
admired your Dinapate. It is not to be [denied] that your specimen is. to put it mildly,
somewhat damaged but if a perfect specimen is worth SI 300. 1 place the value of your

242 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

specimen at about $688.75." See also Schwarz (1929, pp. 253 - 254) for more in the
same vein.

14. Coquillett was an entomological field worker of the U.S.D.A.. and active in southern
California during the 1880's; leaving there in 1893 for Washington, D.C. He became
Custodian of Diptera at the U.S. National Museum and thus a colleague of Schwarz.
While in California he is said to have had "... a very good knowledge of California
Coleoptera" (Banks et. al. 191 1). Very likely he had heard from Dunn, or some other, of
the occurrence ofDinapate in the Palms at what is now Palm Springs. It is possible that
Wright was the ultimate source, but not to Coquillett.

1 5. Dates in the Accessions ledger are given for reports on certain lots received, but not for
Wright's specimens of Dinapate (lot 14). The report date for lot 16 is 19 April 1886. All
higher numbered lots have still later report dates. It is likely Wrights Dinapate were
received on or before 19 April, and that Wright had obtained intact adult specimens a
month or more earlier.

16. This portion of Horn's remarks, which is at variance with the type locality he was
recording, provided an added reason (to that of "the largest blind beetle known") for
withdrawing his remarks of 24 November 1885 from publication.

17. Nevertheless, some of Wright's butterflies collected in 1884and 1885 are labeled "Palm
Springs. Either that name was a familiar one to some at that time, contrary to accounts
of place name histories (e.g., Gudde 1969; Gunther 1984), or the specimens were
labelled at a later date (perhaps from papered butterflies mounted after "Palm
Springs" became the official name of the village).

18. Presumably Sharp had in mind Yucca brevifolia Engelm. in Wats., the Joshua Tree,
which may reach 12+ m in height. It is distinctive of the Mojave just as Washingtonia

filifera is of the Colorado Desert (Parish 1930).

19. There are many scattered stands and groves of palms along fault lines and in canyons
rimming the Colorado Desert, nearly all with its colony ofDinapate (Cornett 1985). In
those days only the difficulties of a desert search for palms would prove a formidable
obstacle in locating the workings of Dinapate.

20. Clearly a trip into the Colorado Desert from San Bernardino. It included a stop in the
Palm Canyons south of what is now Palm Springs, and continued south-easterly at least
to the Travertine Rock west of the Salton Sink.

21. Parish (1907), a close friend and executor of Wright's estate, mentions Wright's earlier
studies of Dinapate. He had found where oviposition occurs, larval paths into the trunk
of the palm, details of the larval galleries, evidence of the length of larval life, size of
populations within a single palm [on the low side], and effect of the larvae on the palm.
It is a pity that his studies were not published. Parish also points out, as is clear from
Washingtonia being the host, and probably corroborated by Wright, that Horn errone-
ously gave the habitat of Dinapate as the Mojave Desert.

22. Parish ( 1930) notes that the name Mohave [or Mojave] ". . . is sometimes applied to the
entire Southern California Desert." But that was not the practice of the period, or later,
by geologists, botanists and zoologists. Altitudinally. fioristically and faunistically
each desert has distinctive attributes, blurred somewhat only at a transition point, as at
Twentynine Palms. Anyone innocent of California who consulted a map to f\nd the
Mojave Desert would automatically have been misdirected as to the native habitat of
Dinapate. as Horn assuredly was aware.

23. Horn comments on the resemblances between the larvae only, but he had chosen the
name for the beetle before he had received preserved larvae from Wright, namely on or
before 14 December 1885 (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 12. Proc. ii). The choice of the name
was probably suggested by the enormously larger, but superficially similar, chimaeric
adult to that ofApate sp. Horn may have had wry feelings about the implications of the
name Dinapate later on. but not when he compounded it.

Vol. 100. No. 5, November & December 1989 243

AKNOWLEDGMENTS

To William Cox of the Smithsonian Archives and to Marcia Gross of the Academy
of Natural Sciences, I offer my special thanks. Each, in a sense, and to my great
benefit, made my quest their own; relevant findings resulting from their own sleuth-
ing were, from time to time, thoughtfully and kindly sent on to me. Richard C. Craw-
ford of the National Archives searched Coquillett's papers and notes on my behalf.
Paul Arnaud and his co-workers at the California Academy of Sciences, at great per-
sonal effort proved beyond all doubt (of which I had many) that Horn's letters to
Wright are not in the Academy's care. C. von Hayek of the British Museum (N.H.). Jean J.
Menier of the Museum d'Histoire Naturalle (Paris), and John LaSalle of the C. A. B.
Institute of Entomology (London) provided information relating to Wright's alleged sales
of Dinapate abroad. Rita L. Moroney. Historian in the Office of the Post Master General,
provided information from Postal Guides for 1886 and 1887 and an estimate of the time for
mail leaving Philadelphia to be delivered in London in 1886.

F. M. Carpenter. Ann Blum, and David Maddison at Harvard. Pamela Gilbert of the
British Museum (N.H.), Howard Boyd (American Entomological Society). Hugh B. Leech,
formerly of the California Academy of Sciences, and David Faulker of the Natural History
Museum (San Diego) all took time from their busy lives to provide key information I
sought. Some 68 other correspondents gave me benefit of their special knowledge and sug-
gestions. To all, I am very grateful.

Finally, my thanks to my colleagues Wilbur W. Mayhew for help in working out the
itinerary of Wright's ( 1884) journey, and to Harry W. Lawton. historian of California's past,
with whom I had many interesting and helpful discussions.

LITERATURE CITED

Ainsworth, K. 1973. The McCollum saga. The story of the founding of Palm Springs. Palm

Springs Desert Museum, xiv + 245 pp.
Baker, N. W. 1965. The palm boring beetle. Museum Talk. Sta Barbara Museum of

Natural History. 40:31-36.
Banks, N., R. P. Currie, and W. R. Walter, 1911. Daniel William Coquillette. Proc. Ent.

Soc. Wash. 13:196-210.
Bourne, A. R. 1953. Some major aspects of the historical development of Palm Springs

between 1 880 and 1938. M. A. Thesis presented to the Faculty of Occidental College. Los

Angeles, xi + 135 pp.
Calvert, P. P. 1898. A biographical notice of George Henry Horn. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.

25:i-xxiv.
Comstock, J. A. 1922. A giant palm-boring beetle - Dinapate Wrightii. Bull. So. Cal. Acad.

Sci. 21:5-17.
Cooper, K. W. 1986. A lectotype for Dinapate wrightii Horn, the giant palm-borer, and de-
scription of a new species of Dinapate from eastern Mexico (Coleoptera: Bostrichidae).

Trans. San Diego. Soc. Nat. Hist. 21:81-87.
Cornett, J. W. 1985. Reading the fan palms. Natural History 94:64-72.
Davis, A. C. 1940. Notes on Dinapate wrightii Horn (Coleoptera: Bostrichidae). Proc. Ent.

Soc. Wash. 42:129-134.
Fisher, W. S. 1950. A revision of the North American species of beetles belonging to the

family Bostrichidae. U. S. Dept. Agric. Misc. Pub. 698. 157 pp.

244 ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Garnett, R. T. 1918. Notes on Dinapatewrightii Horn (Col.). Ent. News 29:41-44; also see R.

Tompkins de Garnett. 1922. Notes sur le Dinapate Wrighti[i\ Horn (Col.. Bostrychidae).

Bull. Soc. Ent. France 27:1 19-123.
Gudde, E. G. 1969. California place names. Univ. Cal. Press, Berkeley. 3rd ed. xii +

416 pp.
Gunther, J. D. 1984. Riverside County. California, place names and their stories. Rubi-

doux Printing Co.. Riverside, xx + 634 pp.
Harrington, R. E. 1962. Souvenirs of the Palm Springs area. P. Wilson. Simi. Cal. v +

68 pp.
Henshaw, S. 1886. Record of some contributions to the literature of North American

beetles, published in 1885. Ent. Amer. 2:65-71. 93-96.
1898. The entomological writings of George Henry Horn (1860-1896). With

an index to the genera and species of Coleoptera described and named. Trans. Amer.

Ent. Soc. 25:xxv-lxxii.
Horn, G. H. 1886. Dinapate Wrightii and its larva. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 13:1-4.
Hubbard, H. G. 1899. Letters from the Southwest. The home of Dinapate wrightii Horn

(edited by E. A. Schwarz). Ent. News 10:84-89. Reprinted in 1962 Principes 6:140-

144.
Jaeger, E. C. 1956. The beetle worth its weight in gold. Desert Mag. 19:19-20.
James, G. W. 1906. The wonders of the Colorado Desert (Southern California). Little.

Brown & Co.. Boston, xliv + 547 pp.
Leech, H. B. 1958. A record of Agabus semivittatus Leconte from California (Coleoptera:

Dytiscidae). Pan-Pac. Ent. 34:215-217.
Lesne, P. 1909. Revision des coleopteres de la famille des bostrychides. 6e Memoire:

Dinapatinae et Apatinae. Ann. Soc. Ent. France. 78:471-574.
Martin, J. O. 1917. In quest of Dinapate wrightii. Bull. B'klyn Ent. Soc. 12:107-110.
Michelbacher, A. E. and E. Ross. 1939. The giant palm borer (Coleoptera Bostrichidae)

an economic pest in Lower California. Bull. Cal. State Dept. Agric. 28:166-169.
Parish, S. B. 1907. A contribution toward a knowledge of the genus Washingtonia. Bot. Gaz.

44:408-434.
1930. Vegetation of the Mohave and Colorado Deserts of Southern Califor-
nia. Ecol. 11:481-499.
Quine, W. V. Quiddities. An intermittantly philosophical dictionary. Belknap Press.

Cambridge. Mass. (iv) + 249 pp.
Schwarz, E. A. 1929. Letters of E. A. Schwarz (selected and arranged bv J. D. Sherman).

Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 37:181-393.
Sharp, D. 1899. Insecta. Cambridge Natural History, vol. 6 (part 2). Macmillan Co.. Lon-
don, xii + 626 pp.
Smith, J.B. 1897. Meeting of the Feldman Collecting Social. 9 March 1897. Ent. News

8:90-91.
Stickney, F. S., D. F. Barnes, and P. Simmons. 1950. Date palm insects in the United

States. U. S. Dept. Agric. Circular 846. 57 pp.
Wright, W. G. 1883. Butterfly hunting in the desert. Amer. Nat. 17:363-369.

1884. A naturalist in the desert. Overland Monthly (2nd ser.) 4:279-284.

Wymore, F. H. 1928. On Dinapate wrighti\\\ Horn. Pan-Pac. Ent. 4:143.

Vol. 100. No. 5. November & December 1989

245

INDEX: VOLUME 100

Announcements

71. 175. 182

Aphaenogaster occidentalis superior 173
in confrontations with Solenopsis
invicta

Araneae 43

Ascalaphidae 1 1. 155

Ataenius robustus, new record in 179

Miss.

Baez, M. 49

Blatellidae 179

Blom. P.E. 127

Books ree'd. & briefly noted 152. 168. 178

Bowles. D.E. 27

New records of Sialis from AR & OK

Boyd, H.P. 193, 207

Our Centennial Number, and birth of
ENT. NEWS & a century of editors

Braconidae 135

Brooks. CM. 122

Butterflies from No. Andros, Bah. Is. 86

Caddisflies, new Ohio records 83

w. ref. to Stillfork Swamp

Caddisfly fauna in remnant boreal 37
wetlands of W. VA

Camras. S. 79

N. sp. Stylogaster, w. notes on types

Cephidae 1

Chalcidoidea 29

Chrysomelidae 67. 183

Cicindelidae 150

Ciidae 157

Clark, W.H. & P.E. Blom 127

Collection technique for mound
building ants

Clausen. P.J. 18

Neotropical sp. of genus Hyadina

Cline. L.D. 81

Coccinellidae 43

Coenagrionidae 147

Coleoptera 43. 67. 81. 150. 157. 179. 183

Comboni. D.J. & T.D. Schult/ 1 50

Two tiger beetles in so. New Engl'd

Combs. R.L.. Jr. 179

Conopidae 79

Contreras-Ramos. A. 176

Cooper, CM. 21

Cooper. K.W. 228

G.H. Horn. W.G. Wright. & Dinapate
wrightii

Corduleceras maclachlani. Neotropical 1 55
owlfly with aggregation behavior

Corkum, L.D. & E.C Hanes 169

Lab. aeration system for rearing
aquatic invertebrates

Cosentini.C.C. 122

Covell. C.V. Jr. 155

Aggregation behavior in Neotropical
owlfly, C. maclachlani

Cucujidae 81

Culex pipiens, response of larvae to 104
light produced by light emitting
diodes

Cryptolestes dibasi, 1st record out- 81

side Florida

Danaidae 129

DeSantis, L. & G.W. Fernandes 29

Brazilian parasitoids of gall
forming insects

Disonycha punctigera, 1st host record 67
of a little known flea beetle

Dragon - & damselflies.
Acadia Nat. Pk.

Driscoll. CT.

Drosophilidae

89

122

111

246

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

ENT. NEWS. Centennial Number

Ephemeroptera

Ephydridae

Eremocoris borealis & E. ferus as
household pests in N.A.

Fernandes, G.W.
Foote, B.A.
Formicidae

Gomphidae
Graves, R.C.

Hadraule blaisdelli feeding & sur-
vival on different host fungi

Hagenius brevistylus, predator on
monarch butterfly

Hanes. E.C.

Harris, S.C. & AC. Ramos

Ithytrichia mexicana. n. sp. caddis-
fly from Mexico

Harvey, D.J. & J.W. Peacock

New butterfly records from No.
Andros, Bahamas

193

21,73

18

165

29

83
127, 173

129

157

157
129

169

176

86

Heteroptera 133, 165

Hilton. D.F.J. 147

Androchromotypic Ischnura ramburi

in Hawaiian Is.

43

Hippodamia convergens, interaction
w. Phidippus audax

Hubbard, M.D. 41

Pseudopalingenia kerrieae, jr.synonym
of P. feistmanteli

Hunt, D.W.A. 153

Hyadina. Neotropical sp. of 18

Hymenoptera 1, 6, 127, 153, 173. 181

Hydroptilidae 176

Ischnura ramburi. androchromotypic 147
female in Hawaiian Is.

Isonychia. characterization relation- 72
ships of subgenera

Ithytrichia mexicana. n. sp. caddis- 176

fly from Mexico

Janus, n. sp. from Quercus 1

Jones, S.R. & S.A Phillips, Jr. 173

Superiority of Aphaenogaster occi-
dentalis in confrontations with
Solenopsis invicta

Kelsey. L.P. 195

100 years of taxonomic contributions
to ent. thru ENT. NEWS

Klopfenstein, P.C. & R.C. Graves 157

Feeding preference & adult survival of
Hadraule blaisdelli on host fungi

Knight, S.S. & CM. Cooper 2 1

New records for Tortopus incertus in
MS & notes on microhabitat

Lab. system for rearing aquatic
invertebrates

169

Lago, P.K. & S. Testa, III 1 1

Records of owlflies from MS. with
key to sp.

Lariviere, M.C. & A. Larochelle 133

Picromerus bidens in No. Amer. & world
review of distrib. & bionomics

Larochelle, A. 133

Lepidoptera 86, 129

LeSage, L. 188

Incorp. slide mounted material into
entomol. collections

Lygaeidae 165

MacDonald, J.R. & R.L. Combs 1 79

Miss, records of Plectoptera picta &
Ataenius robustus

MacGown, M.W. 6

N. sp. Trichacis from TX assoc'd with
Sphaeralcea

Mailing dates

248

Vol. 100, No. 5, November & December 1989

247

McCafferty, W.P. 72

Characterization & relationships of
subgenera of Isonychia

Megaloptera 27

Microctonus pchylobii parasitizes
Hvlobius weevils in Wise.

Neuroptera 11, 155

Norrbom, A.L. 59

Status of Urophora acuticornis & U.
sabroskyi

Nymphomyiidae 122

Odonata 89, 129, 147

Odontota dorsalis, locust leaf miner 183
damage to woody plants

Oligoneuriidae 72

Owlflies, records from MS, w. key to 11

sp.

Owlfly. aggregation behavior in
Neotropical sp.

155

41

Palaeodictyoptera

Palaeodipteran walkeri in Adirondack 122
Mts. NY

Peacock. J.W.
Pentatomidae

86
133

Peterson, B.V.. M. Baez. & B.J. Sin- 49
ciair

Redescrip. of adults & larva of Thau-
malea subqfncana & 1st descrip of

pupa

Phidippus audax interactions with 43

Hippodamia convergens

Phillips. S.A.. Jr. 173

Picromerus bidens in N.A. & world 133

review

Platygastride 6

Plectoptera picta, new MS record 179

PH4 CTICAL ENTOMOLOGIST. 2 1 2

brief history

Pseudopalingenia kerriease. jr. syn- 41

onym of P. feistmanteli

Publisher's statement 227

Raffa. K.F. 153

Rieske, L.K.. D.W.A. Hunt, K.F. 153

Raffa

Microctonus pachylobii parasitizes
Hvlobius weevils in Wise.

Salticidae

43

Say, T., visit to tomb of

224

Scarabaeidae

179

Schultz, T.D.

150

Sexton, O.J.

129

Sheppard, C.A

212

Brief history of PRACTICAL
ENTOMOLOGIST
Sialis, new records from AR & OK 27

Sinclair. B.J.

49

Slide mounted material in entomol. 188
collections

Smith, D.R. & J.D. Solomon 1

A new Janus from Quercus & key to sp.

Smith. M.E., B.J. Wyskowski. C.T. 122

Driscoll. CM. Brooks. C.C. Cosentini
Palaeodipteron walkeri in Adirondack
Mts. NY

Society insect field day 182

Society metings 47. 48. 124. 156. 180

Solomon, J.D. 1

Spilman, T.J. 224

Visit to tomb of T. Say

Stout. B.M., III. &J.S. Stout 37

No. caddisfly fauna in remnant boreal
wetlands in W. VA

Stout. J.S.

Stylogaster, n. sp. with notes on some
types

Takoda. H. & J.S. Yoon

Three new Drosophila sp. from Br.
Col.. Hawaii. & Canary Is.

37

248

ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS

Tephritidae
Testa, S., Ill

59
11

Thaumalea subafricana, redescrip. of 49
adults & larva & descrip of pupa

Throne, J.E., L.D. Cline, M.C. Thomas 81
1st record of Cryptolestes dybasi
outside Florida

Thomas, M.C.

81

Tortopus incertus, new records in MS 21
& notes on microhabitat

Trichacis n. sp. from TX. assoc'd with 6
Sphaeralcea

Trichoptera 37, 83, 176

Urophora acuticomis & U. sabroskyi,
status of

59

Usis, J.D., B.A. Foote 83

New records of caddisflies from Ohio,
with ref. to Stillfork Swamp

Wahl. D.B.

Notes on preparation of parasitic
Hymenoptera

181

Weber, R.G. 104

Response of larval Culex pipiens to light
produced by light emitting diodes

Wheeler, A.G.. Jr. 67

Disonycha punctigera: 1st host record of
a little known flea beetle

Wheeler, A.G., Jr. 165

Eremocoris borealis & E. ferus as
household pests in PA & CT

White, D.S. & O.J. Sexton 1 29

Monarch butterfly as prey for dragon-
fly, Hagenius brevistylus

White, H.B., III 89

Dragonflies & damselflies of Acadia
Natl Pk. ME

Williams, C.E. 183

Damage to woody plants by locust leaf-
miner, Odontota dorsalis

Wyskowski, B.J. 122

Yoon, J.S.

Young, O.P.

Interactions between predators
Phidippus audax & Hippodamia
convergens

111

43

(Continued from page 227)

E. TOTAL DISTRIBUTION 745 740

F. OFFICE USE, LEFTOVER, UNACCOUNTED, 105 110
SPOILED AFTER PRINTING

G. TOTAL 850 850
12. 1 certify that the statements by me above are correct and complete. Signed:

Howard P. Boyd, editor.

MAILING DATES
VOLUME 100, 1989

No.

Date of Issue

Pages

Mailing Dates

1

2
3
4
5

Jan. & Feb.
Mar. & Apr.
May & June
Sept. & Oct.
Nov. & Dec.

1 -48

48-88

89 - 132

133 - 192

193 - 248

Jan. 3, 1989
Apr. 13, 1989
June 22, 1989
Oct. 26, 1989
Dec. 29, 1989

When submitting papers, all authors are requested to ( 1) provide the names of two qualified
individuaJs who have critically reviewed the manuscript before it is submitted and ( 2 ) suggest
the names and addresses of two qualified authorities in the subject field to whom the
manuscript may be referred by the editor for final review. All papers are submitted to
recognized authorities for final review before acceptance.

Titles should be carefully composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as
brief as possible. Classification as to order and family should be included in the title, except
where not pertinent. Following the title there should be a short informative abstract (not a
descriptive abstract) of not over 1 50 words. The abstract is the key to how an article is cited in
abstracting journals and should be carefully written. The author's complete mailing address,
including zip code number, should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing
new taxa should include enough information to make them useful to the nonspecialist.
Generally this requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus references to
existing revisions or monographs. Authors must include the name) s) of recognized institution s)
where their voucher specimens have been deposited. Illustrations nearly always are needed.
All measurements shall be given using the metric system or. if in the standard system.
comparable equivalent metric values shall be included. Authors can be very helpful by
indicating. in pencil in the margin of the manuscript, approximate desired locations within the
text of accompanying figures, tables and other illustrations.

Illustrations: For maximum size and definition, full page figures, including legends, should
be submitted as nearly as possible in a proportion of 4/6. Maximum size of printed illustration.
including all legends, is 41/2 x 6l/2 inches. Authors will be charged for all text figures and half-
tones at the rate of $7.50 each, regardless of size.

Books for review and book publication announcements should be sent to the editor, Howard
P. Boyd. For address, see under "manuscripts" above. Literature notices, books received and
short reviews will be published in The Entomologist's Library on books dealing with
taxonomy, systematics. morphology, physiology ecology, behavior and similar aspects of
insect life and related arthropods. Books on applied, economic and regulatory entomology, on
toxicology and related subjects will not be considered.

Study notices, want items and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place.

Page charges: A charge of Si 5.00 is made for each published page of an article, plus costs of
all illustrations. If any charges are not paid within 120 days of date of billing, authors will be
charged an additional $5.00 per page. Papers may be published ahead of their regularly
scheduled time at a cost of $35.00 per page.

Unemployed and retired amateur and scientist members of the American Entomological
Society who are without institutional support or are not subsidized by grants and who are
without funds for publishing may apply for financial assistance at the time their manuscript is
submitted. Such application must include an explanation of the author's status ( unemployed or
retired). Page charges for these individuals are negotiable, with a minimum of $7. 00 per page.

Reprints: (without covers) may be ordered when corrected page proofs are returned to the
editor. Schedule of reprint costs will appear on order form.

This publication is available \^J
in microform from University ^*
Microfilms International.

Coll iiill-fruu U(Kl :>_'! UH4 i>i mull inquiry In
University Mil rufilnia Inturuutiuiidl, ti»> Nurll
Ziiub Ku.nl, Ann Arlwr, Ml -imoo

The Entomologist's Market Place

Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at SI .00 per line,
payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and exchanges not
exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open, and position
wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by box numbers. All
insertions are continued from month to month, the new ones are added at the
end of the column, and, when necessary, the older ones at the top are
discontinued.

WANTED FOR BOOK. News/reprints on New World Papilionidae, especially juveniles,
hybridizations, behavior, and space fillers (cartoons, poetry, stories, with copyright data).
Cash or book offered for items used. Contact K. Brown, CP6588, Barao Geraldo, Cam-
pinas. Sao Paulo, Brazil 13082.

WANTED: German-English Science Dictionary, 4th ed. (1978), by Louis De Vries & Leon
Jacolev; McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York. Please write beforehand, stating condition and
price. Richard G. Robbins, Dept. of Entomology, Museum Support Center. Smithsonian
Institution. Washington, D.C. 20560.

12-PAGE CATALOG OF LEPIDOPTERA: Unusual species from South & Central
America, Europe, Far-East, Africa etc. Specialists in Papilionidae, European butterflies
and Morpho (45+ species inc M.rhetenor (9). M..insuralies (9). M.titei (9). M.godarti (9),
M.adonis (9). Books & more. Latest catalog $1, or $6 for year's catalogs. Established 1976.
TRANSWORLD BUTTERFLY CO, Apartado 695 1, San Jose 1000A COSTA RICA. Cen-
tral America

COSTA RICA - LEPIDOPTERISTS/ENTOMOLOGIST EXPEDITION PROGRAM:

Visit lowland, montane rainforest lodges. Field-trips included. Collect, photograph or
study Lepidoptera. We obtain permits. Costa Rica has 10% of world butterfly species! Low
cost, personal attention, year-round. Brochure/photo - 75c US stamp. TRANSWORLD
BUTTERFLY CO. Apartado 6951. San Jose 1000A. COSTA RICA Central America.

AVAILABLE from the author: Peterson Field Guide to the Moths of Eastern North America.
Casebound, $18; soft cover, $13; postpaid in U.S. Charles V. Covell Jr.. Dept. of Biology.
Univ. of Louisville. Louisville. KY 40292

WANTED: interested individuals to exchange arthropod specimens. I am interested in
exchanging arthropods from my locality for specimens from yours. J. Linam. 416 N.W.
Monroe Ave. Piedmont. OK 73078.

FORSALE:Unboundjournals:J.EconomicEnt.l931-1970(complete). 1977-1983(1 miss-
ing); Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer. 1955-1982 (3 missing); Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington 1965-1985 (4
missing). Make offer to: F. Rohwer. A.E.L.. Univ. of Maryland. Frostburg. MD 2 1532 (301-
689-3115).

Books wanted about ants. All kinds i.e. scientific, popular, children, science fiction etc in
all languages. Search list on request. All letters answered. Contact: H. Thomas. Zep-
pelinstr. 31. CH-8057 Zurich. (Switzerland).

~\

co — co tz co

NSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IHVUan LIBRARIES SMITHSONI,
Co Z Co Z ..-. co

&&yM

V^3JJ?^/ I /j%W t ^ 2 \$&^$

k, 2 CO Z CO V 2

;3idvaan libraries Smithsonian institution NouniiiSNi nvinoshii
i ^ <" 2 __ co -

o

NST TUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3ldVUai L I B R AR I ES^SMITHSONI
2 r; » z 1- 2

CO

z

CO

z

m

co ^ co

;3IHVUan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIIDIIISNI NVINOSHII

co

NSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3IHVH8I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONI

z

CO

o

2

>3iavaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinniSNi nvinoshii

3)

vy// so

co zz co ± co

NSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINQSH1IWS S3IHVdan LIBRARIES SMITHSON
00 z co z ... co

>
CO 2 CO * 2

saiuvaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinniSNi nvinoshii

2 ^ ^ CO 2 / — ^ <° ^ . z

LU

CO

« CO

INST NOIinillSNI^NVINOSHllWS S3 I U VU a II ~"l I B R AR I ES SMITHSON

Z n , Z r- Z

30

>

co tz co =r

S3iyvaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiinniSNi nvinoshi

CO

z

CO — V> — co z

TION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S 3 I H V d 8 i 1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
co z ^ ^ co z . • £ z

V

\

z
o

ft S ^

jail2 LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS^S 3 I

— J, ^ CO — CO

TION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3ldVUan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS

2 r- . 2 r- 2 r;

» TO

oo — co _ CO

IBM LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3I

2 , CO Z , CO 2 CO

CO Z CO '" Z CO

TION NOIinillSNI_NViNOSHlllNS S3IHVUan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS'

CO -r > CO ^ CO

CO

J8I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3

Z r~ Z r- 2

CO ± CO ± to

ITION NOIinillSNI NVINOSHilWS S3IUVaaiT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS
co 2 ^ ^ oo 2

' z .«V*

o

CO

X

o I

d a I LIBRARIES SMI" HSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3
2 ^ ^ <" i „ ^ °° „ ^ ^

■^- *^.C, .. ^ 111 *— X.»S)lt>^ I.I ^^^ 47\ ^-

— V'~ —
Q x?ndC,

2

ITION '^m^UISNI NVINOSH^INS S 3 I d V U 3 IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONlAN_INS
"5\ f- z 2

co ' — co f: co

Hail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IIAIS S3

2 CO _ 7 CO 2 CO